Slokas

Collection of Commonly Recited Shlokas in Punjabi with Meanings

Collection of Commonly Recited Shlokas and Meanings:

॥ ਸਾਰ੍ਥਸ਼੍ਲੋਕਸਙ੍ਗ੍ਰਹ ॥

Meaning 0
The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and u and the
consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman.

%E0 Word Meanings 0;

ॐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
Shloka 1 Gayatri

ॐ ਭੂਰ੍ਭੁਵਃ ਸ੍ਵਃ ਤਤ੍ਸਵਿਤੁਰ੍ਵਰੇਣ੍ਯਮ੍
ਭਰ੍ਗੋ ਦੇਵਸ੍ਯ ਧੀਮਹਿ ਧਿਯੋ ਯੋ ਨਃ ਪ੍ਰਚੋਦਯਾਤ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 1
OM. I adore the Divine Self who illuminates the three worlds —
physical, astral and causal; I offer my prayers to that God who
shines like the Sun. May He enlighten our intellect.

This mantra is considered to be the greatest of all Mantras.
Those who repat this mantra with devotion develop a brilliant
intellect. This Mantra grants health of body and mind, and also
success, peace, prosperity and spiritual enlightment..

%E1 Word Meanings 1;

ॐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ਭੂਰ੍ਭੁਵਃ = the Earth and the world immediately above the earth;
ਸ੍ਵਃ = one’s own;
ਤਤ੍ਸਵਿਤੁਰ੍ਵਰੇਣ੍ਯਂ = that all creating great person in the form of sun;
ਭਰ੍ਗੋ = radiance; lustre; brilliance;
ਦੇਵਸ੍ਯ = god’s;
ਧੀਮਹਿ = May meditate;
ਧਿਯੋ = intellect and mind ;’dhIH’:sing.;
ਯੋ = He who;
ਨਃ = us; to us or ours;
ਪ੍ਰਚੋਦਯਾਤ੍ = inspire; kindle; urge; induce;;
Shloka 2 OMkar

ਓਙ੍ਕਾਰਂ ਬਿਨ੍ਦੁਸਂਯੁਕ੍ਤਂ ਨਿਤ੍ਯਂ ਧ੍ਯਾਯਨ੍ਤਿ ਯੋਗਿਨਃ ।
ਕਾਮਦਂ ਮੋਕ੍ਸ਼ਦਂ ਚੈਵ ਓਙ੍ਕਾਰਾਯ ਨਮੋ ਨਮਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 2.

%E2 Word Meanings 2;

ਓਙ੍ਕਾਰਂ = ?? ;
ਬਿਨ੍ਦੁਸਂਯੁਕ੍ਤਂ = one who is conjoind with a dot-like thing;
ਨਿਤ੍ਯਂ = ever; permanent;
ਧ੍ਯਾਯਨ੍ਤਿ = they meditate;
ਯੋਗਿਨਃ = realised souls;
ਕਾਮਦਂ = one who gives the desired thing;
ਮੋਕ੍ਸ਼ਦਂ = the giver of liberation;
ਚੈਵ = and like;
ਓਙ੍ਕਾਰਾਯ = to the Brahman;
ਨਮੋ = bowing; salute;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 3 Ganesha

ॐ ਗਣਾਨਾਂ ਤ੍ਵਾ ਗਣਪਤਿਂ ਹਵਾਮਹੇ
ਕਵਿਂ ਕਵੀਨਾਮੁਪਮਸ਼੍ਰਵਸ੍ਤਮਮ੍ ।
ਜ੍ਯੇਸ਼੍ਠਰਾਜਂ ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਣਾਂ ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਣਸ੍ਪਤ
ਆ ਨਃ ਸ਼ਣ੍ਵਨ੍ਨੂਤਿਭਿਃ ਸੀਦਸਾਦਨਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 3
We call on Thee, Lord of the hosts, the poet of poets, the most famous of
all; the Supreme king of spiritual knowledge, 0 Lord of spiritual wisdom.
Listen to us with thy graces and reside in the place (of
sacrifice)..

%E3 Word Meanings 3;

ॐ = ?? ;
ਗਣਾਨਾਂ = ?? ;
ਤ੍ਵਾ = ?? ;
ਗਣਪਤਿਂ = ?? ;
ਹਵਾਮਹੇ= ?? ;
ਕਵਿਂ = ?? ;
ਕਵੀਨਾਮ੍= ?? ;
ਉਪਮਸ਼੍ਰਵਸ੍ਤਮਮ੍ = ?? ;
ਜ੍ਯੇਸ਼੍ਠਰਾਜਂ = ?? ;
ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਣਾਂ = ?? ;
ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਣਸ੍ਪਤ= ?? ;
ਆ = ?? ;
ਨਃ = ?? ;
ਸ਼ਣ੍ਵਨ੍ਨੂਤਿਭਿਃ = ?? ;
ਸੀਦਸਾਦਨਮ੍ = ?? ;
Shloka 4 Ganesha

ਵਕ੍ਰਤੁਁਡ ਮਹਾਕਾਯ ਕੋਟਿਸੂਰ੍ਯਸਮਪ੍ਰਭ ।
ਨਿਰ੍ਵਿਘ੍ਨਂ ਕੁਰੁ ਮੇ ਦੇਵ ਸਰ੍ਵਕਾਰ੍ਯੇਸ਼ੁ ਸਰ੍ਵਦਾ ॥ ॥

Meaning 4
O Lord Ganesha, of huge body with elephant head, shining like
billions of suns, O God, remove all obstacles from my endeavors,
forever.

(Alternate)
Oh! Lord (Ganesha), of huge body and curved elephant trunk,
whose brilliance is equal to billions of suns, always remove all
obstacles from my endeavors..

%E4 Word Meanings 4;

ਵਕ੍ਰਤੁਁਡ = Oh! the one with the curved piece of tusk;
ਮਹਾਕਾਯ = big bodied;
ਕੋਟਿਸੂਰ੍ਯਸਮਪ੍ਰਭ = shining like a billions of Suns;
ਕੋਟਿ = crores, ten millions;
ਸੂਰ੍ਯ = Sun;
ਸਮਪ੍ਰਭ = shining like;
ਨਿਰ੍ਵਿਘ੍ਨਂ = without obstacles or hurdles;
ਕੁਰੁ = do;
ਮੇ = to me or my;
ਦੇਵ = Oh! god Oh! God!;
ਸਰ੍ਵਕਾਰ੍ਯੇਸ਼ੁ = in all actions or activities;
ਸਰ੍ਵਦਾ = ever; always;
Shloka 5 Ganesha

ਗਜਾਨਨਂ ਭੂਤਗਣਾਦਿਸੇਵਿਤਂ
ਕਪਿਤ੍ਥਜਂਬੂਫਲਸਾਰਭਕ੍ਸ਼ਿਤਮ੍ ।
ਉਮਾਸੁਤਂ ਸ਼ੋਕਵਿਨਾਸ਼ਕਾਰਣਂ
ਨਮਾਮਿ ਵਿਘ੍ਨੇਸ਼੍ਵਰਪਾਦਪਙ੍ਕਜਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 5
Salutations to Lord Ganesha who has an elephant head, who is attended
by the band of his followers, who eats his favorite wood-apple and
rose-apple fruits, who is the son of Goddess Uma, who is the cause of
destruction of all sorrow. And I salute to his feet which are like
lotus..

%E5 Word Meanings 5;

ਗਜਾਨਨਂ = one who is having an elephant face;
ਭੂਤਗਣਾਦਿ = by the group of ogres and the like who are the
attendants of Lord shiva;
ਸੇਵਿਤਂ = the one who has been served worshipped;
ਕਪਿਤ੍ਥਜਂਬੂ = wood-apple and `jAmun’, rose apple, trees or fruits;
ਫਲਸਾਰ = the essence of the fruit;
ਭਕ੍ਸ਼ਿਤਂ = that which has been eaten;
ਉਮਾਸੁਤਂ = the son of Uma;
ਸ਼ੋਕਵਿਨਾਸ਼ = for the destruction of sorrow;
ਕਾਰਣਂ = the cause;
ਨਮਾਮਿ = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
ਵਿਘ੍ਨੇਸ਼੍ਵਰ = the Master or controller of all obstacles;
ਪਾਦਪਙ੍ਕਜਂ = the lotus feet;
Shloka 6 Ganesha

ਸੁਮੁਖਸ਼੍ਚੈਕਦਂਤਸ਼੍ਚ ਕਪਿਲੋ ਗਜਕਰ੍ਣਕਃ ।
ਲਮ੍ਬੋਦਰਸ਼੍ਚ ਵਿਕਟੋ ਵਿਘ੍ਨਨਾਸ਼ੋ ਗਣਾਧਿਪਃ ।
ਧੂਮ੍ਰਕੇਤੁਰ੍ਗਣਾਧ੍ਯਕ੍ਸ਼ੋ ਭਾਲਚਨ੍ਦ੍ਰੋ ਗਜਾਨਨਃ ।
ਦ੍ਵਾਦਸ਼ੈਤਾਨਿ ਨਾਮਾਨਿ ਯਃ ਪਠੇਚ੍ਛਣੁਯਾਦਪਿ ।
ਵਿਦ੍ਯਾਰਂਭੇ ਵਿਵਾਹੇ ਚ ਪ੍ਰਵੇਸ਼ੇ ਨਿਰ੍ਗਮੇ ਤਥਾ ।
ਸਙ੍ਗ੍ਰਾਮੇ ਸਙ੍ਕਟੇ ਚੈਵ ਵਿਘ੍ਨਸ੍ਤਸ੍ਯ ਨ ਜਾਯਤੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 6
sumukha, ekada.nta, kapila, gajakarNaka, lambodara, vikaTa,
vighnanAsha, ganAdhipa, dhUmraketu, gaNAdhyakSha,
bhAlachandra, gajAnana –
No obstacles will come in the way of one who reads or
listens to these 12 names of Lord Ganesha at the beginning
of education, at the time of marriage, while entering or exiting
anything, during a battle or calamity..

%E6 Word Meanings 6;

ਸੁਮੁਖਃ = the one with a nice face;
ਚ = and;
ਏਕਦਂਤਃ = one who has one tooth or tusk;
ਚ = and;
ਕਪਿਲੋ = a sage by that name;
ਗਜਕਰ੍ਣਕਃ = one who is having elephant-ears denotes ‘Ganesh’
one of 12 such famous names;
ਲਮ੍ਬੋਦਰਃ = with one big(long) belly that is Ganesh;
ਚ = and;
ਵਿਕਟੋ = one of the 12 names of Ganesha;
ਵਿਘ੍ਨਨਾਸ਼ੋ = the remover of all obstacles;
ਗਣਾਧਿਪਃ = the chief or leader of the groups;
ਧੂਮ੍ਰਕੇਤੁਰ੍ਗਣਾਧ੍ਯਕ੍ਸ਼ੋ = these are 2 of the 12 famous names of Ganesh;
ਭਾਲਚਨ੍ਦ੍ਰੋ = the one wearing the moon in the forehead;
ਗਜਾਨਨਃ = one who is having an elephant face denotes lord Ganesh;
ਦ੍ਵਾਦਸ਼ੈਤਾਨਿ = twelve of these;
ਨਾਮਾਨਿ = names;
ਯਃ = He who;
ਪਠੇਚ੍ਛਣੁਯਾਦਪਿ = If one reads or even listens to;
ਵਿਦ੍ਯਾਰਂਭੇ = at the commencement of learning or schooling;
ਵਿਵਾਹੇ = during marriage;
ਚ = and;
ਪ੍ਰਵੇਸ਼ੇ = while entering;
ਨਿਰ੍ਗਮੇ = in the act of emanating or going out;
ਤਥਾ = like that (cf. yathA tathA);
ਸਙ੍ਗ੍ਰਾਮੇ = in the battlefield;
ਸਙ੍ਕਟੇ = in the midst of difficulty or trouble;
ਚੈਵ = and like;
ਵਿਘ੍ਨਸ੍ਤਸ੍ਯ = obstacles to him;
ਨ = NoNot; no;
ਜਾਯਤੇ = is born; becomes;;
Shloka 7 Ganesha

ਸ਼ੁਕ੍ਲਾਮ੍ਬਰਧਰਂ ਦੇਵਂ ਸ਼ਸ਼ਿਵਰ੍ਣਂ ਚਤੁਰ੍ਭੁਜਮ੍ ।
ਪ੍ਰਸਨ੍ਨਵਦਨਂ ਧ੍ਯਾਯੇਤ੍ ਸਰ੍ਵਵਿਘ੍ਨੋਪਸ਼ਾਨ੍ਤਯੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 7
In order to remove all obstacles, one should meditate on (the God
Ganesha) as wearing a white garment, as having the complexion like the
moon, and having four arms and a pleasant countenance..

%E7 Word Meanings 7;

ਸ਼ੁਕ੍ਲਾਮ੍ਬਰਧਰਂ = the one wearing a white dress;
ਦੇਵਂ = God;
ਸ਼ਸ਼ਿਵਰ੍ਣਂ = the moon-colored one;
ਚਤੁਰ੍ਭੁਜਂ = one who is having four hands;
ਪ੍ਰਸਨ੍ਨਵਦਨਂ = the one having a pleased or pleasant face;
ਧ੍ਯਾਯੇਤ੍ = Let us meditate;
ਸਰ੍ਵਵਿਘ੍ਨੋਪਸ਼ਾਨ੍ਤਯੇ = for the appeasement of all obstacles or hurdles;
Shloka 8 Ganesha

ਅਭੀਪ੍ਸਿਤਾਰ੍ਥਸਿਦ੍ਧ੍ਯਰ੍ਥਂ ਪੂਜਿਤੋ ਯਃ ਸੁਰਾਸੁਰੈਃ ।
ਸਰ੍ਵਵਿਘ੍ਨਹਰਸ੍ਤਸ੍ਮੈ ਗਣਾਧਿਪਤਯੇ ਨਮਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 8
Salutations to Lord Ganesha who is worshipped by the gods and the demons
fot fulfilling their desires, for removing all obstacles..

%E8 Word Meanings 8;

ਅਭਿਪ੍ਸਿਤਾਰ੍ਥਸਿਦ੍ਧ੍ਯਰ੍ਥਂ = ?? ;
ਪੂਜਿਤੋ = one worshipped by others;
ਯਃ = He who;
ਸੁਰਾਸੁਰੈਃ = bythe gods and demons;
ਸਰ੍ਵਵਿਘ੍ਨਹਰਸ੍ਤਸ੍ਮੈ = ?? ;
ਗਣਾਧਿਪਤਯੇ = to the lord of groups of shiva’s attendants;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 9 Ganesha

ਪ੍ਰਣਮ੍ਯ ਸ਼ਿਰਸਾ ਦੇਵਂ ਗੌਰੀਪੁਤ੍ਰਂ ਵਿਨਾਯਕਮ੍ ।
ਭਕ੍ਤਾਵਾਸਂ ਸ੍ਮਰੇਨ੍ਨਿਤ੍ਯਂ ਆਯੁਃਕਾਮਾਰ੍ਥਸਿਦ੍ਧਯੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 9
After bowing to the Lord Vinayaka, the son of Goddess Garui,
the God who dwells in the hearts of his devotees, one should constantly
remember Him in order to achieve long life, wealth and fulfillment of
wishes..

%E9 Word Meanings 9;

ਪ੍ਰਣਮ੍ਯ = having bowed;
ਸ਼ਿਰਸਾ = by the head;
ਦੇਵਂ = God;
ਗੌਰੀਪੁਤ੍ਰਂ = gauri’s son;
ਵਿਨਾਯਕਂ = Vinayaka;
ਭਕ੍ਤਾਵਾਸਂ = one who dwells in his devotees or their hearts;
ਸ੍ਮਰੇਨਿਤ੍ਯਂ = constant remembrance;
ਆਯੁਃਕਾਮਾਰ੍ਥਸਿਦ੍ਧਯੇ = for achieving or obtaining long life, desires
and wealth;
Shloka 10 Ganesha

ਅਗਜਾਨਨਪਦ੍ਮਾਰ੍ਕਂ ਗਜਾਨਨਮਹਰ੍ਨਿਸ਼ਮ੍ ।
ਅਨੇਕਦਨ੍ਤਂ ਭਕ੍ਤਾਨਾਂ ਏਕਦਨ੍ਤਮੁਪਾਸ੍ਮਹੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 10
We worship by day and by night the elephant-faced and single-tusked Lord
Ganesha, whose presence makes Mother Parvathi’s face bloom with immense
joy,like the sun who makes the lotus bloom, and he who is a benevolent
bestower of innumerable boons to his devotees.

The verse is based on pun and a play on words: Agajaanana-Gajaanana,
Anekadam tam-Ekadantam, are simlar sounding words with different meanings.

.

%E10 Word Meanings 10;

ਅਗਜਾ = Parvati ਅਗ = mountain, i.e. Himalaya, ਜਾ = daughter)
ਆਨਨ ਪਦ੍ਮ = face that is like a lotus (ਆਨਨ =face, ਪਦ੍ਮ =lotus)
ਅਰ੍ਕਂ = the Sun
ਅਗਜਾਨਨਪਦ੍ਮਾਰ੍ਕਂ = the one who, like the Sun, makes the lotus face
of (his mother) Parvati bloom (with joy)
ਗਜਾਨਨਮ੍ = the elephant-faced God (ਗਜਾਨਨ in the accusative case)
ਅਹਰ੍ਨਿਸ਼ਂ = day and night
ਅਨੇਕ =several.
ਦਮ੍ =giver( in the accusative case)
ਅਨੇਕਦਮ੍ = bestower of innumerable boons
ਤਮ੍ = him
ਭਕ੍ਤਾਨਾਂ = to the devotees
ਏਕਦਨ੍ਤਮੁਪਾਸ੍ਮਹੇ = I worship the one tusked;
Shloka 11 Ganesha

ਗਜਵਕ੍ਤ੍ਰਂ ਸੁਰਸ਼੍ਰੇਸ਼੍ਠਂ ਕਰ੍ਣਚਾਮਰਭੂਸ਼ਿਤਮ੍ ।
ਪਾਸ਼ਾਙ੍ਕੁਸ਼ਧਰਂ ਦੇਵਂ ਵਨ੍ਦੇऽਹਂ ਗਣਨਾਯਕਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 11
I bow before that God who is the leader of Shiva’s ghosts, whose face
resembles that of an elephant, who is supreme among the deities,
who sports ears that look like fans and who is armed with noose and
goad..

%E11 Word Meanings 11;

ਗਜਵਕ੍ਤ੍ਰਂ = one who is having an elephant mouth refers to Ganesh;
ਸੁਰਸ਼੍ਰੇਸ਼੍ਠਂ = the most high or the best of the gods;
ਕਰ੍ਣਚਾਮਰਭੂਸ਼ਿਤਂ = adorned with winnow-like ears;
ਪਾਸ਼ਾਙ੍ਕੁਸ਼ਧਰਂ = bearing or wearing the weapons of;
ਦੇਵਂ = God;
ਵਨ੍ਦੇऽਹਂ = I worship;
ਗਣਨਾਯਕਂ = the leader of the gaNa’s groups; generally denotes
the lord `Ganesh’;
Shloka 12 Ganesha

ਏਕਦਂਤਂ ਮਹਾਕਾਯਂ ਤਪ੍ਤਕਾਞ੍ਚਨਸਨ੍ਨਿਭਮ੍ ।
ਲਂਬੋਦਰਂ ਵਿਸ਼ਾਲਾਕ੍ਸ਼ਂ ਵਨ੍ਦੇऽਹਂ ਗਣਨਾਯਕਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 12
I bow down to one tusked, huge-bodied, big-bellied, large-eyed Lord
Ganesha whose complexion is like that of molten gold..

%E12 Word Meanings 12;

ਏਕਦਂਤਂ = one who has one tooth tusk;
ਮਹਾਕਾਯਂ = the big-bodied one;
ਤਪ੍ਤਕਾਞ੍ਚਨਸਨ੍ਨਿਭਂ = resembling heated or melted gold;
ਲਂਬੋਦਰਂ = ?? ;
ਵਿਸ਼ਾਲਾਕ੍ਸ਼ਂ = the one with long eyes;
ਵਨ੍ਦੇऽਹਂ = I worship;
ਗਣਨਾਯਕਂ = the leader of the gaNa’s groups; generally denotes
the lord `Ganesh’;
Shloka 13 Ganesha

ਗਜਵਦਨਮਚਿਨ੍ਤ੍ਯਂ ਤੀਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਣਦਂਸ਼੍ਟ੍ਰਂ ਤ੍ਰਿਨੇਤ੍ਰਂ
ਬਹਦੁਦਰਮਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਂ ਭੂਤਿਰਾਜਂ ਪੁਰਾਣਮ੍ ।
ਅਮਰਵਰ-ਸੁਪੂਜ੍ਯਂ ਰਕ੍ਤਵਰ੍ਣਂ ਸੁਰੇਸ਼ਂ
ਪਸ਼ੁਪਤਿਸੁਤਮੀਸ਼ਂ ਵਿਘ੍ਨਰਾਜਂ ਨਮਾਮਿ ॥ ॥

Meaning 13
Elephant faced, beyond thought, sharp teethed, three eyed,
large bellied, the perfect one, the king of the riches, the ancient
one, the one to be respected by all the gods, with red complexion, the
lord of the gods, son of Shiva (the lord of life), ruler over obstacles;
I bow to you..

%E13 Word Meanings 13;

ਗਜਵਦਨਮਚਿਨ੍ਤ੍ਯਂ = the elephant faced one who is beyond
comprehension or thought;
ਤੀਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਣਦਂਸ਼੍ਟ੍ਰਂ = the one with sharp or terrible teeth;
ਤ੍ਰਿਨੇਤ੍ਰਂ = the three-eyed one;
ਬਹਤ੍ = Big; large;
ਬਹਦੁਦਰ = one with huge stomach;
ਅਸ਼ੇਸ਼ = whole, entire, complete, perfect,;
ਭੂਤਿਰਾਜਂ = the king of well-being or the royal donor of all goodness;
ਪੁਰਾਣਂ = the ancient; old; also refers to the ancient works in
story-form known as purANa;
ਅਮਰਵਰ = ?? ;
ਸੁਪੂਜ੍ਯਂ = ?? ;
ਰਕ੍ਤਵਰ੍ਣਂ = the red colored;
ਸੁਰੇਸ਼ਂ = the master of the gods;
ਪਸ਼ੁਪਤਿਸੁਤਮੀਸ਼ਂ = Lord Ganesha, the son of Pashupati or Shiva;
ਵਿਘ੍ਨਰਾਜਂ = the lord who governs obstacles or hurdles;
ਨਮਾਮਿ = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
Shloka 14 Ganesha

ਕਾਰ੍ਯਂ ਮੇ ਸਿਦ੍ਧਿਮਾਯਾਤੁ ਪ੍ਰਸਨ੍ਨੇ ਤ੍ਵਯਿ ਧਾਤਰਿ ।
ਵਿਘ੍ਨਾਨਿ ਨਾਸ਼ਮਾਯਾਨ੍ਤੁ ਸਰ੍ਵਾਣਿ ਸੁਰਨਾਯਕ ॥ ॥

Meaning 14
Oh! Creator, Oh leader of the gods; May success come to my efforts
by your grace (lit. while you are pleased); (and) May all the obstacles
meet their end! .

%E14 Word Meanings 14;

ਕਾਰ੍ਯਂ = that which is done or to be done;
ਮੇ = to me or my;
ਸਿਦ੍ਧਿਮਾਯਾਤੁ = May reach fulfillment;
ਪ੍ਰਸਨ੍ਨੇ ਤ੍ਵਯਿ ਧਾਤਰਿ = while you (the maker or supporter)
are pleased.;
This is the so-called sati-saptamI, a typical phrase where the;
saptamI vibhaktI has the unusual meaning;
ਧਾਤ = in the maker ; author; creator;
ਵਿਘ੍ਨਾਨਿ = the obstacles; hurdles;
ਨਾਸ਼ਮਾਯਾਨ੍ਤੁ = May (they) come to end;
ਸਰ੍ਵਾਣਿ = all;
ਸੁਰਨਾਯਕ = the leader or head of the gods;
Shloka 15 Ganesha

ਮੂਸ਼ਿਕਵਾਹਨ੍ ਮੋਦਕਹਸ੍ਤ ਚਾਮਰਕਰ੍ਣ ਵਿਲਮ੍ਬਿਤ ਸੂਤ੍ਰ ।
ਵਾਮਨਰੂਪ ਮਹੇਸ਼੍ਵਰਪੁਤ੍ਰ ਵਿਘ੍ਨਵਿਨਾਯਕ ਪਾਦ ਨਮਸ੍ਤੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 15
Oh God who has the mouse as his vehicle, and the sweet modhaka
(rice ball) in your hand, whose ears are wide like fans, wearing
the sacred thread. Oh son of Lord Shiva who is of short stature and
who removes all obstacles, Lord Vinayaka, I bow at your feet,.

%E15 Word Meanings 15;

ਮੂਸ਼ਕਵਾਹਨ = Oh! the one having the mouse as the vehicle!;
ਮੋਦਕਹਸ੍ਤ = Oh! the one having rice ball in the hand;
ਚਾਮਰਕਰ੍ਣ = one who has winnow-fan-like ears;
ਵਿਲਮ੍ਬਿਤ = hanging; pendant; depending; delayed;
ਸੂਤ੍ਰ = of the stringstring; formula; aphorism etc.;
ਵਾਮਨਰੂਪ = one who has taken the form or `avatar’ of Vamana; Vishnu;
ਮਹੇਸ਼੍ਵਰਪੁਤ੍ਰ = Oh! son of the great Lord Shiva;
ਵਿਘ੍ਨਵਿਨਾਯਕ = the one without a leader who controls all obstacles;
ਪਾਦ = at (M.nom.) a leg, the body part or the part of the verse
or text;
ਨਮਸ੍ਤੇ = greetings, salutations to you;
Shloka 16 Ganesh

ਏਕਦਂਤਾਯ ਵਿਦ੍ਮਹੇ । ਵਕ੍ਰਤੁਁਡਾਯ ਧੀਮਹਿ ।
ਤਨ੍ਨੋ ਦਂਤੀ ਪ੍ਰਚੋਦਯਾਤ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 16
(This is a typical Vedic dialog where puzzles are posed and solved.
they are always recited by alternate groups as below.)
Poser:We know of one with just one tooth!
Responder: Yes, we think of the one with a bent mouth.
Together: May he, the one known as da.ntI (One with the tooth) awaken
us (to the ultimate truth).
.

%E16 Word Meanings 16;

ਏਕਦਂਤਾਯ = to the one-tusked i.e. Ganesh;
ਵਿਦ੍ਮਹੇ = offering;
ਵਕ੍ਰਤੁਁਡਾਯ = to the one with curved broken part (tusk);
ਧੀਮਹਿ = May meditate;
ਤਨ੍ਨੋ = ?? ;
ਦਂਤੀ = the tusked one i.e. the elephant;
ਪ੍ਰਚੋਦਯਾਤ੍ = inspire; kindle; urge; induce;;
Shloka 17 Guru

ਗੁਰੁਰ੍ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਾ ਗੁਰੁਰ੍ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੂਃ ਗੁਰੁਰ੍ਦੇਵੋ ਮਹੇਸ਼੍ਵਰਃ ।
ਗੁਰੁਃ ਸਾਕ੍ਸ਼ਾਤ੍ ਪਰਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮ ਤਸ੍ਮੈ ਸ਼੍ਰੀਗੁਰਵੇ ਨਮਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 17
Guru is indeed the Creator in the form Lord Brahma,
he is indeed the Sustainer as Lord Vishnu, and Destroyer as Lord Shiva,
in fact he is the limitless Brahman, I salute to such a Guru!

(Alternate)
Salutations to the Guru who is himself Brahma, the creator,
VishNu, the protector and Shiva, the destroyer. Who is none
other than the limitless great Brahman. To Him are all my
salutations..

%E17 Word Meanings 17;

ਗੁਰੁਃ = teacher (refers to spiritual teacher), the preceptor;
ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਾ = creator;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੂ = Lord Vishnu, the sustainer;
ਦੇਵ = god;
ਮਹੇਸ਼੍ਵਰਃ = the great Lord (Shiva);
ਗੁਰੁਃ = teacher (refers to spiritual teacher), the preceptor;
ਸਾਕ੍ਸ਼ਾਤ੍ = face to face;
ਪਰਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮ = the great Brahman;
ਤਸ੍ਮੈ = to him;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀ = relating to Prosperity; wealth; goddess LakShmi and ` shrIH’
is fem.nom.; also an honourable prefix;
ਗੁਰਵੇ = to the teacher; preceptor;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 18 Guru

ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਾਨਂਦਂ ਪਰਮਸੁਖਦਂ ਕੇਵਲਂ ਜ੍ਞਾਨਮੂਰ੍ਤਿਂ
ਦ੍ਵਂਦ੍ਵਾਤੀਤਂ ਗਗਨਸਦਸ਼ਂ ਤਤ੍ਤ੍ਵਮਸ੍ਯਾਦਿਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਯਮ੍ ।
ਏਕਂ ਨਿਤ੍ਯਂ ਵਿਮਲਮਚਲਂ ਸਰ੍ਵਧੀਸਾਕ੍ਸ਼ਿਭੂਤਂ
ਭਾਵਾਤੀਤਂ ਤ੍ਰਿਗੁਣਰਹਿਤਂ ਸਦ੍ਗੁਰੁਂ ਤਂ ਨਮਾਮਿ ।
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਦਤ੍ਤਗੁਰੁਧ੍ਯਾਨਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 18
Salutations to the true Guru who is the embodiment of the bliss of the
knowledge of Brahman and the bestower of supreme happiness, who is
absolute, knowledge personified and beyond duality, who is all
encompassing like the sky,
and the one who is fixated in the ultimate Truth, the who is unique,
eternal, pure, and constant, the one perceived by all thinkers,
beyond all states of existence and devoid of the three qualities of
nature..

%E18 Word Meanings 18;

ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਾਨਂਦਂ = Beautitide; bliss; nirvANa;
ਪਰਮਸੁਖਦਂ = the giver of great happiness, bliss;
ਕੇਵਲਂ = only;
ਜ੍ਞਾਨਮੂਰ੍ਤਿਂ = knowledge personified or knowledge itself taking the
form of a man;
ਦ੍ਵਂਦ੍ਵਾਤੀਤਂ = beyond the dual nature of things i.e. individual
soul and Universal soul being considered as two entities;
ਗਗਨਸਦਸ਼ਂ = one who is like the sky;
ਤਤ੍ਤ੍ਵਮਸ੍ਯਾਦਿਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਯਂ = the ultimate truth (tattvaM) is his principal;
target;
ਏਕਂ = cardinal number 1, unique;
ਨਿਤ੍ਯਂ = ever; permanent;
ਵਿਮਲਮਚਲਂ = the pure mountain;
ਸਰ੍ਵਧੀਸਾਕ੍ਸ਼ਿਭੂਤਂ = the one existing as the witness of all
intellect or mind;
ਭਾਵਾਤੀਤਂ = beyond one’s thought or imagination;
ਤ੍ਰਿਗੁਣਰਹਿਤਂ = bereft of the three qualities i.e. satva, raja
and tama;
ਸਦ੍ਗੁਰੁਂ = the good teacher or preceptor;
ਤਂ = him;
ਨਮਾਮਿ = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਦਤ੍ਤਗੁਰੁਧ੍ਯਾਨਂ = meditating on the respected preceptor Dattatreya;
Shloka 19 Guru

ਅਖਣ੍ਡਮਣ੍ਡਲਾਕਾਰਂ ਵ੍ਯਾਪ੍ਤਂ ਯੇਨ ਚਰਾਚਰਮ੍ ।
ਤਤ੍ਪਦਂ ਦਰ੍ਸ਼ਿਤਂ ਯੇਨ ਤਸ੍ਮੈ ਸ਼੍ਰੀਗੁਰਵੇ ਨਮਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 19
Salutations to that respected Guru who showed us the place of the
one who pervades the vast universe with all its movable and
immovable things..

%E19 Word Meanings 19;

ਅਖਣ੍ਡਮਣ੍ਡਲਾਕਾਰਂ = one who has taken the form of an undivided
circle or universe;
ਵ੍ਯਾਪ੍ਤਂ = manifested;
ਯੇਨ = by whom;
ਚਰਾਚਰਂ = the moving and the non-moving things;
ਤਤ੍ਪਦਂ = his position; his post;;
ਦਰ੍ਸ਼ਿਤਂ = shown;
ਯੇਨ = by whom;
ਤਸ੍ਮੈ = to him;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਗੁਰਵੇ = to the respected teacher;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 20 Guru

ਅਜ੍ਞਾਨਤਿਮਿਰਾਨ੍ਧਸ੍ਯ ਜ੍ਞਾਨਾਂਜਨਸ਼ਲਾਕਯਾ ।
ਚਕ੍ਸ਼ੁਰੁਨ੍ਮੀਲਿਤਂ ਯੇਨ ਤਸ੍ਮੈ ਸ਼੍ਰੀਗੁਰਵੇ ਨਮਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 20
He who opens the eyes blinded by the darkness of ignorance, with a
needle dipped in knowledge, to that guru we salute.

(alternate)
Salutations to that respected Guru who opens the spiritual eyes
of those blind, due to ignorance, with the ointment of knowledge..

%E20 Word Meanings 20;

ਅਜ੍ਞਾਨਤਿਮਿਰਾਨ੍ਧਸ੍ਯ = of the person blinded by the darkness of ignorance;
ਜ੍ਞਾਨਾਂਜਨਸ਼ਲਾਕਯਾ = with a thin rod or needle having
knowledge-collyrium;
ਚਕ੍ਸ਼ੁਰੁਨ੍ਮੀਲਿਤਂ = the opened eyes;
ਯੇਨ = by whom;
ਤਸ੍ਮੈ = to him;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀ-ਗੁਰਵੇ = ?? ;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 21 Guru

ਧ੍ਯਾਨਮੂਲਂ ਗੁਰੋਰ੍ਮੂਰ੍ਤਿਃ ਪੂਜਾਮੂਲਂ ਗੁਰੋਃ ਪਦਮ੍ ।
ਮਨ੍ਤ੍ਰਮੂਲਂ ਗੁਰੋਰ੍ਵਾਕ੍ਯਂ ਮੋਕ੍ਸ਼ਮੂਲਂ ਗੁਰੋਃ ਕਪਾ ॥ ॥

Meaning 21
The basis of meditation is guru’s idol,
the support of worship is guru’s feet;
the origin of mantra is guru’s word,
the cause of liberation is guru’s mercy..

%E21 Word Meanings 21;

ਧ੍ਯਾਨਮੂਲਂ = the source or root for meditation;
ਗੁਰੋਰ੍ਮੂਰ੍ਤਿਰ੍ਪੂਜਾਮੂਲਂ = the person of the preceptor is the root or
beginning of all worship;
ਗੁਰੋਰ੍ਪਦਂ = the place or abode of the preceptor or the feet of
the preceptor;
ਮਨ੍ਤ੍ਰ-ਮੂਲਂ = ?? ;
ਗੁਰੋਰ੍ਵਾਕ੍ਯਂ = the sentence of the peceptor;
ਮੋਕ੍ਸ਼-ਮੂਲਂ = ?? ;
ਗੁਰੋਃ = the teacher’s;
ਕਪਾ = mercy; sympathy;
Shloka 22 Guru

ਨਮੋ ਗੁਰੁਭ੍ਯੋ ਗੁਰੁਪਾਦੁਕਾਭ੍ਯੋ
ਨਮਃ ਪਰੇਭ੍ਯਃ ਪਰਪਾਦੁਕਾਭ੍ਯਃ ।
ਆਚਾਰ੍ਯਸਿਦ੍ਧੇਸ਼੍ਵਰਪਾਦੁਕਾਭ੍ਯੋ
ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁ ਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮੀਪਤਿਪਾਦੁਕਾਭ੍ਯਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 22
Salutations to the guru and guru’s sandals;
Salutations to elders and their sandals;
Salutations to the sandals of the teacher of Perfecton;
Salutations to the sandals of VishNu, the husband of Laxmi..

%E22 Word Meanings 22;

ਨਮੋ = bowing; salute;
ਗੁਰੁਭ੍ਯੋ = to the teachers;
ਗੁਰੁਪਾਦੁਕਾਭ੍ਯੋ = to the sandals of the preceptor;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ਪਰੇਭ੍ਯਃ = to the others;
ਪਰਪਾਦੁਕਾਭ੍ਯਃ = to the great sandals of the master;
ਆਚਾਰ੍ਯਸਿਦ੍ਧੇਸ਼੍ਵਰਪਾਦੁਕਾਭ੍ਯੋ = to the sandals of the Siddesvara teacher;
ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁ = let there be my or our bowing or salutation;
ਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮੀਪਤਿਪਾਦੁਕਾਭ੍ਯਃ = to the sandals of the husband of Laxmi;
(laxmIpatiH);
Shloka 23 Vishnu

ਸ਼ਾਂਤਾਕਾਰਂ ਭੁਜਗਸ਼ਯਨਂ ਪਦ੍ਮਨਾਭਂ ਸੁਰੇਸ਼ਮ੍
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਵਾਧਾਰਂ ਗਗਨਸਦਸ਼ਂ ਮੇਘਵਰ੍ਣਂ ਸ਼ੁਭਾਙ੍ਗਮ੍ ।
ਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮੀਕਾਨ੍ਤਂ ਕਮਲਨਯਨਂ ਯੋਗਿਭਿਰ੍ਧ੍ਯਾਨਗਮ੍ਯਮ੍
ਵਨ੍ਦੇ ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਂ ਭਵਭਯਹਰਂ ਸਰ੍ਵਲੋਕੈਕਨਾਥਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 23
Salutations to Lord Vishnu, the one with peaceful disposition,
one who is reclining over the soft coil-bed of the Serpent God,
the one with a lotus growing in his navel, the leader of the gods,
the support of the universe, all-pervasive like the ether,
cloud-colored one, ausipicious-bodied one, the Spouse of Laxmi, lotus
eyed one, visible to the yogis in their meditations, remover of the
fear of the rounds of rebirth, the unique Lord of all the worlds,
salutations !

(Alternate)
HIS visage is peaceful.
HE reposes upon the great serpent, (sheShanAga)
From HIS navel springs the lotus.
HE is the mainstay of the universe
HE is like the sky, all pervading.
HIS complexion is like that of clouds
HIS FORM is auspicious
HE is the consort of Goddess Laxmi.
HIS eyes are like lotus.
Yogis reach HI.n through meditation.
I worship VISHNU, the destroyer of the fears of the
world and the sole MASTER of all the universes..

%E23 Word Meanings 23;

ਸ਼ਾਂਤਾਕਾਰਂ = the one having a peaceful or serene form;
ਭੁਜਗਸ਼ਯਨਂ = one who is sleeping on a snake as the bed;
ਪਦ੍ਮਨਾਭਂ = the one having a lotus at the navel, Vishnu;
ਸੁਰੇਸ਼ਂ = the master of the gods;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਵਾਧਾਰਂ = the one who is the support or basis for the Universe;
ਗਗਨਸਦਸ਼ਂ = one who is like the sky;
ਮੇਘਵਰ੍ਣਂ = having the color of the cloud;
ਸ਼ੁਭਾਙ੍ਗਂ = the one with the auspicious body;
ਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮੀਕਾਨ੍ਤਂ = husband of Laxmi;
ਕਮਲਨਯਨਂ = the lotus-eyed person;
ਯੋਗਿਭਿਃ = Yogis;
ਧ੍ਯਾਨ = meditation;
ਅਗਮ੍ਯਂ = reaching;
ਵਨ੍ਦੇ = I worship; bow;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਂ = Vishnu;
ਭਵਭਯਹਰਂ = one who removes or takes away the fear caused by
the `bhava’ of births and deaths;
ਸਰ੍ਵ = all;
ਲੋਕੈਕ = of the world;
ਨਾਥਂ = the lord or husband;
Shloka 24 Vishnu

ਸਰ੍ਵਦਾ ਸਰ੍ਵਕਾਰ੍ਯੇਸ਼ੁ ਨਾਸ੍ਤਿ ਤੇਸ਼ਾਮਮਙ੍ਗਲਮ੍ ।
ਯੇਸ਼ਾਂ ਹਦਿਸ੍ਥੋ ਭਗਵਾਨ੍ ਮਙ੍ਗਲਾਯਤਨੋ ਹਰਿਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 24
In all activities and at all times, there will be no
inauspiciousness and obstacles for those persons, in whose heart
resides bhagavAn Hari – the home of the auspiciousness (himself!)..

%E24 Word Meanings 24;

ਸਰ੍ਵਦਾ = ever; always;
ਸਰ੍ਵਕਾਰ੍ਯੇਸ਼ੁ = in all actions or activities;
ਨਾਸ੍ਤਿ = no one is there; not there;
ਤੇਸ਼ਾਮਮਙ੍ਗਲਂ = their non-auspiciousness; their downfall;
ਯੇਸ਼ਾਂ = whose;
ਹਦਿਸ੍ਥਃ = (he who is) stationed in the heart;
ਭਗਵਾਨ੍ = God; or a respectable person one who possesses the
bhaga -a cluster of good things including wealth and happiness;
ਮਙ੍ਗਲਾਯਤਨਃ = the home of the auspiciousness – adjective of god;
ਹਰਿਃ = Lord Hari;
Shloka 25 Vishnu

ਤਦੇਵ ਲਗ੍ਨਂ ਸੁਦਿਨਂ ਤਦੇਵ
ਤਾਰਾਬਲਂ ਚਂਦ੍ਰਬਲਂ ਤਦੇਵ ।
ਵਿਦ੍ਯਾਬਲਂ ਦੈਵਬਲਂ ਤਦੇਵ
ਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮੀਪਤੇ ਤੇਙ੍ਘ੍ਰਿਯੁਗਂ ਸ੍ਮਰਾਮਿ ॥ ॥

Meaning 25
That alone is the best time, that only is the best day,
that time only has the strength bestowed by stars, moon,
knowledge and Gods, when we think of the feet of Lord
Vishnu who is the spouse of Goddess LakShmi..

%E25 Word Meanings 25;

ਤਦੇਵ = tat and eva-that alone; that only;
ਲਗ੍ਨਂ = ascending sign in astrology;
ਸੁਦਿਨਂ = good day;
ਤਦੇਵ = tat and eva-that alone; that only;
ਤਾਰਾਬਲਂ = the power bestowed by the star;
ਚਂਦ੍ਰਬਲਂ = the strength of the moon;
ਤਦੇਵ = tat and eva-that alone; that only;
ਵਿਦ੍ਯਾਬਲਂ = the power of knowledge or learning;
ਦੈਵਬਲਂ = the power or might of the gods or given by the gods;
ਤਦੇਵ = tat and eva-that alone; that only;
ਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮੀਪਤੇ = O! Vishnu (husband of Laxmi);
ਤੇਂऽਘ੍ਰਿਯੁਗਂ = ?? ;
ਸ੍ਮਰਾਮਿ = I remember;
Shloka 26 Vishnu

ਹਰਿਰ੍ਦਾਤਾ ਹਰਿਰ੍ਭੋਕ੍ਤਾ ਹਰਿਰਨ੍ਨਂ ਪ੍ਰਜਾਪਤਿਃ ।
ਹਰਿਃ ਸਰ੍ਵਸ਼ਰੀਰਸ੍ਥੋ ਭੁਙ੍ਕ੍ਤੇ ਭੋਜਯਤੇ ਹਰਿਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 26
Lord Hari is the Giver. Lord Hari is the enjoyer. Hari is the
food and the Creator. He, while residing in all beings, is the
one who feeds himself as well as the body..

%E26 Word Meanings 26;

ਹਰਿਰ੍ਦਾਤਾ = Hari (is) the giver;
;
ਹਰਿਰ੍ਭੋਕ੍ਤਾ = Hari himself (is) the eater / enjoyer / consumer;
ਹਰਿਰਨ੍ਨਂ = Hari becomes the food;
ਪ੍ਰਜਾਪਤਿਃ = Brahma, the creator;
ਹਰਿਃ = Lord Hari;
ਸਰ੍ਵਸ਼ਰੀਰਸ੍ਥੋ = residing (sthaH) in all (sarva) bodies (sharIra);
ਭੁਙ੍ਕ੍ਤੇ = eats;
ਭੋਜਯਤੇ = feeds (some)one else;
ਹਰਿਃ = Lord Hari;
Shloka 27 Vishnu

ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁ ਤੇ ਵ੍ਯਾਸ ਵਿਸ਼ਾਲਬੁਦ੍ਧੇ ਫੁਲ੍ਲਾਰਵਿਨ੍ਦਾਯਤਪਤ੍ਰਨੇਤ੍ਰ ।
ਯੇਨ ਤ੍ਵਯਾ ਭਾਰਤਤੈਲਪੂਰ੍ਣਃ ਪ੍ਰਜ੍ਵਾਲਿਤੋ ਜ੍ਞਾਨਮਯਪ੍ਰਦੀਪਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 27
Oh! Salutations to Vyas with grand knowledge and eyes
like the wide leaf of a fully blossomed lotus, (since) it was you who
lighted the lamp of Knowledge filled with the oil (in the form) of
mahAbhArata..

%E27 Word Meanings 27;

ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁ = let there be (astu) my or our bowing or salutation
(namaH) to you (te);
ਤੇ = to you([4]) or your([6]) (here:[4].);
ਵ੍ਯਾਸ = Hey Vyasa ([7]);
ਵਿਸ਼ਾਲਬੁਦ੍ਧੇ = Oh! the one with extensive knowledge;
ਫੁਲ੍ਲਾਰਵਿਨ੍ਦਾਯਤਪਤ੍ਰਨੇਤ੍ਰ = the one with eyes (netra);
like the wide leaf (Ayatapatra) of a fully blossomed (phulla) lotus;
(aravi.nda) ([7]);
ਯੇਨ = by whom([3]);
ਤ੍ਵਯਾ = by you([3]);
ਭਾਰਤਤੈਲਪੂਰ੍ਣਃ = filled (pUrNaH) with oil (taila) of mahAbhArata;
ਪ੍ਰਜ੍ਵਾਲਿਤੋ = the kindled into flames; inflamed; lighted;
ਜ੍ਞਾਨਮਯਪ੍ਰਦੀਪਃ = the light or lamp (pradIpaH) wholly made up of
or full of knowledge (j~nAnamayaH);
Shloka 28 Vishnu

ਵ੍ਯਾਸਾਯ ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਰੂਪਾਯ ਵ੍ਯਾਸਰੂਪਾਯ ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣਵੇ ।
ਨਮੋ ਵੈ ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਨਿਧਯੇ ਵਾਸਿਸ਼੍ਠਾਯ ਨਮੋਨਮਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 28
Salutations to VyAsa who is (really) Vishnu, to Vishnu, who is (really)
VyAsa; many salutations to him, the veritable treasure of knowledge of Brahman
and the lineal descendant of VasisTha..

%E28 Word Meanings 28;

ਵ੍ਯਾਸਾਯ = to the sage Vyasa;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਰੂਪਾਯ = to the one who is like Vishnu;
ਵ੍ਯਾਸਰੂਪਾਯ = to the one who is like VyAsa;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣਵੇ = to Vishnu;
ਨਮੋ = salutation (namaH);
ਵੈ = indeed; truly; also used as an expletive, a vocative particle;
showing entreaty or pursuasion; sometimes just a meaningless;
meter-adjuster!;
ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਨਿਧਯੇ = to the one who is a great reservoir of Brahman;
ਵਾਸਿਸ਼੍ਠਾਯ = to the scion of Vasishta;
ਨਮੋਨਮਃ = repeated salutations;
Shloka 29 Vishnu

ਯਂ ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਾਵਰੁਣੇਨ੍ਦ੍ਰਰੁਦ੍ਰਮਰੁਤਃ ਸ੍ਤੁਵਨ੍ਤਿ ਦਿਵ੍ਯੈਃ ਸ੍ਤਵੈਃ
ਵੇਦੈਃ ਸਾਙ੍ਗਪਦਕ੍ਰਮੋਪਨਿਸ਼ਦੈਰ੍ਗਾਯਨ੍ਤਿ ਯਂ ਸਾਮਗਾਃ ।
ਧ੍ਯਾਨਾਵਸ੍ਥਿਤਤਦ੍ਗਤੇਨ ਮਨਸਾ ਪਸ਼੍ਯਨ੍ਤਿ ਯਂ ਯੋਗਿਨੋ
ਯਸ੍ਯਾਨ੍ਤਂ ਨ ਵਿਦੁਃ ਸੁਰਾਸੁਰਗਣਾ ਦੇਵਾਯ ਤਸ੍ਮੈ ਨਮਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 29
He whom Brahma, Varun, Indra, Rudra, and Maruta worship with divine
songs; He to whom the SAma singers sing from Vedas and all related
scripture; He whom the yogis see when their minds reach the ultimate
state; He whose end is not known to the gods or the demons; To that
Divinity I offer my salutation..

%E29 Word Meanings 29;

ਯਂ = whom;
ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਾਵਰੁਣੇਨ੍ਦ੍ਰਰੁਦ੍ਰਮਰੁਤਃ = Brahma. VaruNa, Indra, Rudra and the
Marut, wind-god;
ਸ੍ਤੁਵਨ੍ਤਿ = (they) praise;
ਦਿਵ੍ਯੈਃ = by the divine;
ਸ੍ਤਵੈਃ = by the eulogising hymns;
ਵੇਦੈਃ = by the vedas ([3]);
ਸਾਙ੍ਗਪਦਕ੍ਰਮੋਪਨਿਸ਼ਦੈਃ = with the six vedA.nga’s, the versions;
of recitals known as pada and krama, and the various upaniShadaH;
ਗਾਯਨ੍ਤਿ = they sing;
ਯਂ = (to) whom;
ਸਾਮਗਾਃ = singers of the SAma, the reciters of the Veda known as;
the SAmaveda;
ਧ੍ਯਾਨਾਵਸ੍ਥਿਤਤਦ੍ਗਤ = the one which has reached the ultimate;
(tadgata) during the meditative state (dhyAnAvasthita), (here, an;
adjective of the mind of the Yogis.);
ਮਨਸਾ = by the mind([3]);
ਪਸ਼੍ਯਨ੍ਤਿ = (they) see;
ਯਂ = He whom;
ਯੋਗਿਨਃ = Yogis;
ਯਸ੍ਯਾਨ੍ਤਂ = whose end;
ਨ = not; no;
ਵਿਦੁਃ = Understood; knew;
ਸੁਰਾਸੁਰਗਣਾ = groups of gods and demons;
ਦੇਵਾਯ = to the god([4]);
ਤਸ੍ਮੈ = to him([4]);
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 30 Vishnu

ਕਾਯੇਨ ਵਾਚਾ ਮਨਸੇਂਦ੍ਰਿਯੈਰ੍ਵਾ ।
ਬੁਦ੍ਧ੍ਯਾਤ੍ਮਨਾ ਵਾ ਪ੍ਰਕਤਿਸ੍ਵਭਾਵਾਤ੍ ।
ਕਰੋਮਿ ਯਦ੍ਯਤ੍ ਸਕਲਂ ਪਰਸ੍ਮੈ ।
ਨਾਰਾਯਣਾਯੇਤਿ ਸਮਰ੍ਪਯਾਮਿ ॥ ॥

Meaning 30
Whatever I perform with my body, speech, mind, limbs, intellect, or my
inner self either intentionally or unintentionally,
I dedicate it all to that Supreme Lord Narayana..

%E30 Word Meanings 30;

ਕਾਯੇਨ = through or with the help of the body;
ਵਾਚਾ = through words or speech; text;
ਮਨਸੇਂਦ੍ਰਿਯੈਰ੍ਵਾ = by mind (manasA) or by limbs (indriyaiH vA);
ਬੁਦ੍ਧਿ = intellect;
ਆਤ੍ਮਨਾ = by one’s own self or efforts;
ਵਾ = or; also; like; either or;
ਪ੍ਰਕਤਿਸ੍ਵਭਾਵਾਤ੍ = due to force of nature or habit;
ਕਰੋਮਿ = (I) do, perform;
ਯਦ੍ਯਤ੍ = whatever;
ਸਕਲਂ = all;
ਪਰਸ੍ਮੈ = (to th)e other person, (to the) great [4];
ਨਾਰਾਯਣਾਯੇਤਿ = Thus (to) Vishnu (nArAyaNAya)[4] (the word;
iti works like quote marks);
ਸਮਰ੍ਪਯਾਮਿ = I dedicate; offer;
Shloka 31 Vishnu

ਅਚ੍ਯੁਤਂ ਕੇਸ਼ਵਂ ਰਾਮਨਾਰਾਯਣਮ੍ ।
ਕਸ਼੍ਣਦਾਮੋਦਰਂ ਵਾਸੁਦੇਵਂ ਹਰਿਮ੍ ।
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਧਰਂ ਮਾਧਵਂ ਗੋਪਿਕਾਵਲ੍ਲਭਮ੍ ।
ਜਾਨਕੀਨਾਯਕਂ ਰਾਮਚਂਦ੍ਰਂ ਭਜੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 31
I adore Achyuta, Keshava, Rama, Narayan, Krishna, Damodar, Vasudev, Hari,
Shridhar, Madhav, Beloved of the Gopis and Ramachandra, the husband of
Janaki, In other words, I worship Vishnu in all his different forms and
all his different actions..

%E31 Word Meanings 31;

ਅਚ੍ਯੁਤਂ = God `achyuta’ meaning one who does not lapse;
ਕੇਸ਼ਵਂ = Keshava (Krishna)[2];
ਨਾਰਾਯਣਂ = Vishnu[2];
ਕਸ਼੍ਣਦਾਮੋਦਰਂ = Krishna having the waist-band-tied belly[2];
ਵਾਸੁਦੇਵਂ = the son of `vasudeva'[2];
ਹਰਿਂ = Lord Hari[2];
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਧਰਂ = Vishnu , adored with the company of LakShmi or one who;
possesses glory, wealth[2];
ਮਾਧਵਂ = Madhava[2];
ਗੋਪਿਕਾਵਲ੍ਲਭਂ = the beloved of the cow-herd women[2]; refers to Krishna;
ਜਾਨਕੀਨਾਯਕਂ = husband of Janaki, Sita i.e Rama[2];
ਰਾਮਚਂਦ੍ਰਂ = the moon-like Rama[2];
ਭਜੇ = I worship;
Shloka 32 Vishnu

ਲਾਭਸ੍ਤੇਸ਼ਾਂ ਜਯਸ੍ਤੇਸ਼ਾਂ ਕੁਤਸ੍ਤੇਸ਼ਾਂ ਪਰਾਜਯਃ ।
ਯੇਸ਼ਾਮਿਨ੍ਦੀਵਰਸ਼੍ਯਾਮੋ ਹਦਯਸ੍ਥੋ ਜਨਾਰ੍ਦਨਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 32
All benefits are theirs, victory is theirs, where is defeat for those in whose
heart is stationed The dark blue lotus colored Lord Vishnu..

%E32 Word Meanings 32;

ਲਾਭਸ੍ਤੇਸ਼ਾਂ = benefits (lAbhaH) are theirs (teShAM);
ਜਯਸ੍ਤੇਸ਼ਾਂ = victory (jayaH) is theirs (teShAM);
ਕੁਤਸ੍ਤੇਸ਼ਾਂ = where (kutaH) is their (teShAM);
ਪਰਾਜਯਃ = defeat;
ਯੇਸ਼ਾਂ = whose;
ਇਨ੍ਦੀਵਰਸ਼੍ਯਾਮਃ = black (shyAmaH) like the dark blue lotus (indIvaraM);
ਹਦਯਸ੍ਥੋ = that or he who is stationed in the heart;
ਜਨਾਰ੍ਦਨਃ = an epithet of Vishnu ; the remover of the torment
of peopleVishnu;
Shloka 33 Vishnu

ਮਙ੍ਗਲਂ ਭਗਵਾਨ੍ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਰ੍ਮਙ੍ਗਲਂ ਗਰੁਡਧ੍ਵਜਃ ।
ਮਙ੍ਗਲਂ ਪੁਣ੍ਡਰੀਕਾਕ੍ਸ਼ੋ ਮਙ੍ਗਲਾਯਤਨਂ ਹਰਿਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 33
Auspicious is Lord Vishnu, auspicious is the one with the mascot
garuDa, auspicious is the one with eyes like a lotus; Lord Hari is
indeed the storehouse of auspiciousness!.

%E33 Word Meanings 33;

ਮਙ੍ਗਲਂ = that which is auspicious;
ਭਗਵਾਨ੍ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਃ = Lord Vishnu is auspicious;
ਗਰੁਡਧ੍ਵਜਃ = Oh! the one having `GaruDa’ eagle-like bird as the mascot;
ਪੁਣ੍ਡਰੀਕਾਕ੍ਸ਼ਃ = one with eyes like lotus;
ਮਙ੍ਗਲਾਯਤਨਂ = the auspicious temple, storehouse of auspiciousness;
ਹਰਿਃ = Lord Hari;
Shloka 34 Vishnu

ਹਰੇਰ੍ਨਾਮੈਵ ਨਾਮੈਵ ਨਾਮੈਵ ਮਮ ਜੀਵਨਮ੍ ।
ਕਲੌ ਨਾਸ੍ਤ੍ਯੇਵ ਨਾਸ੍ਤ੍ਯੇਵ ਨਾਸ੍ਤ੍ਯੇਵ ਗਤਿਰਨ੍ਯਥਾ ॥ ॥

Meaning 34
In Kaliyuga, there is no path other than taking the name of Shri Hari,
which alone is my life..

%E34 Word Meanings 34;

ਹਰੇਃ = of Vishnu[6];
ਨਾਮ = name;
ਏਵ = alone; only; here it would mean `indeed’;
ਮਮ = mine; my;
ਜੀਵਨਂ = life; the act of living;
ਕਲੌ = during the kali yuga days or time;;
ਨਾਸ੍ਤਿ = does not exist;
ਏਵ = alone; only; here it would mean `indeed’;
ਗਤਿਰਨ੍ਯਥਾ = no other way or goal;
Shloka 35 Vishnu

ਯਸ੍ਯ ਸ੍ਮਰਣਮਾਤ੍ਰੇਣ ਜਨ੍ਮਸਂਸਾਰਬਨ੍ਧਨਾਤ੍ ।
ਵਿਮੁਚ੍ਯਤੇ ਨਮਸ੍ਤਸ੍ਮੈ ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣਵੇ ਪ੍ਰਭਵਿਸ਼੍ਣਵੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 35
I salute to that Lord, Achuta(who is faultless), and by simply remembering
Him or uttering His name, all deficiencies in my activities disappear
and my penance attains completion instantly.

(Alternate)
Respects to that Lord Vishnu, the Almighty, the mere contemplation of whose
Name assures liberation from the bondage of samsAra, the cycle of births
and deaths..

%E35 Word Meanings 35;

ਯਸ੍ਯ = whose;
ਸ੍ਮਰਣਮਾਤ੍ਰੇਣ = by recall (smaraNa) alone (mAtra) [3];
ਜਨ੍ਮਸਂਸਾਰਬਨ੍ਧਨਾਤ੍ = from the bondage (ba.ndhana[5]) of the (cycle);
of birth (janma) in this world (sa.nsAra);
ਵਿਮੁਚ੍ਯਤੇ = is released or freed;
ਨਮਸ੍ਤਸ੍ਮੈ = salutation to him;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣਵੇ = to Vishnu;
ਪ੍ਰਭਵਿਸ਼੍ਣਵੇ = to the great or mighty lord, an epithet of Vishnu;
Shloka 36 Vishnu

ਨਮਃ ਸਮਸ੍ਤਭੂਤਾਨਾਮਾਦਿਭੂਤਾਯ ਭੂਭਤੇ ।
ਅਨੇਕਰੂਪਰੂਪਾਯ ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣਵੇ ਪ੍ਰਭਵਿਸ਼੍ਣਵੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 36
Salutations to the mighty Lord Vishnu, the king of the earth, who existed
before all beings, who is the first being and who manifests himself in
many forms..

%E36 Word Meanings 36;

ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ਸਮਸ੍ਤਭੂਤਾਨਾਮਾਦਿਭੂਤਾਯ = to the one who existed before all the
beings; th first being;
ਭੂਭਤੇ = king, an epithet of Vishnu[4];
ਅਨੇਕਰੂਪਰੂਪਾਯ = to one’s form who can take many forms[4];
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣਵੇ = to Vishnu[4];
ਪ੍ਰਭਵਿਸ਼੍ਣਵੇ = to the great or mighty lord, an epithet of Vishnu[4];
Shloka 37 Vishnu

ॐ ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਂ ਜਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਂ ਮਹਾਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਂ ਪ੍ਰਭਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਂ ਮਹੇਸ਼੍ਵਰਮ੍ ।
ਅਨੇਕਰੂਪਂ ਦੈਤ੍ਯਾਨ੍ਤਂ ਨਮਾਮਿ ਪੁਰੁਸ਼ੋਤ੍ਤਮਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 37
I bow to Vishnu, the victorious, the all-pervading, the Mighty, the
Lord of all, the Destroyer of evil, having many forms and the highest
Purusha..

%E37 Word Meanings 37;

ॐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਂ = Vishnu;
ਜਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਂ = an epithet for Vishnu ; the conqueror;
ਮਹਾਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਂ = the great Vishnu;
ਪ੍ਰਭਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਂ = the mighty lord, Vishnu;
ਮਹੇਸ਼੍ਵਰਂ = the great Lord;
ਅਨੇਕਰੂਪਂ = one who has many forms;
ਦੈਤ੍ਯਾਨ੍ਤਂ = enemy of demons;
ਨਮਾਮਿ = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
ਪੁਰੁਸ਼ੋਤ੍ਤਮਂ = the greatest of men;
Shloka 38 Vishnu

ਸਸ਼ਙ੍ਖਚਕ੍ਰਂ ਸਕਿਰੀਟਕੁਣ੍ਡਲਂ
ਸਪੀਤਵਸ੍ਤ੍ਰਂ ਸਰਸੀਰੁਹੇਕ੍ਸ਼ਣਮ੍ ।
ਸਹਾਰਵਕ੍ਸ਼ਃਸ੍ਥਲਕੌਸ੍ਤੁਭਸ਼੍ਰਯਂ
ਨਮਾਮਿ ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਂ ਸ਼ਿਰਸਾ ਚਤੁਰ੍ਭੁਜਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 38 % The correct meaning should be:
I bow my head to Vishnu, carrying a conch and a wheel, wearing a
crown and ear-rings, wrapped in a yellow garment, with eyes like
lotus, with a garland and the Kaustubha gem lying on his chest and
possessing four hands. % The next meaning must be from some other shloka. It is unrelated! %I seek refuge in dark-haired, long-eyed, jewel-bedecked, four-armed, %moon-faced Krishna, adorned by the Srivatsa mark on his chest, %accompanied by Rukmini and SatyabhAma, seated on the golden %throne under the shade of the celestial PArijAta Tree..

%E38 Word Meanings 38;

ਸਸ਼ਙ੍ਖਚਕ੍ਰਂ = the one with a conch and a wheel;
ਸਕਿਰੀਟਕੁਣ੍ਡਲਂ = the one with a crown and ear-rings;
ਸਪੀਤਵਸ੍ਤ੍ਰਂ = along with yellow robe;
ਸਰਸੀਰੁਹੇਕ੍ਸ਼ਣਂ = the one having lotus like eyes;
ਸਹਾਰਵਕ੍ਸ਼ਃਸ੍ਥਲਕੌਸ੍ਤੁਭਸ਼੍ਰਯਂ = the one having the chest
adorned with a garland and the gem `Kaustubha’;
ਨਮਾਮਿ = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਂ = Vishnu;
ਸ਼ਿਰਸਾ = by the head;
ਚਤੁਰ੍ਭੁਜਂ = one who is having four hands;
Shloka 39 Vishnu

ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤ੍ਵਨਨ੍ਤਾਯ ਸਹਸ੍ਰਮੂਰ੍ਤਯੇ
ਸਹਸ੍ਰਪਾਦਾਕ੍ਸ਼ਿਸ਼ਿਰੋਰੁਬਾਹਵੇ ।
ਸਹਸ੍ਰਨਾਮ੍ਨੇ ਪੁਰੁਸ਼ਾਯ ਸ਼ਾਸ਼੍ਵਤੇ
ਸਹਸ੍ਰਕੋਟੀ ਯੁਗਧਾਰਿਣੇ ਨਮਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 39
Salutation to that God with a thousand forms, having a thousand eyes,
heads, feet, and arms. Salutations to that eternal being called
by a thousand names, and sustaining the world through a billions
ages..

%E39 Word Meanings 39;

ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤ੍ਵਨਨ੍ਤਾਯ = let there be salutation to Anantha[4];
ਸਹਸ੍ਰਮੂਰ੍ਤਯੇ = to the form having 1000 names or one having 1000 forms;
ਸਹਸ੍ਰਪਾਦਾਕ੍ਸ਼ਿਸ਼ਿਰੋਰੁਬਾਹਵੇ = to the one having 1000 legs, eyes,
heads, thighs and arms or hands[4];
ਸਹਸ੍ਰਨਾਮ੍ਨੇ = Oh! the 1000-named one[4];
ਪੁਰੁਸ਼ਾਯ = to the person[4];
ਸ਼ਾਸ਼੍ਵਤੇ = the permanent one[4];
ਸਹਸ੍ਰਕੋਟੀ = thousand crores;
ਯੁਗਧਾਰਿਣੇ = to the one who sustains (the world) thru Yuga’s[4];
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 40 Vishnu

ਨਾਹਂ ਵਸਾਮਿ ਵੈਕੁਣ੍ਠੇ ਯੋਗਿਨਾਂ ਹਦਯੇ ਨ ਚ ।
ਮਦ੍ਭਕ੍ਤਾ ਯਤ੍ਰ ਗਾਯਨ੍ਤਿ ਤਤ੍ਰ ਤਿਸ਼੍ਠਾਮਿ ਨਾਰਦ ॥ ॥

Meaning 40
Neither do I reside in Vaikuntha, nor do I dwell in the hearts of the
yogis; O Narada, I stay where my devotess are singing..

%E40 Word Meanings 40;

ਨਾਹਂ = not (na) I (ahaM);
ਵਸਾਮਿ = live or dwell;
ਵੈਕੁਣ੍ਠੇ = in Vaikunta, the abode of Vishnu[7];
ਯੋਗਿਨਾਂ = of meditators ot contemplators;
ਹਦਯੇ = in heart[7];
ਨ = no;
ਚ = and;
ਮਦ੍ਭਕ੍ਤਾਃ =(M.nom.pl.) my devotees;
ਯਤ੍ਰ = where;
ਗਾਯਨ੍ਤਿ = (they) sing;
ਤਤ੍ਰ = there;
ਤਿਸ਼੍ਠਾਮਿ = (I) stay;
ਨਾਰਦ = Oh! Narada! the omnipresent, wandering and singing devotee
of Vishnu;
Shloka 41 Vishnu

ਵਨਮਾਲੀ ਗਦੀ ਸ਼ਾਰ੍ਙ੍ਗੀ ਸ਼ਙ੍ਖੀ ਚਕ੍ਰੀ ਚ ਨਨ੍ਦਕੀ ।
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਮਾਨ੍ ਨਾਰਾਯਣੋ ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਰ੍ਵਾਸੁਦੇਵੋऽਭਿਰਕ੍ਸ਼ਤੁ ॥ ॥

Meaning 41
Shriman NArAyaNa is adorned with the garland Vaijayantee and armed with
gadA (mace), the bow ShArnga, the conch, the discus and the
sword (nandakee). He is Vishnu (the all-pervading) and
Vasudeva (the indweller of all). May that Vasudeva protect us all..

%E41 Word Meanings 41;

ਵਨਮਾਲੀ = the one wearing forest or wild garlands;
ਗਦੀ = one who is wearing or bearing the weapon mace;
ਸ਼ਾਰ੍ਙ੍ਗੀ = Oh! the one having the `shArnga’ bow ; one with horns;
ਸ਼ਙ੍ਖੀ = Oh! the one with the conch shell;
ਚਕ੍ਰੀ = one who has the weapon of `chakra’ the `Sudarshan’ wheel;
ਚ = and;
ਨਨ੍ਦਕੀ = The one wearing the `nandaka’ sword, Vishnu;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਮਾਨ੍ = the respectable one, the prosperous one;
ਨਾਰਾਯਣੋ = Vishnu;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਰ੍ਵਾਸੁਦੇਵੋऽਭਿਰਕ੍ਸ਼ਤੁ = May Vishnu who is also Vasudeva protect me;
Shloka 42 Vishnu

ਮੇਘਸ਼੍ਯਾਮਂ ਪੀਤਕੌਸ਼ੇਯਵਾਸਂ
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਵਤ੍ਸਾਙ੍ਕਂ ਕੌਸ੍ਤੁਭੋਦ੍ਭਾਸਿਤਾਙ੍ਗਮ੍ ।
ਪੁਣ੍ਯੋਪੇਤਂ ਪੁਣ੍ਡਰੀਕਾਯਤਾਕ੍ਸ਼ਂ
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਂ ਵਨ੍ਦੇ ਸਰ੍ਵਲੋਕੈਕਨਾਥਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 42
I salute Vishnu, the unique Lord of all the worlds, dark like the laden
cloud, clad in yellow robe, marked on the chest by the sign of Srivatsa,
his frame lit up by the Kaustubha gem that adorns Him,
ever immaculate and with eyes long and bright like the white lotus.

(alternate)
I salute to Lord ViShNu, who is the Lord of all the people in all
the worlds, whose complexion is black like the clouds, adorned in
yellow silk robes, bearing the shrIvatsa mark on his chest, whose
body shines with the Kaustubha jewels, having long lotus like eyes
and who can be attained by good deeds..

%E42 Word Meanings 42;

ਮੇਘਸ਼੍ਯਾਮਂ = having black cloud like complexion[2];
ਪੀਤਕੌਸ਼ੇਯਵਾਸਂ = the one wearing yellow silk dress[2];
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਵਤ੍ਸਾਙ੍ਕਂ = the one with the `Shrivatsa’ mark on his body, Vishnu[2];
ਕੌਸ੍ਤੁਭੋਦ੍ਭਾਸਿਤਾਙ੍ਗਂ = one with body illuminated (udbhAsitA.nga);
with the Kaustubha gem[2];
ਪੁਣ੍ਯੋਪੇਤਂ = reached (upeta) by good deeds (puNya)[2];
ਪੁਣ੍ਡਰੀਕਾਯਤਾਕ੍ਸ਼ਂ = one with long eyes resembling lotus[2];
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਂ = Vishnu[2];
ਵਨ੍ਦੇ = I worship; bow;
ਸਰ੍ਵਲੋਕੈਕਨਾਥਂ = the one Lord (ekanAtha) over all the worlds;
(sarvaloka)[2];
Shloka 43 Vishnu

ਅਪਵਿਤ੍ਰਃ ਪਵਿਤ੍ਰੋ ਵਾ ਸਰ੍ਵਾਵਸ੍ਥਾਂ ਗਤੋऽਪਿ ਵਾ ।
ਯਃ ਸ੍ਮਰੇਤ੍ਪੁਣ੍ਡਰੀਕਾਕ੍ਸ਼ਂ ਸ ਬਾਹ੍ਯਾਭ੍ਯਨ੍ਤਰਂ ਸ਼ੁਚਿਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 43
A person, clean or unclean or having been in any possible situation,
if he remembers lotus eyed (Vishnu) he is pure inside out!.

%E43 Word Meanings 43;

ਅਪਵਿਤ੍ਰਃ = the polluted one or person;
ਪਵਿਤ੍ਰਃ = sacred one; a pure person;
ਵਾ = or; also; like; either or;
ਸਰ੍ਵਾਵਸ੍ਥਾਃ = all states or conditions;
ਗਤੋऽਪਿ = even after having gone;
ਯਃ = He who;
ਸ੍ਮਰੇਤ੍ = may remember;
ਪੁਣ੍ਡਰੀਕਾਕ੍ਸ਼ਂ = the lotus-eyed one[2];
ਸਃ = he;
ਬਾਹ੍ਯਾਭ੍ਯਨ੍ਤਰਂ = outside (bAhya) and inside (abhyantaraM);
ਸ਼ੁਚਿਃ = pure; honest; upright; clean;
Shloka 44 Vishnu

ਆਲੋਡ੍ਯ ਸਰ੍ਵਸ਼ਾਸ੍ਤ੍ਰਾਣਿ ਵਿਚਾਰ੍ਯ ਚ ਪੁਨਃਪੁਨਃ ।
ਇਦਮੇਕਂ ਸੁਨਿਸ਼੍ਪਨ੍ਨਂ ਵੈਦ੍ਯੋ ਨਾਰਾਯਣੋ ਹਰਿਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 44
phalashruti of Vishnu sahasranAma
Having carefully scrutinized all the scriptures and having reflected
upon them well again and again this one truth has clearly emerged that
ViShNu, the Lord Hari living in the ocean is THE doctor (who removes all ills)..

%E44 Word Meanings 44;

ਆਲੋਡ੍ਯ = having considered well or studied carefully;
ਸਰ੍ਵਸ਼ਾਸ੍ਤ੍ਰਾਣਿ = all branches of knowledge; precepts; religious works;
ਵਿਚਾਰ੍ਯ = having deliberated or considered well;
ਚ = and;
ਪੁਨਃਪੁਨਃ = again and again;
ਇਦਂ = this;
ਏਕਂ = one;
ਸੁਨਿਸ਼੍ਪਨ੍ਨਂ = clearly emerged; accomplished; born; arisen;
ਵੈਦ੍ਯਃ = doctor; medicine man;
ਨਾਰਾਯਣਃ = Vishnu; specifically the one whose house (ayana) is in;
water (nArAH);
ਹਰਿਃ = Lord Hari;
Shloka 45 Vishnu

ਆਰ੍ਤਾਃ ਵਿਸ਼ਣ੍ਣਾਃ ਸ਼ਿਥਿਲਾਸ਼੍ਚ ਭੀਤਾਃ
ਘੋਰੇਸ਼ੁ ਚ ਵ੍ਯਾਧਿਸ਼ੁ ਵਰ੍ਤਮਾਨਾਃ ।
ਸਙ੍ਕੀਰ੍ਤ੍ਯ ਨਾਰਾਯਣਸ਼ਬ੍ਦਮਾਤ੍ਰਂ
ਵਿਮੁਕ੍ਤਦੁਃਖਾਃ ਸੁਖਿਨੋ ਭਵਨ੍ਤਿ ॥ ॥

Meaning 45
phalashruti of Vishnu sahasranAma
People who are struck by calamity or who are dejected or are weak, those
who are frightened and those who are afflicted by terrible diseases are
freed from their sufferings and become happy on merely reciting
ViShNu’s name ᳚NArAyaNa᳚..

%E45 Word Meanings 45;

ਆਰ੍ਤਾਃ = the afflicted or suffering people or living beings;
ਵਿਸ਼ਣ੍ਣਾਃ = those who are dejected and sad;
ਸ਼ਿਥਿਲਾਃ = torn and tattered; weak;
ਚ = and;
ਭੀਤਾਃ = those who are afraid or scared;
ਘੋਰੇਸ਼ੁ = among the terrible or frightening;
ਚ = and;
ਵ੍ਯਾਧਿਸ਼ੁ = in all diseases; ailments;
ਵਰ੍ਤਮਾਨਾਃ = those who are presently experiencing;
ਸਙ੍ਕੀਰ੍ਤ੍ਯ = Having sung or praised well;
ਨਾਰਾਯਣ = O! Narayana;
ਸ਼ਬ੍ਦਮਾਤ੍ਰਂ = only so much as the utterance of the word;
ਵਿਮੁਕ੍ਤਦੁਃਖਾਃ = those who are freed from the afflictions or sufferings;
ਸੁਖਿਨੋ = happy people;
ਭਵਨ੍ਤਿ = become; happen;
Shloka 46 Vishnu

ਨਮਃ ਕਮਲਨਾਭਾਯ ਨਮਸ੍ਤੇ ਜਲਸ਼ਾਯਿਨੇ ।
ਨਮਸ੍ਤੇ ਕੇਸ਼ਵਾਨਨ੍ਤ ਵਾਸੁਦੇਵ ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁਤੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 46
Salutation to viShNu, the lotus-navelled who is resting in water. O
keshava, O Ananta, O VAsudeva, salutations to you..

%E46 Word Meanings 46;

ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ਕਮਲਨਾਭਾਯ = to the one with the lotus stalk at the navel (Vishnu);
ਨਮਸ੍ਤੇ = greetings, salutations to you;
ਜਲਸ਼ਾਯਿਨੇ = to the one lying or sleeping in water (ocean);
ਨਮਸ੍ਤੇ = greetings, salutations to you;
ਕੇਸ਼ਵਾਨਨ੍ਤ = Oh! Keshva, Oh! Ananta;
ਵਾਸੁਦੇਵ = the son of `vasudeva’, Krishna (or Vishnu);
ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁਤੇ = Salutations unto Thee;
Shloka 47 Vishnu

ਵਾਸਨਾਦ੍ਵਾਸੁਦੇਵਸ੍ਯ ਵਾਸਿਤਂ ਭੁਵਨਤ੍ਰਯਮ੍ ।
ਸਰ੍ਵਭੂਤਨਿਵਾਸੋऽਸਿ ਵਾਸੁਦੇਵ ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁ ਤੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 47
The three worlds (heaven, earth and the lower regions) are inhabited. by
virtue of the residence there of kRShNa, the son of vasudeva.
O kRShNa ! Salutation to you !.

%E47 Word Meanings 47;

ਵਾਸਨਾਤ੍ = due to the living or inhabitation (vAsana)[5];
ਵਾਸੁਦੇਵਸ੍ਯ = of the sun of Vasydeva, Krishna[6];
ਵਾਸਿਤਂ = occupied, inhabited;
ਭੁਵਨਤ੍ਰਯਂ = three worlds Earth, Heaven, Hell;
ਸਰ੍ਵਭੂਤਨਿਵਾਸੋऽਸਿ = (You) are (asi) residing in all living beings;
ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁ = let there be my or our bowing or salutation;
ਤੇ = to you or your (here:[4]);
Shloka 48 Vishnu

ਸਰ੍ਵਵੇਦੇਸ਼ੁ ਯਤ੍ਪੁਣ੍ਯਂ ਸਰ੍ਵਤੀਰ੍ਥੇਸ਼ੁ ਯਤ੍ਫਲਮ੍ ।
ਤਤ੍ਫਲਂ ਸਮਵਾਪ੍ਨੋਤਿ ਸ੍ਤੁਤ੍ਵਾ ਦੇਵਂ ਜਨਾਰ੍ਦਨਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 48
Whatever merit is in all the vedas and whatever benefits are in all the
holy places (that they give), all these are obtained (jus) by singing praise of
janArdana (viShNu)..

%E48 Word Meanings 48;

ਸਰ੍ਵਵੇਦੇਸ਼ੁ = in all Vedas[7];
ਯਤ੍ = which;
ਪੁਣ੍ਯਂ = merit, virtue;
ਸਰ੍ਵਤੀਰ੍ਥੇਸ਼ੁ = in all holy places;
ਫਲਂ = fruit;
ਤਤ੍ = that;
ਸਮਵਾਪ੍ਨੋਤਿ = obtains, acquires;
ਸ੍ਤੁਤ੍ਵਾ = by praising;
ਦੇਵ = God;
ਜਨਾਰ੍ਦਨ = Vishnu;
Shloka 49 Vishnu

ਏਸ਼ ਨਿਸ਼੍ਕਣ੍ਟਕਃ ਪਨ੍ਥਾ ਯਤ੍ਰ ਸਮ੍ਪੂਜ੍ਯਤੇ ਹਰਿਃ ।
ਕੁਪਥਂ ਤਂ ਵਿਜਾਨੀਯਾਦ੍ ਗੋਵਿਨ੍ਦਰਹਿਤਾਗਮਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 49
This path, where Lord Hari is worshipped, is free from obstructions
(without any thorns). Know that it is a bad (wrong) path, when it is
without Govind (Krishna)..

%E49 Word Meanings 49;

ਏਸ਼ਃ = this;
ਨਿਸ਼੍ਕਣ੍ਟਕਃ = the thornless one;
ਪਨ੍ਥਾਃ = road;
ਯਤ੍ਰ = (the place) where;
ਸਮ੍ਪੂਜ੍ਯਤੇ = is worshipped, praised;
ਹਰਿਃ = Lord Hari;
ਕੁਪਥਃ = bad road; wrong direction;
ਤਂ = him[2];
ਵਿਜਾਨੀਯਾਦ੍ = may be understood;
ਗੋਵਿਨ੍ਦਰਹਿਤਾਗਮਂ = the road (Agama) without (rahita) Govinda;
Shloka 50 Vishnu

ਸ਼ਨੈਰ੍ਦਹਨ੍ਤਿ ਪਾਪਾਨਿ ਕਲ੍ਪਕੋਟਿਸ਼ਤਾਨਿ ਚ ।
ਅਸ਼੍ਵਤ੍ਥਸਨ੍ਨਿਧੌ ਪਾਰ੍ਥ ਧ੍ਯਾਤ੍ਵਾ ਮਨਸਿ ਕੇਸ਼ਵਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 50
O Arjuna ! having meditated on ViShNu in the vicinity of the holy fig
tree, people slowly burn out millions and millions of sins..

%E50 Word Meanings 50;

ਸ਼ਨੈਃ = slowly;
ਦਹਨ੍ਤਿ = burn;
ਪਾਪਾਨਿ = sins;
ਕਲ੍ਪਕੋਟਿਸ਼ਤਾਨਿ = many literally (kalpa is 10 raised to 18, koTi
is 10 raised to 8 and shata is 10 raised to 2 so in all 10 raised to 20);
ਚ = and;
ਅਸ਼੍ਵਤ੍ਥਸਨ੍ਨਿਧੌ = in the presence of the Peepal tree;
ਪਾਰ੍ਥ = Oh! Partha (refers to Arjun);
ਧ੍ਯਾਤ੍ਵਾ = by meditating, thinking;
ਮਨਸਿ = in the mind;
ਕੇਸ਼ਵਂ = Keshava (Krishna);
Shloka 51 Vishnu

ਯਸ੍ਯਾਭਵਦ੍ਭਕ੍ਤਜਨਾਰ੍ਦਿਹਨ੍ਤੁਃ
ਪਿਤਤ੍ਵਮਨ੍ਯੇਸ਼੍ਵਵਿਚਾਰ੍ਯ ਤੂਰ੍ਣਮ੍ ।
ਸ੍ਤਮ੍ਭੇऽਵਤਾਰਸ੍ਤਮਨਨ੍ਯਲਭ੍ਯਮ੍
ਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮੀਨਸਿਂਹਂ ਸ਼ਰਣਮ੍ ਪ੍ਰਪਦ੍ਯੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 51
I go to take refuge in LaxmI-Nrisinha incarnated in a pillar, who is
reachable by true dedication and who promptly takes birth with a
desire to eradicate the suffering of his disciples..

%E51 Word Meanings 51;

ਯਸ੍ਯ =(m.poss.)whose;
ਅਭਵਦ੍ = occurred;
ਭਕ੍ਤਜਨ = devotees;
ਅਰ੍ਦਿਹਨ੍ਤੁਃ = desirous of destroying suffering (poss.);
ਪਿਤਤ੍ਵਮ੍ = fatherhood;
ਅਨ੍ਯੇਸ਼ੁ = among others;
ਅਵਿਚਾਰ੍ਯ = without hesitation;
ਤੂਰ੍ਣਂ = swiftly; quickly;
ਸ੍ਤਮ੍ਭੇ = in the pillar;
ਅਵਤਾਰਃ = incarnation;
ਤਮ੍ = him;
ਅਨਨ੍ਯਲਭ੍ਯਂ = obtainable by (only the) dedicated;
ਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮੀ = Goddess LakShmi; consort of Vishnu;
ਨਸਿਂਹਂ = Vishnu in his half-man half-lion avatar;
ਸ਼ਰਣਂ = (to the) shelter, sanctuary;

ਸ਼੍ਰੀਮਾਨ੍ ਵੇਙ੍ਕਟ ਨਾਧਾਰ੍ਯਃ ਕਵਿਤਾਰ੍ਕਿਕਕੇਸਰੀ ।
ਵੇਦਾਨ੍ਤਾਚਾਰ੍ਯਵਰ੍ਯੋ ਮੇ ਸਨ੍ਨਿਧਤ੍ਤਾਮ੍ ਸਦਾਹਦਿ ॥ ॥

Meaning 52
Oh! ShrimAn Venkata, Oh! our Lord, who is a poetry of the children of
shining lights, Oh! Lion, Oh! the teacher of Vedanta, Oh! the one
chosen by Uma; reside forever in my heart..

%E52 Word Meanings 52;

ਸ਼੍ਰੀਮਾਨ੍ = a respectable prefix (for males);
ਵੇਙ੍ਕਟ = of the Venkata mountain;
ਨਾਧਾਰ੍ਯਃ = ?? ;
ਕਵਿਤਾਰ੍ਕਿਕ = ?? ;
ਕੇਸਰੀ = lion; lion among men;
ਵੇਦਾਨ੍ਤ = the ending part of the Vedas;
ਆਚਾਰ੍ਯ = teacher, learned scholar;
ਵਰ੍ਯੋਮੇ = ?? ;
ਸਨ੍ਨਿਧਤ੍ਤਾਂ = that which has been put or placed near, or together;
ਸਦਾਹਦਿ = always in the heart;
Shloka 53 Vishnu

ਕ੍ਸ਼ੀਰੋਦਨ੍ਵਤ੍ਪ੍ਰਦੇਸ਼ੇ ਸ਼ੁਚਿਮਣਿਵਿਲਸਤ੍ਸੈਕਤੇ ਮੌਕ੍ਤਿਕਾਨਾਂ
ਮਾਲਾਕਪ੍ਤਾਸਨਸ੍ਥਃ ਸ੍ਫਟਿਕਮਣਿਨਿਭੈਰ੍ਮੌਕ੍ਤਿਕੈਰ੍ਮਣ੍ਡਿਤਾਙ੍ਗਃ ।
ਸ਼ੁਭ੍ਰੈਰਭ੍ਰੈਰਦਭ੍ਰੈਰੁਪਰਿਵਿਰਚਿਤੈਰ੍ਮੁਕ੍ਤਪੀਯੂਸ਼ ਵਰ੍ਸ਼ੈਃ
ਆਨਨ੍ਦੀ ਨਃ ਪੁਨੀਯਾਦਰਿਨਲਿਨਗਦਾ ਸ਼ਙ੍ਖਪਾਣਿਰ੍ਮੁਕੁਨ੍ਦਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 53
Contemplation on Personal form of the Lord.
In the milky ocean, which has a bed of sparkling pure emeralds,
the Lord who can give salvation to his devotees is seated on a
throne decorated with strings of pearls, covered by an umbrella
of clouds which shower nectarine dews as though
they are flower petals, His ornamented body glittering with
pearls and precious gems and holding the conch in his hand.
I pray to this Lord, to make me pure..

%E53 Word Meanings 53;

ਕ੍ਸ਼ੀਰੋਦਨ੍ਵਤ੍ਪ੍ਰਦੇਸ਼ੇ = ?? ;
ਸ਼ੁਚਿਮਣਿਵਿਲਸਤ੍ਸੈਕਤੇ = ?? ;
ਮੌਕ੍ਤਿਕਾਨਾਂ = face (teeth);
ਮਾਲਾਕਪ੍ਤਾਸਨਸ੍ਥਃ = ?? ;
ਸ੍ਫਟਿਕਮਣਿਨਿਭੈਰ੍ਮੌਕ੍ਤਿਕੈਰ੍ਮਣ੍ਡਿਤਾਙ੍ਗਃ = the one having the body
heavily ornamented and decorated with pearls and transparent stones
and gems;
ਸ਼ੁਭ੍ਰੈਃ = ?? ;
ਅਭ੍ਰੈਃ = ?? ;
ਅਦਭ੍ਰੈਃ = ?? ;
ਉਪਰਿਵਿਰਚਿਤੈਃ = ?? ;
ਮੁਕ੍ਤਪੀਯੂਸ਼ = ?? ;
ਵਰ੍ਸ਼ੈਃ = by the rains;
ਆਨਨ੍ਦੀ = an epithet of Vishnu (representing delight or bliss);
ਨਃ = us; to us or ours;
ਪੁਨੀਯਾਦਰਿਨਲਿਨਗਦਾ = ?? ;
ਸ਼ਙ੍ਖਪਾਣਿਰ੍ਮੁਕੁਨ੍ਦਃ = the one holding a conch in his hand; Mukunda;
Shloka 54 Vishnu

ਭੂਃ ਪਾਦੌ ਯਸ੍ਯ ਨਾਭਿਰ੍ਵਿਯਦਸੁਰਨਿਲਸ਼੍ਚਨ੍ਦ੍ਰ ਸੂਰ੍ਯੌ ਚ ਨੇਤ੍ਰੇ
ਕਰ੍ਣਾਵਾਸ਼ਾਃ ਸ਼ਿਰੋ ਦ੍ਯੌਰ੍ਮੁਖਮਪਿ ਦਹਨੋ ਯਸ੍ਯ ਵਾਸ੍ਤੇਯਮਬ੍ਧਿਃ ।
ਅਨ੍ਤਃਸ੍ਥਂ ਯਸ੍ਯ ਵਿਸ਼੍ਵਂ ਸੁਰਨਰਖਗਗੋਭੋਗਿਗਨ੍ਧਰ੍ਵਦੈਤ੍ਯੈਃ
ਚਿਤ੍ਰਂ ਰਂਰਮ੍ਯਤੇ ਤਂ ਤ੍ਰਿਭੁਵਨ ਵਪੁਸ਼ਂ ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਮੀਸ਼ਂ ਨਮਾਮਿ ॥ ॥

Meaning 54
Contemplation of the Cosmic form of the Lord
I bow to Lord Vishnu who has the three worlds as His body.
The earth is His feet, and the sky His navel.
Wind is His breath, and the sun and the moon are His eyes.
Directions are His ears, and the Heaven is His Head. Fire is His
face and the ocean His abdomen. In Him is situated the Universe with the
diverse kinds of gods, men, birds, cattle, serpants, Gandharvas and
Daityas (Asuras) – all sporting in a charming way..

%E54 Word Meanings 54;

ਭੂਃ = the earth; this world;
ਪਾਦੌ = two feet;
ਯਸ੍ਯ = whose;
ਨਾਭਿਰ੍ਵਿਯਦਸੁਰਨਿਲਃ = ?? ;
ਚਨ੍ਦ੍ਰ = (adj.)moon;
ਸੂਰ੍ਯੌ = sun and another;
ਚ = and;
ਨੇਤ੍ਰੇ = the 2 eyes;
ਕਰ੍ਣਾਵਾਸ਼ਾਃ = ?? ;
ਸ਼ਿਰੋ = head;
ਦ੍ਯੌਰ੍ਮੁਖਮਪਿ = even the mouth or face of heaven;
ਦਹਨੋ = burning; set a thing on fire;
ਯਸ੍ਯ = whose;
ਵਾਸ੍ਤੇਯਮਬ੍ਧਿਃ = ?? ;
ਅਨ੍ਤਃਸ੍ਥਂ = in the innermost heart;
ਯਸ੍ਯ = whose;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਵਂ = the universe;
ਸੁਰਨਰਖਗਗੋਭੋਗਿਗਨ੍ਧਰ੍ਵਦੈਤ੍ਯੈਃ = by gods, men, birds, cows,
gourmets, celestial singers and demons;
ਚਿਤ੍ਰਂ = drawing etc.wonderful or awesome or mysterious appearance;
ਰਂਰਮ੍ਯਤੇ = ?? ;
ਤਂ = him;
ਤ੍ਰਿਭੁਵਨ = three worlds, Earth, Heaven, Hell;
ਵਪੁਸ਼ਂ = the one with a body;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਮੀਸ਼ਂ = Vishnu the great lord;
ਨਮਾਮਿ = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
Shloka 55 Vishnu

ਛਾਯਾਯਾਂ ਪਾਰਿਜਾਤਸ੍ਯ ਹੇਮਸਿਂਹਾਸਨੋਪਰਿ
ਆਸੀਨਮਮ੍ਬੁਦਸ਼੍ਯਾਮਮਾਯਤਾਕ੍ਸ਼ਮਲਙ੍ਕਤਮ੍ ।
ਚਨ੍ਦ੍ਰਾਨਨਂ ਚਤੁਰ੍ਬਾਹੁਂ ਸ਼੍ਰੀਵਤ੍ਸਾਙ੍ਕਿਤ ਵਕ੍ਸ਼ਸਂ
ਰੁਕ੍ਮਿਣੀ ਸਤ੍ਯਭਾਮਾਭ੍ਯਾਂ ਸਹਿਤਂ ਕਸ਼੍ਣਮਾਸ਼੍ਰਯੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 55
I salute and surrender to Lord kriShNA whose complexion
is blue like the sky, with wide eyes and four arms, who is
well adorned, whose face glows like the moon, whose chest bears
the srivatsa mark, who is seated on a golden throne in the shade
of the pArijAta tree with his wives rukmiNI and satyabhAmA..

%E55 Word Meanings 55;

ਛਾਯਾਯਾਂ = in the shade;
ਪਾਰਿਜਾਤਸ੍ਯ = of Parijata tree;
ਹੇਮਸਿਂਹਾਸਨੋਪਰਿ = on the golden throne;
ਆਸੀਨਮਮ੍ਬੁਦਸ਼੍ਯਾਮਮਾਯਤਾਕ੍ਸ਼ਮਲਙ੍ਕਤਂ = ?? ;
ਚਨ੍ਦ੍ਰਾਨਨਂ = the one having moon-like face;
ਚਤੁਰ੍ਬਾਹੁਂ = the one having four arms (hands);
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਵਤ੍ਸਾਙ੍ਕਿਤ = (refers to Vishnu);
ਵਕ੍ਸ਼ਸਂ = the one with the chest;
ਰੁਕ੍ਮਿਣੀ = the consort of Krishna;
ਸਤ੍ਯਭਾਮਾਭ੍ਯਾਂ = Satyabhama and another (RukmiNi);
ਸਹਿਤਂ = with, along with;
ਕਸ਼੍ਣਮਾਸ਼੍ਰਯੇ = ?? ;
Shloka 56 Vishnu

ਵਿਸਰ੍ਗ ਬਿਨ੍ਦੁ ਮਾਤ੍ਰਾਣਿ ਪਦ ਪਾਦਾਕ੍ਸ਼ਰਾਣਿ ਚ ।
ਨ੍ਯੂਨਾਨਿਚਾਤਿਰਿਕ੍ਤਾਨਿ ਕ੍ਸ਼ਮਸ੍ਵ ਪੁਰੁਸ਼ੋਤ੍ਤਮ ॥ ॥

Meaning 56
Oh! Lord, you are indeed flawless, and we request you to excuse all the
mistakes we might have commited while chanting the slokas, either in
word endings or pronunciation or metre, or any other mistakes of this
nature..

%E56 Word Meanings 56;

ਵਿਸਰ੍ਗ = the Visarga sign denoted by two vertical dots as `:’;
ਬਿਨ੍ਦੁ = relating to a drop or dot;
ਮਾਤ੍ਰਾਣਿ = units of measurement of space, time, length, etc.;
ਪਦ = a word or a leg or foot;
ਪਾਦਾਕ੍ਸ਼ਰਾਣਿ = the letters denoting or referring to the feet;
ਚ = and;
ਨ੍ਯੂਨਾਨਿਚਾਤਿਰਿਕ੍ਤਾਨਿ = ?? ;
ਕ੍ਸ਼ਮਸ੍ਵ = Excuse (me or us);
ਪੁਰੁਸ਼ੋਤ੍ਤਮ = Oh! the best person;
Shloka 57 Vishnu

ਸ਼੍ਰਿਯਃ ਕਾਨ੍ਤਾਯ ਕਲ੍ਯਾਣ ਨਿਧਯੇ ਨਿਧਯੇਰ੍ਥਿਨਾਮ੍ ।
ਸ਼੍ਰੀ ਵੇਙ੍ਕਟ ਨਿਵਾਸਾਯ ਸ਼੍ਰੀਨਿਵਾਸਾਯ ਮਙ੍ਗਲ਼ਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 57
Glory to the Lord viShNu, who is the consort of mahAlakShmI, and the
treasure trove of auspiciousness, who grants wealth to all seekers of
material wealth, who resides in the venkata mountains and in whose heart,
mahalakShmi who symbolises wealth resides..

%E57 Word Meanings 57;

ਸ਼੍ਰਿਯਃ = ?? ;
ਕਾਨ੍ਤਾਯ = to the lord or consort;
ਕਲ੍ਯਾਣ = happy; beautiful; auspices; prosperous; good, etc.;
ਨਿਧਯੇ = to the abode or reservoir-like one;
ਨਿਧਯੇਰ੍ਥਿਨਾਂ = to the abode or reservoir-like one for people who
seek material possessions;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀ = relating to Prosperity; wealth; goddess LakShmi and ` shrIH’
is fem.nom.; also an honourable prefix;
ਵੇਙ੍ਕਤ = Lord Venkat, Vishnu;
ਨਿਵਾਸਾਯ = to the dweller;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਨਿਵਾਸਾਯ = to Srinivasa;
ਮਙ੍ਗਲ਼ਂ = welfare; good things; auspiciousness;
Shloka 58 Vishnu

ਨਾਰਾਯਣਾਯ ਵਿਦ੍ਮਹੇ । ਵਾਸੁਦੇਵਾਯ ਧੀਮਹਿ ।
ਤਨ੍ਨੋ ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਃ ਪ੍ਰਚੋਦਯਾਤ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 58
This is my offering to the Lord nArAyaNA who is present in all his
creations. I meditate to the son of vasudevA, who is all
pervasive. Let that omnipresent Lord inspire me..

%E58 Word Meanings 58;

ਨਾਰਾਯਣਾਯ = to Narayana;
ਵਿਦ੍ਮਹੇ = offering;
ਵਾਸੁਦੇਵਾਯ = to Vasudeva;
ਧੀਮਹਿ = May meditate;
ਤਨ੍ਨੋ = ?? ;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਃ = Vishnu;
ਪ੍ਰਚੋਦਯਾਤ੍ = inspire; kindle; urge; induce;;
Shloka 59 Vishnu

ਯਸ੍ਯ ਸ੍ਮਤ੍ਯਾ ਚ ਨਾਮੋਕ੍ਤ੍ਯਾ ਤਪੋਯਜ੍ਞਕ੍ਰਿਯਾਦਿਸ਼ੁ ।
ਨ੍ਯੂਨਂ ਸਮ੍ਪੂਰ੍ਣਤਾਂ ਯਾਤਿ ਸਦ੍ਯੋ ਵਨ੍ਦੇ ਤਮਚ੍ਯੁਤਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 59
In spiritual incubation and in worshipping, by whose recollection and
by whose name-chanting whatever is partial is made complete in an
instant; to that Achyut I salute..

%E59 Word Meanings 59;

ਯਸ੍ਯ = whose;
ਸ੍ਮਤ੍ਯਾ = or Shastras;
ਚ = and;
ਨਾਮੋਕ੍ਤ੍ਯਾ = uttering of the name;
ਤਪੋਯਜ੍ਞਕ੍ਰਿਯਾਦਿਸ਼ੁ = in all activities fit for doing penance;
ਨ੍ਯੂਨਂ = deficient; a little; short of; minimum;
ਸਮ੍ਪੂਰ੍ਣਤਾਂ = completion; perfection; conclusion;
ਯਾਤਿ = goes; attains;
ਸਦ੍ਯੋ = immediately; instantly;
ਵਨ੍ਦੇ = I worship; bow;
ਤਮਚ੍ਯੁਤਂ = ?? ;
Shloka 60 Vishnu

ਏਕੋ ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਰ੍ਮਹਦ੍ਭੂਤਂ ਪਥਗ੍ਭੂਤਾਨ੍ਯਨੇਕਸ਼ਃ ।
ਤ੍ਰੀਨ੍ਲੋਕਾਨ੍ਵ੍ਯਾਪ੍ਯ ਭੂਤਾਤ੍ਮਾ ਭੁਙ੍ਕ੍ਤੇ ਵਿਸ਼੍ਵਭਗਵ੍ਯਯਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 60
Lord Vishnu is the unique deity of incomparable excellence in that He
pervades the great elements of multifarious kinds and the three worlds.
He is their AtmA (antaryAmin) and their protector;
Yet He stands head and shoulders above them and not in the least
tainted by their defects. Thus He enjoys supreme bliss..

%E60 Word Meanings 60;

ਏਕੋ = ?? ;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਃ = ?? ;
ਮਹਦ੍ਭੂਤਂ = ?? ;
ਪਥਕ੍ = ?? ;
ਭੂਤਾਨਿ = ?? ;
ਅਨੇਕਸ਼ਃ = ?? ;
ਤ੍ਰੀਨ੍ = ?? ;
ਲੋਕਾਨ੍ਵ੍ਯਾਪ੍ਯ = ?? ;
ਭੂਤਾਤ੍ਮਾ = ?? ;
ਭੁਙ੍ਕ੍ਤੇ = ?? ;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਵਭਗਵ੍ਯਯਃ = ?? ;
Shloka 61 Krishna

ਕਸ਼੍ਣਾਯ ਵਾਸੁਦੇਵਾਯ ਦੇਵਕੀ ਨਂਦਨਾਯ ਚ ।
ਨਂਦਗੋਪਕੁਮਾਰਾਯ ਗੋਵਿਂਦਾਯ ਨਮੋ ਨਮਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 61
Salutations to Lord Krishna, the son of Vasudeva and
Devaki, raised by Nandagopa, and also known as Govinda..

%E61 Word Meanings 61;

ਕਸ਼੍ਣਾਯ = to Krishna;
ਵਾਸੁਦੇਵਾਯ = to Vasudeva;
ਦੇਵਕੀ = DevakI Krishna’s mother;
ਨਂਦਨਾਯ = for the Nandana, the delighter;
ਚ = and;
ਨਂਦਗੋਪਕੁਮਾਰਾਯ = for the son of Nandagopa Krishna;
ਗੋਵਿਂਦਾਯ = to govinda, the cowherd boy Krishna;
ਨਮੋ = bowing; salute;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 62 Krishna

ਵਸੁਦੇਵ ਸੁਤਂ ਦੇਵਂ ਕਂਸ ਚਾਣੂਰਮਰ੍ਦਨਂ ।
ਦੇਵਕੀ ਪਰਮਾਨਂਦਂ ਕਸ਼੍ਣਂ ਵਂਦੇ ਜਗਦ੍ਗੁਰੁਂ ॥ ॥

Meaning 62
Salutations to Lord Krishna, who is the teacher of the universe,
son of Vasudeva, destroyer of Ka.nsa and ChANura and the
supreme bliss of (mother) DevakI..

%E62 Word Meanings 62;

ਵਸੁਦੇਵ = of Vasudea;
ਸੁਤਂ = the son;
ਦੇਵਂ = God;
ਕਂਸ = at (M.nom.) the demon Kamsa;
ਚਾਣੂਰਮਰ੍ਦਨਂ = the crusher or pounder of the demon chaNUra;
ਦੇਵਕੀ = DevakI Krishna’s mother;
ਪਰਮਾਨਂਦਂ = great happiness; blisss;beautitude;
ਕਸ਼੍ਣਂ = Krishna;
ਵਂਦੇ = I bow ; I worship;
ਜਗਦ੍ਗੁਰੁਂ = the preceptor of the world;
Shloka 63 Krishna

ਆਕਾਸ਼ਾਤ੍ ਪਤਿਤਂ ਤੋਯਂ ਯਥਾ ਗਚ੍ਛਤਿ ਸਾਗਰਮ੍ ।
ਸਰ੍ਵਦੇਵਨਮਸ੍ਕਾਰਾਨ੍ ਕੇਸ਼ਵਂ ਪ੍ਰਤਿਗਚ੍ਛਤਿ ॥ ॥

Meaning 63
Just as every drop of rain that falls from the sky flows into the
Ocean, in the same way all prayers offered to any Deity goes to
Lord Krishna (Bhagvan Vishnu)..

%E63 Word Meanings 63;

ਆਕਾਸ਼ਾਤ੍ = from the sky;
ਪਤਿਤਂ = the fallen one;
ਤੋਯਂ = water;
ਯਥਾ = in which manner;
ਗਚ੍ਛਤਿ = goes;
ਸਾਗਰਂ = the ocean;
ਸਰ੍ਵਦੇਵਨਮਸ੍ਕਾਰਾਨ੍ = the bowings for all the gods;
ਕੇਸ਼ਵਂ = Keshava (Krishna);
ਪ੍ਰਤਿਗਚ੍ਛਤਿ = reaches or returns;
Shloka 64 Krishna

ਆਦੌ ਦੇਵਕਿਦੇਵਿਗਰ੍ਭਜਨਨਂ ਗੋਪੀਗਹੇ ਵਰ੍ਧਨਮ੍
ਮਾਯਾਪੂਤਨਜੀਵਿਤਾਪਹਰਣਂ ਗੋਵਰ੍ਧਨੋਦ੍ਧਾਰਣਮ੍ ।
ਕਂਸਚ੍ਛੇਦਨਕੌਰਵਾਦਿਹਨਨਂ ਕੁਂਤੀਸੁਤਾਂ ਪਾਲਨਮ੍
ਏਤਦ੍ਭਾਗਵਤਂ ਪੁਰਾਣਕਥਿਤਂ ਸ਼੍ਰੀਕਸ਼੍ਣਲੀਲਾਮਤਮ੍ ।
ਇਤਿ ਸ਼੍ਰੀਭਾਗਵਤਸੂਤ੍ਰ ॥ ॥

Meaning 64
Shri Krishna’s charitam in short is that he is Devaki’s son,
Gopi’s admiration, Putana’s killer, holder of Govardhan Giri,
slayer of Kansa, destroyer of Kauravas, protector of Kunti’s sons
and the central figure of Srimad Bhagavata PurAnam.

(Alternate)
Starting with birth from the womb of Devaki, growth in the
house of cow-herds, killing of Putana, lifting of
Govardhana mountain, the cutting of Kamsa and the killing
of kauravas, protecting the sons of KuntI – This is
BhAgavataM as told in the epics. This is the nectar of Shri
Krishna’s LIlA (sport).
This is an aphorism on Srimad BhAgavataM..

%E64 Word Meanings 64;

ਆਦੌ = In the beginning;
ਦੇਵਕਿਦੇਵਿਗਰ੍ਭਜਨਨਂ = the one born of the womb of god-like Devaki;
ਗੋਪੀਗਹੇ = in the house of cow-herd woman;
ਵਰ੍ਧਨਂ = the increasing or growth;
ਮਾਯਾਪੂਤਨਜੀਵਿਤਾਪਹਰਣਂ = ?? ;
ਗੋਵਰ੍ਧਨੋਦ੍ਧਾਰਣਂ = the lifter of the mountain Govardhana Krishna;
ਕਂਸਚ੍ਛੇਦਨਕੌਰਵਾਦਿਹਨਨਂ = the cutting of Kamsa and the
killing of kauravas;
ਕੁਂਤੀਸੁਤਾਂ = sons of Kunti;
ਪਾਲਨਂ = bringing up; rearing;
ਏਤਦ੍ਭਾਗਵਤਂ = this one book or story relating to God;
ਪੁਰਾਣਕਥਿਤਂ = as told in the `purANa’;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਕਸ਼੍ਣਲੀਲਾਮਤਂ = the nectar-like story of the respectable
Krishna;
ਇਤਿ = thusthus;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਭਾਗਵਤਸੂਤ੍ਰ = the story of god, Krishna in a short form;
Shloka 65 Krishna

ਸ਼੍ਰੀਕੇਸ਼ਵਾਯ ਨਮਃ । ਨਾਰਾਯਣਾਯ ਨਮਃ । ਮਾਧਵਾਯ ਨਮਃ ।
ਗੋਵਿਂਦਾਯ ਨਮਃ । ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣਵੇ ਨਮਃ । ਮਧੁਸੂਦਨਾਯ ਨਮਃ ।
ਤ੍ਰਿਵਿਕ੍ਰਮਾਯ ਨਮਃ । ਵਾਮਨਾਯ ਨਮਃ । ਸ਼੍ਰੀਧਰਾਯ ਨਮਃ ।
ਹਸ਼ੀਕੇਸ਼ਾਯ ਨਮਃ । ਪਦ੍ਮਨਾਭਾਯ ਨਮਃ । ਦਾਮੋਦਰਾਯ ਨਮਃ ।
ਸਙ੍ਕਰ੍ਸ਼ਣਾਯ ਨਮਃ । ਵਾਸੁਦੇਵਾਯ ਨਮਃ । ਪ੍ਰਦ੍ਯੁਮ੍ਨਾਯ ਨਮਃ ।
ਅਨਿਰੁਦ੍ਧਾਯ ਨਮਃ । ਪੁਰੁਸ਼ੋਤ੍ਤਮਾਯ ਨਮਃ । ਅਧੋਕ੍ਸ਼ਜਾਯ ਨਮਃ ।
ਨਾਰਸਿਂਹਾਯ ਨਮਃ । ਅਚ੍ਯੁਤਾਯ ਨਮਃ । ਜਨਾਰ੍ਦਨਾਯ ਨਮਃ ।
ਉਪੇਨ੍ਦ੍ਰਾਯ ਨਮਃ । ਹਰਯੇ ਨਮਃ । ਸ਼੍ਰੀਕਸ਼੍ਣਾਯ ਨਮਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 65
I bow to Keshava – the one with luxuriant hair.
I bow to Narayana – the one who resides in humanity.
I bow to Madhava – the consort of MahalakShmi.
I bow to Govinda – the ptotector of cows.
I bow to Vishnu – the one who is omnipresent.
I bow to MadhusUdana – the killer of demon Madhu.
I bow to Trivikrama – whose prowess is known in all three worlds.
I bow to Vamana – the one who took the avatAr as a dwarf.
I bow to ShrIdhar – one who is Prosperity Incarnate.
I bow to HRiShIkesha – the Lord of senses.
I bow to PadmanAbha – from whose navel the lotus and world of creation
has come.
I bow to Damodara – one whose waist is immeasurable so Yashoda could
not tie it.
I bow to Sa.nkarShaNa – BalarAma – who was taken from Devaki’s womb
to Rohini’s
I bow to VAsudeva – Vasudeva’s son, one who is all pervading.
I bow to Pradyumna – one who illumines.
I bow to Aniruddha – one who is unobstructed.
I bow to PuruShottama – one who is the most superior amongst men.
I bow to AdhokShaja – one who dwwells in the nether-worlds.
I bow to Narasimha – one who took avatAr as half-man half-lion.
I bow to Achyuta – one who does not lapse.
I bow to JanArdana – the remover of the torment of people.
I bow to Upendra –
I bow to Hari –
I offer my salutations to Lord Krishna..

%E65 Word Meanings 65;

ਸ਼੍ਰੀਕੇਸ਼ਵਾਯ = to the respectable Keshava one with luxuriant hair;
an epithet of Vishnu and Krishna;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ਨਾਰਾਯਣਾਯ = to Narayana;
ਮਾਧਵਾਯ = to Madhava;
ਗੋਵਿਂਦਾਯ = to govinda, the cowherd boy Krishna;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣਵੇ = to Vishnu;
ਮਧੁਸੂਦਨਾਯ = to madhusudana;
ਤ੍ਰਿਵਿਕ੍ਰਮਾਯ = to Trivikrama, lord of three worlds, Vishnu;
ਵਾਮਨਾਯ = To Vamana, Vishnu in the form a dwarf;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਧਰਾਯ = to Shridhara, Vishnu;
ਹਸ਼ੀਕੇਸ਼ਾਯ = to hrishikesha, the Lord of senses like hRiShIkaM
i.e.Krishna or Vishnu;
ਪਦ੍ਮਨਾਭਾਯ = to Padmanabha;
ਦਾਮੋਦਰਾਯ = to Damodara;
ਸਙ੍ਕਰ੍ਸ਼ਣਾਯ = to sankarShaNa, an epithet of Vishnu;
ਵਾਸੁਦੇਵਾਯ = to Vasudeva;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ਪ੍ਰਦ੍ਯੁਮ੍ਨਾਯ = to pradyumna ; one who illumines;;
ਅਨਿਰੁਦ੍ਧਾਯ = to Aniruddha; a name of viShNu; also grandson of
Krishna, Pradyumna’s son;
ਪੁਰੁਸ਼ੋਤ੍ਤਮਾਯ = to purushottama;
ਅਧੋਕ੍ਸ਼ਜਾਯ = to Vishnu `adhoxaja’ is an epithet of Vishnu;
ਨਾਰਸਿਂਹਾਯ = to Narasismha, part-lion and part-man;
ਅਚ੍ਯੁਤਾਯ = to achyuta;
ਜਨਾਰ੍ਦਨਾਯ = to Janardana, Vishnu;
ਉਪੇਨ੍ਦ੍ਰਾਯ = to Upendra, Vishnu;
ਹਰਯੇ = to Lord Hari;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਕਸ਼੍ਣਾਯ = to the respected Krishna;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 66 Krishna

ਮੂਕਂ ਕਰੋਤਿ ਵਾਚਾਲਂ ਪਙ੍ਗੁਂ ਲਙ੍ਘਯਤੇ ਗਿਰਿਮ੍ ।
ਯਤ੍ਕਪਾ ਤਮਹਂ ਵਨ੍ਦੇ ਪਰਮਾਨਨ੍ਦਮਾਧਵਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 66
I salute to Madhav, the supreme joy, whose grace makes a dumb person
speak or a lame get strength to climb over a mountain. %alternate
I salute that All-bliss MAdhava whose compassion makes the
mute eloquent and the cripple cross mountains..

%E66 Word Meanings 66;

ਮੂਕਂ = the dumb one;
ਕਰੋਤਿ = ?? ;
ਵਾਚਾਲਂ = one who is talking too much; noisy; garrulous;
ਪਙ੍ਗੁਂ = lame person;
ਲਙ੍ਘਯਤੇ = ?? ;
ਗਿਰਿਂ = the mountain;
ਯਤ੍ਕਪਾ = which favour; sympathy;
ਤਮਹਂ = I as Him;
ਵਨ੍ਦੇ = I worship; bow;
ਪਰਮਾਨਨ੍ਦਮਾਧਵਂ = Madhava who grants the bliss;
Shloka 67 Krishna

ਏਕਂ ਸ਼ਾਸ੍ਤ੍ਰਂ ਦੇਵਕੀਪੁਤ੍ਰਗੀਤਮੇਕੋ
ਦੇਵੋ ਦੇਵਕੀਪੁਤ੍ਰ ਏਵ ।
ਏਕੋ ਮਨ੍ਤ੍ਰਸ੍ਤਸ੍ਯ ਨਾਮਾਨਿ ਯਾਨਿ
ਕਰ੍ਮਾਪ੍ਯੇਕਂ ਤਸ੍ਯ ਦੇਵਸ੍ਯ ਸੇਵਾ ॥ ॥

Meaning 67
There is only one Scripture – the Gita;
There is only one God – Sri Krishna, the son of Devaki;
There is only one mantra – His name;
There is only on desirable action – His service..

%E67 Word Meanings 67;

ਏਕਂ = cardinal number 1;
ਸ਼ਾਸ੍ਤ੍ਰਂ = the works or books on religion and conduct; scripture;
ਦੇਵਕੀਪੁਤ੍ਰਗੀਤਮੇਕੋ = ?? ;
ਦੇਵੋ = god;
ਦੇਵਕੀਪੁਤ੍ਰ = Devaki’s son;
ਏਵ = alone; only; here it would mean `indeed’;
ਏਕੋ = cardinal number 1;
ਮਨ੍ਤ੍ਰਸ੍ਤਸ੍ਯ = ?? ;
ਨਾਮਾਨਿ = names;
ਯਾਨਿ = They which;
ਕਰ੍ਮਾਪ੍ਯੇਕਂ = ?? ;
ਤਸ੍ਯ = his;
ਦੇਵਸ੍ਯ = god’s;
ਸੇਵਾ = service; worship; servitude;
Shloka 68 Krishna

ਨਮੋ ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਣ੍ਯਦੇਵਾਯ ਗੋਬ੍ਰਾਹ੍ਮਣਹਿਤਾਯ ਚ ।
ਜਗਦ੍ਧਿਤਾਯ ਕਸ਼੍ਣਾਯ ਗੋਵਿਂਦਾਯ ਨਮੋ ਨਮਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 68
Salutations to Govinda, the dark complexioned one, the God of Brahmanas,
protector of cattle and wellwisher of people..

%E68 Word Meanings 68;

ਨਮੋ = bowing; salute;
ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਣ੍ਯਦੇਵਾਯ = to the Brahman-like god or godly person;
ਗੋਬ੍ਰਾਹ੍ਮਣਹਿਤਾਯ = for the welfare of cows and brahmins;
ਚ = and;
ਜਗਦ੍ਧਿਤਾਯ = for the welfare of the world;
ਕਸ਼੍ਣਾਯ = to Krishna;
ਗੋਵਿਂਦਾਯ = to govinda, the cowherd boy Krishna;
ਨਮੋ = bowing; salute;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 69 Krishna

ਕਰਾਰਵਿਨ੍ਦੇਨ ਪਾਦਾਰਵਿਨ੍ਦਂ ਮੁਖਾਰਵਿਨ੍ਦੇ ਵਿਨਿਵੇਸ਼ਯਨ੍ਤਂ ।
ਵਟਸ੍ਯ ਪਤ੍ਰਸ੍ਯ ਪੁਟੇ ਸ਼ਯਾਨਂ ਬਾਲਂ ਮੁਕੁਨ੍ਦਂ ਮਨਸਾ ਸ੍ਮਰਾਮਿ ॥ ॥

Meaning 69
With the lotus-like hand, placing the lotus-like toes, in the lotus-like
mouth, reclining on the banyan leaf – that young Mukunda, I meditate
upon..

%E69 Word Meanings 69;

ਕਰਾਰਵਿਨ੍ਦੇਨ = by the lotus like hand;
ਪਾਦਾਰਵਿਨ੍ਦਂ = the lotus feet;
ਮੁਖਾਰਵਿਨ੍ਦੇ = in the lotus-like mouth or face;
ਵਿਨਿਵੇਸ਼ਯਨ੍ਤਂ = the one placing;
ਵਟਸ੍ਯ = the Banyan tree’s;
ਪਤ੍ਰਸ੍ਯ = of the leaf or epistle;
ਪੁਟੇ = dual nom. of `puTaM’ or locative of `puTaH’ and `puTaM’;
ਸ਼ਯਾਨਂ = one who is sleeping or lying on the bed;
ਬਾਲਂ = the child;
ਮੁਕੁਨ੍ਦਂ = Mukunda;
ਮਨਸਾ = through the mind;
ਸ੍ਮਰਾਮਿ = I remember;
Shloka 70 Krishna

ਭਜਗੋਵਿਨ੍ਦਂ ਭਜਗੋਵਿਨ੍ਦਂ
ਗੋਵਿਨ੍ਦਂ ਭਜਮੂਢਮਤੇ ।
ਸਮ੍ਪ੍ਰਾਪ੍ਤੇ ਸਨ੍ਨਿਹਿਤੇ ਕਾਲੇ
ਨਹਿ ਨਹਿ ਰਕ੍ਸ਼ਤਿ ਡੁਕਙ੍ਕਰਣੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 70
Worship Govinda, worship Govinda, worship Govinda, Oh fool !
Rules of grammar will not save you at the time of your death..

%E70 Word Meanings 70;

ਭਜਗੋਵਿਨ੍ਦਂ = Do worship the Govinda;
ਭਜਗੋਵਿਨ੍ਦਂ = Do worship the Govinda;
ਗੋਵਿਨ੍ਦਂ = the lord Govinda, the cowherd boy;
ਭਜਮੂਢਮਤੇ = Oh foolish mind! worship;
ਸਮ੍ਪ੍ਰਾਪ੍ਤੇ = having reached or obtained;
ਸਨ੍ਨਿਹਿਤੇ = very near; in the near side;
ਕਾਲੇ = in time;
ਨਹਿ = no; not;
ਨਹਿ = no; not;
ਰਕ੍ਸ਼ਤਿ = protects; saves;
ਡੁਕਙ੍ਕਰਣੇ = A Samskrit grammatical formula of Panini;
Shloka 71 Krishna

ਸੁਖਾਵਸਾਨੇ ਤ੍ਵਿਦਮੇਵ ਸਾਰਂ ਦੁਃਖਾਵਸਾਨੇ ਤ੍ਵਿਦਮੇਵ ਗੇਯਮ੍ ।
ਦੇਹਾਵਸਾਨੇ ਤ੍ਵਿਦਮੇਵ ਜਪ੍ਯਂ ਗੋਵਿਂਦ ਦਾਮੋਦਰ ਮਾਧਵੇਤਿ ॥ ॥

Meaning 71
This the essence and ultimate of happiness;
this is what one would chant at the height of grief;
and gOvinda! dAmOdara! mAdhava!
this is what one would utter when departing from hither..

%E71 Word Meanings 71;

ਸੁਖਾਵਸਾਨੇ = at the end of happiness;
ਤ੍ਵਿਦਮੇਵ = this alone or this only;
ਸਾਰਂ = the essence;
ਦੁਃਖਾਵਸਾਨੇ = at the end of sorrow;
ਤ੍ਵਿਦਮੇਵ = this alone or this only;
ਗੇਯਂ = that which should be sung;
ਦੇਹਾਵਸਾਨੇ = at the end of the body i.e. at the time of death;
ਤ੍ਵਿਦਮੇਵ = this alone or this only;
ਜਪ੍ਯਂ = to be uttered;
ਗੋਵਿਂਦ = A name of kRiShNa, Govinda, the cowherd boy;
ਦਾਮੋਦਰ = at (literally a person with a string around his bellly)
One of the names of KriShNa;
ਮਾਧਵੇਤਿ = ?? ;
.. ..;
Shloka 72 Krishna

ਕਸ੍ਤੂਰੀਤਿਲਕਂ ਲਲਾਟਫਲਕੇ ਵਕ੍ਸ਼ਸ੍ਥਲੇ ਕੌਸ੍ਤੁਭਂ
ਨਾਸਾਗ੍ਰੇ ਨਵਮੌਕ੍ਤਿਕਂ ਕਰਤਲੇ ਵੇਣੁਂ ਕਰੇ ਕਙ੍ਕਣਮ੍ ।
ਸਰ੍ਵਾਙ੍ਗੇ ਹਰਿਚਂਦਨਂ ਚ ਕਲ੍ਯਾਣ ਕਣ੍ਠੇਚ ਮੁਕ੍ਤਾਵਲਿਨ੍
ਗੋਪਸ੍ਤ੍ਰੀ ਪਰਿਵੇਸ਼੍ਟਿਤੋ ਵਿਜਯਤੇ ਗੋਪਾਲ ਚੂਡਾਮਣਿ ॥ ॥

Meaning 72
With the fragrant kasturi-mark on the forehead, the precious Kaustubha
gem on the chest, the lovely pearl-jewel at the nose tip,
the flute in the palm and the kankan (bangle) encircling the hand, the scented
sandalwood paste all over the body, the pearl-necklace around the
beautifid neck, surrounded by milk-maids – may victory be yours, 0 crown
gem of Gopalas..

%E72 Word Meanings 72;

ਕਸ੍ਤੂਰੀਤਿਲਕਂ = forehead mark made by Kasturi fragrance supposed
to be originated in Deer’s navel;
ਲਲਾਟਫਲਕੇ = ?? ;
ਵਕ੍ਸ਼ਸ੍ਥਲੇ = on the chest;
ਕੌਸ੍ਤੁਭਂ = the gem Kaustubha found during churning of ocean by Devas and Asuras;
ਨਾਸਾਗ੍ਰੇ = at the tip of the nose;
ਨਵਮੌਕ੍ਤਿਕਂ = the like the new pearl;
ਕਰਤਲੇ = in the palm of the hand;
ਵੇਣੁਂ = the flute;
ਕਰੇ = in the hand;
ਕਙ੍ਕਣਂ = a bracelet;
ਸਰ੍ਵਾਙ੍ਗੇ = in all parts of the body;
ਹਰਿਚਂਦਨਂ = sandalpaste;
ਚ = and;
ਕਲ੍ਯਾਣ = happy; beautiful; auspices; prosperous; good, etc.;
ਕਣ੍ਠ = throat;
ਮੁਕ੍ਤਾਵਲਿਨ੍ = ?? ;
ਗੋਪਸ੍ਤ੍ਰੀ = the cow-herd woman;
ਪਰਿਵੇਸ਼੍ਟਿਤੋ = surrounded, wrapped with clothes;
ਵਿਜਯਤੇ = wins; becomes victorious;
ਗੋਪਾਲ = at (M.nom.) the protector of cow; refers to lord Krishna;
ਚੂਡਾਮਣਿ = at (M.nom.) the head or crest-jewel;
Shloka 73 Krishna

ਕਸ਼੍ਣਾਯ ਵਾਸੁਦੇਵਾਯ ਹਰਯੇ ਪਰਮਾਤ੍ਮਨੇ ।
ਪ੍ਰਣਤ ਕ੍ਲੇਸ਼ ਨਾਸ਼ਾਯ ਗੋਵਿਨ੍ਦਾਯ ਨਮੋ ਨਮਃ ।
ॐ ਕ੍ਲੀਂ ਕਸ਼੍ਣਾਯ ਨਮਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 73
Adorations to Lord Krishna, who is the son of Vasudeva, who is
Lord hari (destroyer of ignorance), who is the Supreme Divinity!
I have taken refuge in Him. May he destroy all the afflictions
(miseries) of life. My adorations to Govinda (Krishna) again and
again..

%E73 Word Meanings 73;

ਕਸ਼੍ਣਾਯ = to Krishna;
ਵਾਸੁਦੇਵਾਯ = to Vasudeva;
ਹਰਯੇ = to Lord Hari;
ਪਰਮਾਤ੍ਮਨੇ = to the Universal Soul;
ਪ੍ਰਣਤ = at (M.nom.) one who has bowed;
ਕ੍ਲੇਸ਼ = ?? ;
ਨਾਸ਼ਾਯ = for destruction;
ਗੋਵਿਨ੍ਦਾਯ = to Govinda, the cowherd boy, Krishna;
ਨਮੋ = bowing; salute;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ॐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ਕ੍ਲੀਂ = ?? ;
ਕਸ਼੍ਣਾਯ = to Krishna;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 74 Ram

ਆਦੌ ਰਾਮਤਪੋਵਨਾਦਿਗਮਨਂ ਹਤ੍ਵਾ ਮਗਂ ਕਾਞ੍ਚਨਮ੍
ਵੈਦੇਹੀਹਰਣਂ ਜਟਾਯੁਮਰਣਮ੍ ਸੁਗ੍ਰੀਵਸਂਭਾਸ਼ਣਮ੍ ।
ਵਾਲੀਨਿਰ੍ਦਲਨਂ ਸਮੁਦ੍ਰਤਰਣਂ ਲਙ੍ਕਾਪੁਰੀਦਾਹਨਮ੍
ਪਸ਼੍ਚਾਦ੍ਰਾਵਣਕੁਮ੍ਭਕਰ੍ਣਹਨਨਂ ਏਤਦ੍ਧਿਰਾਮਾਯਣਮ੍ ।
ਇਤਿ ਸ਼੍ਰੀਰਾਮਾਯਣਸੂਤ੍ਰ ॥ ॥

Meaning 74
In the beginning, starting with Rama’s forest-exile,
killing of the golden deer, abduction of Sita Devi,
death of JatAyu, frienship with SugrIva, killing of
VAli, crossing of the ocean, burning of LankA and after
that killing of RavaNa and KumbhakarNa – this is the story
(aphorism) of Ramayana..

%E74 Word Meanings 74;

ਆਦੌ = In the beginning;
ਰਾਮਤਪੋਵਨਾਦਿਗਮਨਂ = beginning wIth Rama’s forest-exile;
ਹਤ੍ਵਾ = having killed;
ਮਗਂ = deer;
ਕਾਞ੍ਚਨਂ = gold;
ਵੈਦੇਹੀਹਰਣਂ = the abduction of Vaidehi;
ਜਟਾਯੁਮਰਣਂ = the death of Jatayu;
ਸੁਗ੍ਰੀਵਸਂਭਾਸ਼ਣਂ = the conversation with Sugriva;
ਵਾਲੀਨਿਰ੍ਦਲਨਂ = Rama, destroyer of Vali;
ਸਮੁਦ੍ਰਤਰਣਂ = crossing of the ocean;
ਲਙ੍ਕਾਪੁਰੀ = Lanka;
ਦਾਹਨਂ = burning;
ਪਃ = Air; wind; leaf; egg;
ਚਾਦ੍ਰਾਵਣਕੁਮ੍ਭਕਰ੍ਣਹਨਨਂ = the killing of RavaNa and KumbhakarNa;
ਏਤਦ੍ਧਿਰਾਮਾਯਣਂ = this is the Ramayana;
ਇਤਿ = thus;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਰਾਮਾਯਣਸੂਤ੍ਰ = the venerable Ramayana story in a short aphorism;
Shloka 75 Ram

ਧ੍ਯਾਯੇਦਾਜਾਨੁਬਾਹੁਂ ਧਤਸ਼ਰਧਨੁਸ਼ਂ ਬਦ੍ਧਪਦ੍ਮਾਸਨਸ੍ਥਮ੍ ।
ਪੀਤਂ ਵਾਸੋ ਵਸਾਨਂ ਨਵਕਮਲਦਲਸ੍ਪਰ੍ਧਿਨੇਤ੍ਰਂ ਪ੍ਰਸਨ੍ਨਮ੍ ।
ਵਾਮਾਙ੍ਕਾਰੂਢ ਸੀਤਾਮੁਖਕਮਲਮਿਲਲ੍ਲੋਚਨਂ ਨੀਰਦਾਭਮ੍ ।
ਨਾਨਾਲਙ੍ਕਾਰਦੀਪ੍ਤਂ ਦਧਤਮੁਰੁਜਟਾਮਁਡਨਂ ਰਾਮਚਂਦ੍ਰਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 75
Salutations to one with long arms, with weapons, sitting on
the lotus seat, dressed in yellow cloth, eyes are like lotus
petals just open, pleasing, on whose left lap Sitadevi is
sitting, whose face resembles a lotus.

(Alternate)
May we meditate on the pleasing countenance of dark cloud complexioned
Shri Ram wearing yellow clothes, seated in lotus posture, bearing bow
and arrows, with arms extending below his knees, adorned by various
decorations and a ‘jaTA’ on his head, with eyes like newly blossomed
lotus petals submerged in the eyes of of the lotus-faced Sita seated on
his left-side..

%E75 Word Meanings 75;

ਧ੍ਯਾਯੇਦਾਜਾਨੁਬਾਹੁਂ = May we meditate on the long-armed Ram;
ਧਤਸ਼ਰਧਨੁਸ਼ਂ = the bow-bearing one;
ਬਦ੍ਧਪਦ੍ਮਾਸਨਸ੍ਥਂ = one who is in the lotus-like sitting posture;
one of the Yogasana postures;
ਪੀਤਂ = yellow;
ਵਾਸੋ = abode; dwelling; living; perfume;
ਵਸਾਨਂ = the one wearing a dress;
ਨਵਕਮਲਦਲਸ੍ਪਰ੍ਧਿਨੇਤ੍ਰਂ = the one with eyes rivalling newly blossomed lotus petals;
ਪ੍ਰਸਨ੍ਨਂ = the pleased one;
ਵਾਮਾਙ੍ਕਾਰੂਢ = one who is seated on to the left side;
ਸੀਤਾਮੁਖਕਮਲਮਿਲਲ੍ਲੋਚਨਂ = the one with the eyes meeting the
lotus-like face of Sita;
ਨੀਰਦ = cloud;
ਆਭਂ = one resembling in light or appearance;
ਨਾਨਾਲਙ੍ਕਾਰਦੀਪ੍ਤਂ = one resplendent with many ornaments and decorations;
ਦਧਤਮੁਰੁਜਟਾਮਁਡਨਂ = bearing or holding great tufts or knotted hair as ornament;
ਰਾਮਚਂਦ੍ਰਂ = the moon-like Rama;
Shloka 76 Ram

ਰਾਮਂ ਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮਣਪੂਰ੍ਵਜਂ ਰਘੁਵਰਂ ਸੀਤਾਪਤਿਂ ਸੁਂਦਰਮ੍ ।
ਕਾਕੁਤ੍ਸ੍ਥਂ ਕਰੁਣਾਰ੍ਣਵਂ ਗੁਣਨਿਧਿਂ ਵਿਪ੍ਰਪ੍ਰਿਯਂ ਧਾਰ੍ਮਿਕਮ੍ ।
ਰਾਜੇਂਦ੍ਰਂ ਸਤ੍ਯਸਂਧਂ ਦਸ਼ਰਥਤਨਯਂ ਸ਼੍ਯਾਮਲਂ ਸ਼ਾਂਤਮੂਰ੍ਤਿਮ੍ ।
ਵਂਦੇ ਲੋਕਾਭਿਰਾਮਂ ਰਘੁਕੁਲਤਿਲਕਂ ਰਾਘਵਂ ਰਾਵਣਾਰਿਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 76
I salute that Rama who is handsome, the elder brother of Laxmana, the
husband of Sita and the best of the scions of the Raghu race, Him who is
the ocean of compassion, the stockpile of virtues, the beloved of the
Brahmans and the protector of Dharma, Him who is the practiser of the
Truth, the lord emperor of kings, the son of Dasaratha, dark-complexioned and
the personification of Peace and tranquillity, Him who is the enemy of
Ravana, the crown jewel of the Raghu dynaty and the cynosure of all eyes..

%E76 Word Meanings 76;

ਰਾਮਂ = Rama;
ਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮਣਪੂਰ੍ਵਜਂ = ?? ;
ਰਘੁਵਰਂ = the best of the Raghu race;
ਸੀਤਾਪਤਿਂ = the lord or husband of sita i.e. Rama;
ਸੁਂਦਰਂ = the beautiful one;
ਕਾਕੁਤ੍ਸ੍ਥਂ = Rama literally one who is standing on the hump of a bull;
ਕਰੁਣਾਰ੍ਣਵਂ = ocean of mercy;
ਗੁਣਨਿਧਿਂ = the reservoir or repository of good qualities;
ਵਿਪ੍ਰਪ੍ਰਿਯਂ = the dear Brahmin;
ਧਾਰ੍ਮਿਕਂ = relating to Dharma, religion or good conduct;
ਰਾਜੇਂਦ੍ਰਂ = King of kings;
ਸਤ੍ਯਸਂਧਂ = the man who is bound to be truthful;
ਦਸ਼ਰਥਤਨਯਂ = the son of Dasaratha;
ਸ਼੍ਯਾਮਲਂ = the dark complexioned one;
ਸ਼ਾਂਤਮੂਰ੍ਤਿਂ = peace or serenity personified ; embodiment of tranquility.;
ਵਂਦੇ = I bow ; I worship;
ਲੋਕਾਭਿਰਾਮਂ = ?? ;
ਰਘੁਕੁਲਤਿਲਕਂ = the mark on forehead or jewel of the Raghu dynasty;
ਰਾਘਵਂ = Raghava, Rama;
ਰਾਵਣਾਰਿਂ = the enemy of Ravana;
Shloka 77 Ram

ਰਾਮਾਯ ਰਾਮਭਦ੍ਰਾਯ ਰਾਮਚਂਦ੍ਰਾਯ ਵੇਧਸੇ ।
ਰਘੁਨਾਥਾਯ ਨਾਥਾਯ ਸੀਤਾਯਾਃ ਪਤਯੇ ਨਮਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 77
I salute that Rama who is auspicious, benevolent and cool as moon,
and77 Word Meanings 77;

ਰਾਮਾਯ = to Rama;
ਰਾਮਭਦ੍ਰਾਯ = to Rama the auspicious;
ਰਾਮਚਂਦ੍ਰਾਯ = to the moonlike Rama;
ਵੇਧਸੇ = to Brahma;
ਰਘੁਨਾਥਾਯ = to the lord or leader of the Raghu’s;
ਨਾਥਾਯ = for the lord or husband;
ਸੀਤਾਯਾਃ = Sita’s;
ਪਤਯੇ = to the husband or chief or lord;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 78 Ram

ਸ਼੍ਰੀਰਾਮਚਂਦ੍ਰਚਰਣੌ ਮਨਸਾ ਸ੍ਮਰਾਮਿ ।
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਰਾਮਚਂਦ੍ਰਚਰਣੌ ਵਚਸਾ ਗਣਾਮਿ ।
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਰਾਮਚਂਦ੍ਰਚਰਣੌ ਸ਼ਿਰਸਾ ਨਮਾਮਿ ।
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਰਾਮਚਂਦ੍ਰਚਰਣੌ ਸ਼ਰਣਂ ਪ੍ਰਪਦ੍ਯੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 78
I worship Rama’s feet remembering him with mind, praising with
speech, bowing with head, and completely surrendering unto him..

%E78 Word Meanings 78;

ਸ਼੍ਰੀਰਾਮਚਂਦ੍ਰਚਰਣੌ = at the feet of the venerable Ramachandra;
ਮਨਸਾ = through the mind;
ਸ੍ਮਰਾਮਿ = I remember;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਰਾਮਚਂਦ੍ਰਚਰਣੌ = at the feet of the venerable Ramachandra;
ਵਚਸਾ = through words;
ਗਣਾਮਿ = ?? ;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਰਾਮਚਂਦ੍ਰਚਰਣੌ = at the feet of the venerable Ramachandra;
ਸ਼ਿਰਸਾ = by the head;
ਨਮਾਮਿ = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਰਾਮਚਂਦ੍ਰਚਰਣੌ = at the feet of the venerable Ramachandra;
ਸ਼ਰਣਂ = seeking refuge or surrender;
ਪ੍ਰਪਦ੍ਯੇ = I sing; worship;
Shloka 79 Ram

ਦਕ੍ਸ਼ਿਣੇ ਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮਣੋ ਯਸ੍ਯ ਵਾਮੇ ਤੁ ਜਨਕਾਤ੍ਮਜਾ ।
ਪੁਰਤੋ ਮਾਰੁਤਿਰ੍ਯਸ੍ਯ ਤਂ ਵਂਦੇ ਰਘੁਨਂਦਨਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 79
I salute that Rama who is surrounded by Laxmana on the right, Sita on the
left and Hanuman in the front..

%E79 Word Meanings 79;

ਦਕ੍ਸ਼ਿਣੇ = in the southern direction also denotes the right side or an able person;
ਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮਣ = Laxman;
ਯਸ੍ਯ = whose;
ਵਾਮੇ = on the left side;
ਤੁ = but; on the other hand;
ਜਨਕ = at (M.nom.) father; also refers to the sage of that name
whose daughter was Sita;
ਆਤ੍ਮਜਾ = born of oneself, refers to one’s daughter;
ਪੁਰਤੋ = on the front side;
ਮਾਰੁਤਿਃ = Lord Hanuman;
ਯਸ੍ਯ = whose;
ਤਂ = him;
ਵਂਦੇ = I bow ; I worship;
ਰਘੁਨਂਦਨਂ = the delighter of the Raghu race;
Shloka 80 Ram

ਲੋਕਾਭਿਰਾਮਂ ਰਣਰਙ੍ਗਧੀਰਮ੍ ।
ਰਾਜੀਵਨੇਤ੍ਰਂ ਰਘੁਵਂਸ਼ਨਾਥਮ੍ ।
ਕਾਰੁਣ੍ਯਰੂਪਂ ਕਰੁਣਾਕਰਂ ਤਮ੍ ।
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਰਾਮਚਂਦ੍ਰਮ੍ ਸ਼ਰਣਂ ਪ੍ਰਪਦ੍ਯੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 80
I take refuge in that Rama who is quite pleasing to the sight, the master of
the stage of war, lotus-eyed, lord of the Raghu race and compassion-
personofied..

%E80 Word Meanings 80;

ਲੋਕਾਭਿਰਾਮਂ = ?? ;
ਰਣਰਙ੍ਗਧੀਰਂ = the brave at the war stage;
ਰਾਜੀਵਨੇਤ੍ਰਂ = having lotus-like eyes;
ਰਘੁਵਂਸ਼ਨਾਥਂ = the leader or chief of the Raghu dynasty;
ਕਾਰੁਣ੍ਯਰੂਪਂ = one who has taken the form of compassion or mercy;
ਕਰੁਣਾਕਰਂ = bestower of mercy;
ਤਂ = him;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਰਾਮਚਂਦ੍ਰਂ = Shri Ramachandra;
ਸ਼ਰਣਂ = seeking refuge or surrender;
ਪ੍ਰਪਦ੍ਯੇ = I sing; worship;
Shloka 81 Ram

ਰਾਮੋ ਰਾਜਮਣਿਃ ਸਦਾ ਵਿਜਯਤੇ ਰਾਮਂ ਰਮੇਸ਼ਂ ਭਜੇ ।
ਰਾਮੇਣਾਭਿਹਤਾ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਚਰਚਮੂ ਰਾਮਾਯ ਤਸ੍ਮੈ ਨਮਃ ।
ਰਾਮਾਨ੍ਨਾਸ੍ਤਿ ਪਰਾਯਣਂ ਪਰਤਰਂ ਰਾਮਸ੍ਯ ਦਾਸੋਸ੍ਮ੍ਯਹਮ੍ ।
ਰਾਮੇ ਚਿਤ੍ਤਲਯਃ ਸਦਾ ਭਵਤੁ ਮੇ ਭੋ ਰਾਮ ਮਾਮੁਦ੍ਧਰ ॥ ॥

Meaning 81
Rama, the jewel among the kings, is ever victorious, Him I worship, by Him
the demons have been destroyed, to him is said my prayer, beyond Him there
is nothing to be worshipped, His servant I am, my mind is totally absorbed
in Him, O Ram, please liberate me..

%E81 Word Meanings 81;

ਰਾਮੋ = Rama;
ਰਾਜਮਣਿਃ = jewel among kings;
ਸਦਾ = always; ever;
ਵਿਜਯਤੇ = wins; becomes victorious;
ਰਾਮਂ = Rama;
ਰਮੇਸ਼ਂ = the lord of ramA, Shiva;
ਭਜੇ = I worship;
ਰਾਮੇਣਾਭਿਹਤਾ = those struck by Rama;
ਨਿਸ਼ਾਚਰਚਮੂ = army of demons active in night;
ਰਾਮਾਯ = to Rama;
ਤਸ੍ਮੈ = to him;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ਰਾਮਾਨ੍ਨਾਸ੍ਤਿ = ?? ;
ਪਰਾਯਣਂ = exceeding;
ਪਰਤਰਂ = better than the other;
ਰਾਮਸ੍ਯ = Rama’s;
ਦਾਸੋਸ੍ਮ੍ਯਹਂ = I am the servant;
ਰਾਮੇ = Oh! rAmA!;
ਚਿਤ੍ਤਲਯਃ = the place where the consciousness finds interest or
one whose mind is absorbed in something;
ਸਦਾ = always; ever;
ਭਵਤੁ = Let or may it be so; let or may it happen.;
ਮੇ = to me or my;
ਭੋ = at (indec.voc.) (respectable form of greeting) Sir;
ਰਾਮ = Oh! Rama;
ਮਾਮੁਦ੍ਧਰ = ?? ;
Shloka 82 Ram

ਨੀਲਾਂਬੁਜਸ਼੍ਯਾਮਲਕੋਮਲਾਙ੍ਗਂ
ਸੀਤਾਸਮਾਰੋਪਿਤਵਾਮਭਾਗਮ੍ ।
ਪਾਣੌ ਮਹਾਸਾਯਕਚਾਰੁਚਾਪਂ
ਨਮਾਮਿ ਰਾਮਂ ਰਘੁਵਂਸ਼ਨਾਥਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 82
He whose soft body is like a dark lotus;
On whose left Sita is seated;
In whose hands is the great bow and arrow;
To that protector of Raghu dynasty I offer my salutations!.

%E82 Word Meanings 82;

ਨੀਲਾਂਬੁਜਸ਼੍ਯਾਮਲਕੋਮਲਾਙ੍ਗਂ = the one having the body resembling blue black lotus;
ਸੀਤਾਸਮਾਰੋਪਿਤਵਾਮਭਾਗਂ = the one with the left side on which SIta is seated i.e. Rama;
ਪਾਣੌ = in the hand;
ਮਹਾਸਾਯਕਚਾਰੁਚਾਪਂ = he having great arrows and charming bow;
ਨਮਾਮਿ = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
ਰਾਮਂ = Rama;
ਰਘੁਵਂਸ਼ਨਾਥਂ = the leader or chief of the Raghu dynasty;
Shloka 83 Ram

ਸ਼ਾਂਤਂ ਸ਼ਾਸ਼੍ਵਤਮਪ੍ਰਮੇਯਮਨਵਂ ਨਿਰ੍ਵਾਣਸ਼ਾਨ੍ਤਿਪ੍ਰਦਂ
ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਾਸ਼ਮ੍ਭੁਫਣੀਨ੍ਦ੍ਰਸੇਵ੍ਯਮਨਿਸ਼ਂ ਵੇਦਾਨ੍ਤਵੇਦ੍ਯਂ ਵਿਭੁਮ੍ ।
ਰਾਮਾਖ੍ਯਂ ਜਗਦੀਸ਼੍ਵਰਂ ਸੁਰਗੁਰੁਂ ਮਾਯਾਮਨੁਸ਼੍ਯਂ ਹਰਿਂ
ਵਨ੍ਦੇऽਹਂ ਕਰੁਣਾਕਰਂ ਰਘੁਵਰਂ ਭੂਪਾਲਚੂਡਾਮਣਿਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 83
I adore the Lord of the universe bearing the name of Rama, the chief of Raghu’s line
and the crest-jewel of kings, the mine of compassion, the dispeller of all sins,
appearing in human form through Maya, the greatest of all gods, knowable through Vadanta,
constantly worshipped by Brahma, Shambhu and SheSha, the bestower of supreme peace in
the form of final beatitude, placid, eternal, beyond the ordinary means of cognition,
sinless and all-pervading..

%E83 Word Meanings 83;

ਸ਼ਾਂਤਂ = one who is complacent, equipoised or tranquil or at peace;
ਸ਼ਾਸ਼੍ਵਤਮਪ੍ਰਮੇਯਮਨਵਂ = Permanent, immeasurable and ancient i.e not-new;
ਨਿਰ੍ਵਾਣਸ਼ਾਨ੍ਤਿਪ੍ਰਦਂ = ?? ;
ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਾਸ਼ਮ੍ਭੁਫਣੀਨ੍ਦ੍ਰਸੇਵ੍ਯਮਨਿਸ਼ਂ = the Lord who has no night and
who is being served by Brahma, Shiva and the King of snakes AdisheSha;
ਵੇਦਾਨ੍ਤਵੇਦ੍ਯਂ = the one knowable through the Veda’s;
ਵਿਭੁਂ = ether; space; time; supreme ruler; god;
ਰਾਮਾਖ੍ਯਂ = said to be or known as Rama;
ਜਗਦੀਸ਼੍ਵਰਂ = the lord of the world;
ਸੁਰਗੁਰੁਂ = the preseptor of the gods i.e.Brihaspati;
ਮਾਯਾਮਨੁਸ਼੍ਯਂ = ?? ;
ਹਰਿਂ = Lord Hari;
ਵਨ੍ਦੇऽਹਂ = I worship;
ਕਰੁਣਾਕਰਂ = bestower of mercy;
ਰਘੁਵਰਂ = the best of the Raghu race;
ਭੂਪਾਲਚੂਡਾਮਣਿਂ = the one who is the Protector of the earth and
also who is like the crest-jewel;
Shloka 84 Ram

ਵਨ੍ਦੇ ਰਾਮਂ ਸਚ੍ਚਿਦਾਨਨ੍ਦਂ ਵਨ੍ਦੇ ਰਾਮਂ ਸਚ੍ਚਿਦਾਨਨ੍ਦਮ੍ ।
ਸ਼ਰਣਾਗਤ ਜਨਪਾਲਕ ਸ਼ਰਣਂ ਵਿਘ੍ਨਹਰਂ ਸੁਖਸ਼ਾਨ੍ਤਿਃ ਕਰਣਮ੍ ।
ਪਰਂ ਪਦਂ ਮਙ੍ਗਲ ਅਰਵਿਂਦਂ ਵਨ੍ਦੇ ਰਾਮਂ ਸਚ੍ਚਿਦਾਨਨ੍ਦਮ੍ ।
ਪਰਂ ਪਾਵਨਂ ਪ੍ਰਿਯਤਂ ਰੂਪਂ ਪਰਮੇਸ਼ਂ ਸ਼ੁਭ ਸ਼ਕ੍ਤਿ ਸ੍ਵਰੂਪਮ੍ ।
ਸਰ੍ਵਾਧਾਰਂ ਮਹਾ ਸੁਖ ਕਂਦਂ ਵਨ੍ਦੇ ਰਾਮਂ ਸਚ੍ਚਿਦਾਨਨ੍ਦਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 84
I salute Ram — the absolute Truth-Consiousness-Joy,
I salute Ram — the absolute Truth-Consiousness-Joy;
Protector of the ones who take refuge in Him;
Whose refuge is destroyer of all obstacles and giver of happiness and
peace; Whose form is attractive and purifying;
Who is the Supreme Lord in the form of auspicious power;
The basis and root of great happiness;
I salute Ram — the absolute Truth-Consiousness-Joy..

%E84 Word Meanings 84;

ਵਨ੍ਦੇ = I worship; bow;
ਰਾਮਂ = Rama;
ਸਚ੍ਚਿਦਾਨਨ੍ਦਂ = the triple quality of Brahman.;
ਵਨ੍ਦੇ = I worship; bow;
ਰਾਮਂ = Rama;
ਸਚ੍ਚਿਦਾਨਨ੍ਦਂ = the triple quality of Brahman.;
ਸ਼ਰਣਾਗਤ = having come to seek refuge or surrender;
ਜਨ = at (M.nom.) a living being; man or woman;
ਪਾਲਕ = at (M.nom.) the protector; king;
ਸ਼ਰਣਂ = seeking refuge or surrender;
ਵਿਘ੍ਨਹਰਂ = the one who removes all hurdles or obstacles;
ਸੁਖ = happiness;
ਸ਼ਾਨ੍ਤਿਃ = Peace; tranquility;
ਕਰਣਂ = a sense organ; also making; doing, etc.;
ਪਰਂ = supreme; great; the ultimate;
ਪਦਂ = step ; leg; word;
ਮਙ੍ਗਲ = at (N) auspiciousness; welfare; well-being; good things;
ਅਰਵਿਂਦਂ = lotus;
ਵਨ੍ਦੇ = I worship; bow;
ਰਾਮਂ = Rama;
ਸਚ੍ਚਿਦਾਨਨ੍ਦਂ = the triple quality of Brahman.;
ਪਰਂ = supreme; great; the ultimate;
ਪਾਵਨਂ = pure;
ਪ੍ਰਿਯਤਂ = lovable;
ਰੂਪਂ = form; figure; appearance; personality;
ਪਰਮੇਸ਼ਂ = great lord or god,;
ਸ਼ੁਭ = auspicious; propitious;
ਸ਼ਕ੍ਤਿ = energy; power; strength; goddess Parvati;
ਸ੍ਵਰੂਪਂ = one’s own form;
ਸਰ੍ਵਾਧਾਰਂ = the basis or support of all;
ਮਹਾ = big; large;
ਸੁਖ = happyness;
ਕਂਦਂ = a bulb kind of root;
ਵਨ੍ਦੇ = I worship; bow;
ਰਾਮਂ = Rama;
ਸਚ੍ਚਿਦਾਨਨ੍ਦਂ = the triple quality of Brahman.;
Shloka 85 Ram

ਸ਼੍ਰੀਰਾਮ ਸੀਤਾਵਰ ਰਾਘਵੇਤਿ
ਹੇ ਕੌਸ਼ਲੇਸ਼ਾਤ੍ਮਜਨਾਯਕੇਤਿ ।
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਰਾਮ ਜਯਰਾਮ ਜਯ ਜਯ ਦਯਾਲੁ
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਰਾਮ ਜਯ ਰਾਮ ਜਯ ਜਯ ਕਪਾਲੁ ॥ ॥

Meaning 85
Oh! Sri Ram of the Raghu dynasty, the one chosen by Sita,
the son of Kaushalya; victory of Sri Ram, victory to kind Ram,
victory to Sri Rama, victory to the grace-giver Ram..

%E85 Word Meanings 85;

ਸ਼੍ਰੀਰਾਮ = Oh! venerable Rama;
ਸੀਤਾਵਰ = husband of Sita;
ਰਾਘਵੇਤਿ = ?? ;
ਹੇ = vocative for addressing a male;
ਕੌਸ਼ਲੇਸ਼ = ?? ;
ਆਤ੍ਮਜਨਾਯਕੇਤਿ = ?? ;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਰਾਮ = Oh! venerable Rama;
ਜਯਰਾਮ = Oh! the victorious Rama;
ਜਯ = at (M.nom.) victory;
ਜਯ = at (M.nom.) victory;
ਦਯਾਲੁ = kind; compassionate;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਰਾਮ = Oh! venerable Rama;
ਜਯ = at (M.nom.) victory;
ਰਾਮ = Oh! Rama;
ਜਯ = at (M.nom.) victory;
ਜਯ = at (M.nom.) victory;
ਕਪਾਲੁ = one who is merciful or sympathetic;
Shloka 86 Ram

ਰਾਮ ਰਾਮੇਤਿ ਰਾਮੇਤਿ ਰਮੇ ਰਾਮੇ ਮਨੋਰਮੇ ।
ਸਹ੍ਸ੍ਰਨਾਮ ਤਤ੍ਤੁਲ੍ਯਂ ਰਾਮ ਨਾਮ ਵਰਾਨਨੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 86
(Lord Shankar tells ParvatI ) O fair-faced one! Uttering ‘RAma’ once
is equal to saying ‘viShNusahasranAm’ (or any other ‘name’ of God a
thousand times). (That is the reason that) I am always saying ‘RAma,
RAma, RAma’ and meditating on the mind-pleasing name ‘RAma’..

%E86 Word Meanings 86;

ਰਾਮ = Oh! Rama;
ਇਤਿ = thus;
ਰਮੇ = Oh! ramA!;
ਰਾਮੇ = Oh! rAmA!;
ਮਨੋਰਮੇ = mind-pleasing ;
ਸਹ੍ਸ੍ਰਨਾਮ = 1000 named;
ਤਤ੍ਤੁਲ੍ਯਂ = the one equal to that;
ਰਾਮ = Oh! Rama;
ਨਾਮ = namename;
ਵਰਾਨਨੇ = Oh! the one with a beautiful face;
Shloka 87 Ram

ਵੈਦੇਹੀਸਹਿਤਂ ਸੁਰਦ੍ਰੁਮਤਲੇ ਹੇਮੇ ਮਹਾਮਣ੍ਡਪੇ
ਮਧ੍ਯੇ ਪੁਸ਼੍ਪਕਮਾਸਨੇ ਮਣਿਮਯੇ ਵੀਰਾਸਨੇ ਸੁਸ੍ਥਿਤਮ੍ ।
ਅਗ੍ਰੇ ਵਾਚਯਤਿ ਪ੍ਰਭਞ੍ਜਨਸੁਤੇ ਤਤ੍ਤ੍ਵਂ ਮੁਨਿਭ੍ਯਃ ਪਰਂ
ਵ੍ਯਾਖ੍ਯਾਨ੍ਤਂ ਭਰਤਾਦਿਭਿਃ ਪਰਿਵਤਂ ਰਾਮਂ ਭਜੇ ਸ਼੍ਯਾਮਲਮ੍ ॥ ॥

ਵਾਮੇ ਭੂਮਿਸੁਤਾ ਪੁਰਸ਼੍ਚ ਹਨੁਮਾਨ੍ ਪਸ਼੍ਚਾਤ੍ ਸੁਮਿਤ੍ਰਾਸੁਤਃ
ਸ਼ਤ੍ਰੁਘ੍ਨੋ ਭਰਤਸ਼੍ਚ ਪਾਰ੍ਸ਼੍ਵਦਲਯੋ ਵਾਯ੍ਵਾਧਿਕੋਣੇਸ਼ੁ ਚ ।
ਸੁਗ੍ਰੀਵਸ਼੍ਚ ਵਿਭੀਸ਼ਣਸ਼੍ਚ ਯੁਵਰਾਜ੍ ਤਾਰਾਸੁਤੋ ਜਾਮ੍ਬਵਾਨ੍
ਮਧ੍ਯੇ ਨੀਲ ਸਰੋਜ ਕੋਮਲਰੁਚਿਂ ਰਾਮਂ ਭਜੇ ਸ਼੍ਯਾਮਲਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 87
I sing in praise of that dark – grey – complexioned Rama who
accompanied by Vaidehi under the divine Kalpaka tree in the golden
auditorium is gracefully seated on this centrally situated gem-
studded and majestically architected Pushpah with Hanuman in the fore
expostulating the highest philosophy with the Rishis offering explanation
thereon and surrounded by Bharata and others.

(alternate
The beautiful pattAbhishekam scene, where RAma is surrounded by
family and devotees is described with affection. The great Raghuveeran
is seated in veerAsanam and is like a beautiful blue lotus in hue. HanumAn
is holding His lotus feet in front of the throne. SitA devi is seated
on His left side.
LaxmaNa stands behind and holds the umbrella as a royal insignia.
Bharatha and Satrugna are at two corners.
Sri RAma is seated in the midst of his retinue (parivAram ) of
fellow soldiers, Sugreevan, VibhishaNan, prince Angathan, son of TArA
and the great bear JAmbhavAn. The blue effulgence in the middle of all
of them is the object of our meditation as we begin our salutation to Shri Rama..

%E87 Word Meanings 87;

ਵੈਦੇਹੀਸਹਿਤਂ = the one with VAidehi or Sita;
ਸੁਰਦ੍ਰੁਮਤਲੇ = under the heavenly tree;
ਹੇਮੇ = Hema the golden one;
ਮਹਾਮਣ੍ਡਪੇ = in the great Hall;
ਮਧ੍ਯੇ = in the midddle;
ਪੁਸ਼੍ਪਕਮਾਸਨੇ = in the seat of `pushpaka’ plane;
ਮਣਿਮਯੇ = Oh! full of gems;
ਵੀਰਾਸਨੇ = in a Yogic Asana posture called Virasana or in a kingly seat;
ਸੁਸ੍ਥਿਤਂ = well-positioned; well-established;
ਅਗ੍ਰੇ = in the front or first placein front of;
ਵਾਚਯਤਿ = causes to be read;
ਪ੍ਰਭਞ੍ਜਨਸੁਤੇ = Oh! daughter of Prabhanjana, shatterer or destroyer;
ਤਤ੍ਤ੍ਵਂ = that thou;
ਮੁਨਿਭ੍ਯਃ = for or from the sages;
ਪਰਂ = supreme; great; the ultimae;
ਵ੍ਯਾਖ੍ਯਾਨ੍ਤਂ = the end of the discourse or explanation;
ਭਰਤਾਦਿਭਿਃ = By Bharata and others literally beginning with Bharata;
ਪਰਿਵਤਂ = the surrounded;
ਰਾਮਂ = Rama;
ਭਜੇ = I worship;
ਸ਼੍ਯਾਮਲਂ = the dark complexioned one;
ਵਾਮੇ = on the left side;
ਭੂਮਿਸੁਤਾ = the daughter of the Earth, Sita;
ਪੁਰਃ = fortified town; city; also refers to human body;
ਚ = and;
ਹਨੁਮਾਨ = of Hanuman;
ਪਃ = Air; wind; leaf; egg;
ਚਾਤ੍ = ?? ;
ਸੁਮਿਤ੍ਰਾਸੁਤਃ = the son of Sumitra i.e. LakShmana;
ਸ਼ਤ੍ਰੁਘ੍ਨੋ = a brother of Rama by that name; lit:the slayer of enemies;
ਭਰਤਃ = Bharata;
ਚ = and;
ਪਾਰ੍ਸ਼੍ਵਦਲਯੋ = at On both sides;
ਵਾਯ੍ਵਾਧਿਕੋਣੇਸ਼ੁ = vayu and others in the corners;
ਚ = and;
ਸੁਗ੍ਰੀਵਃ = the chief of the monkeys who helped Rama;
ਚ = and;
ਵਿਭੀਸ਼ਣਃ = Vibishana, a younger brother of Ravana;
ਚ = and;
ਯੁਵਰਾਜ੍ = prince regent;
ਤਾਰਾਸੁਤੋ = the son of Tara refers to Angada;
ਜਾਮ੍ਬਵਾਨ੍ = a chieftain of bears an important character in the Ramayana;
ਮਧ੍ਯੇ = in the midddle;
ਨੀਲ = blue stone or gem;
ਸਰੋਜ = lotus;
ਕੋਮਲਰੁਚਿਂ = ?? ;
ਰਾਮਂ = Rama;
ਭਜੇ = I worship;
ਸ਼੍ਯਾਮਲਂ = the dark complexioned one;
Shloka 88 Ram

ਸਕਦੇਵ ਪ੍ਰਪਨ੍ਨਾਯ ਤਵਾਸ੍ਮੀਤਿ ਚ ਯਾਚਤੇ ।
ਅਭਯਂ ਸਰ੍ਵਭੂਤੇਭ੍ਯੋ ਦਦਾਮ੍ਯੇਤਦ੍ ਵ੍ਰਤਂ ਮਮ ॥ ॥

Meaning 88
(RAmAbhaya from ShrImad RAmAyaNa)
Whoever seeks My refuge saying ᳚I have become Yours᳚,
to him and to all other living things
I will give My protection – freedom from fear, this is My vow..

%E88 Word Meanings 88;

ਸਕਦੇਵ = one time alone; once;
ਪ੍ਰਪਨ੍ਨਾਯ = to the one who has reached or arrived at;
ਤਵਾਸ੍ਮੀਤਿ = ?? ;
ਚ = and;
ਯਾਚਤੇ = begs;
ਅਭਯਂ = protection; refuge;
ਸਰ੍ਵਭੂਤੇਭ੍ਯੋ = to all the living beings;
ਦਦਾਮ੍ਯੇਤਦ੍ = I give this thing;
ਵ੍ਰਤਂ = austerity;
ਮਮ = mine; mymy; mine;
Shloka 89 Ram

ਕੋਮਲਾਙ੍ਗਂ ਵਿਸ਼ਾਲਾਕ੍ਸ਼ਂ ਇਨ੍ਦ੍ਰਨੀਲ ਸਮਪ੍ਰਭਮ੍
ਦਕ੍ਸ਼ਿਣਾਙ੍ਗੇ ਦਸ਼ਰਥਂ ਪੁਤ੍ਰਾਪ੍ਯੇਕ੍ਸ਼ੇਣ ਤਤ੍ਪਰਮ੍ ।
ਪ੍ਰਸ਼੍ਟਤੋ ਲਕ੍ਸ਼ਮਣਂ ਦੇਵਂ ਸਛਤ੍ਰਂ ਕਨਕ ਪ੍ਰਭਮ੍
ਪਾਰ੍ਸ਼੍ਵੇ ਭਰਤ ਸ਼ਤ੍ਰੁਘ੍ਨ ਚਾਮਰ ਵ੍ਯ੍ਜਨਾਨ੍ਵਿਤੌ
ਅਗ੍ਰੇਤ੍ਯਗ੍ਰੌ ਹਨੂਮਨ੍ਤਂ ਰਾਮਾਨੁਗ੍ਰਹ ਕਾਂਕ੍ਸ਼ਿਣਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 89
One with delicate body, large eyes, a gem, shining everywhere,
on whose right is Dashratha seeing the son with supreme devotion;
behind whom is LakShmana with a shining gloden umbrella,
near whom are Bharata and Shatrughna fanning, and Hanuman is in front
desiring Ram passionately..

%E89 Word Meanings 89;

ਕੋਮਲਾਙ੍ਗਂ = ?? ;
ਵਿਸ਼ਾਲਾਕ੍ਸ਼ਂ = ?? ;
ਇਨ੍ਦ੍ਰਨੀਲ = bluish gem stone? decorating Indra’s crown;
ਸਮਪ੍ਰਭਂ = having light, shine equal to refrring to thousands of suns;
ਦਕ੍ਸ਼ਿਣਾਙ੍ਗੇ = on his right;
ਦਸ਼ਰਤਂ = ?? ;
ਪੁਤ੍ਰਾਪ੍ਯੇਕ੍ਸ਼ੇਣ = through the desire for getting a son;
ਤਤ੍ਪਰਂ = that great; other than that;
ਪ੍ਰਸ਼੍ਟਤੋ = the one standing in front;
ਲਕ੍ਸ਼ਣਂ = ?? ;
ਦੇਵਂ = God;
ਸਛਤ੍ਰਂ = along with an umbrella;
ਕਨਕ = golden;
ਪ੍ਰਭਂ = ?? ;
ਪਾਰ੍ਸ਼੍ਵੇ = on the sides;
ਭਰਤ = Oh! Bharata !;
ਸ਼ਤ੍ਰੁਘ੍ਨ,ਚਾਮਰ = ?? ;
ਵ੍ਯ੍ਜਨਾਨ੍ਵਿਤੌ = ?? ;
ਅਗ੍ਰੇਤ੍ਯਗ੍ਰੌ = ?? ;
ਹਨੂਮਨ੍ਤਂ = Hanuman;
ਰਾਮਾਨੁਗ੍ਰ = ?? ;
ਕਾਨ੍ਕ੍ਸ਼ਿਣਂ = one who desires;
Shloka 90 Ram

ਦੂਰੀਕਤ ਸੀਤਾਰ੍ਤਿਃ ਪ੍ਰਕਟੀਕਤ ਰਾਮਵੈਭਵ ਸ੍ਫੂਰ੍ਤਿਃ ।
ਦਾਰਿਤ ਦਸ਼ਮੁਖ ਕੀਰ੍ਤਿਃ ਪੁਰਤੋ ਮਮ ਭਾਤੁ ਹਨੂਮਤੋ ਮੂਰ੍ਤਿਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 90
Please be present in all your splendour, in front of me, Oh Lord of
Hanuman, who went through so much agony in separation from Sita
devi, whose splendour and sparkling brilliance was evident to all
and who is renowned for slaying the ten headed Ravana..

%E90 Word Meanings 90;

ਦੂਰੀਕਤ = having been distanced or having removed it or thrown it far away;
ਸੀਤਾਰ੍ਤਿਃ = the sorrow or difficulty of Sita;
ਪ੍ਰਕਟੀਕਤ = made public; made visible to the eye;
ਰਾਮਵੈਭਵ = the glory and splendour of Rama;
ਸ੍ਫੂਰ੍ਤਿਃ = throbbing; vibration; flash; inspiration;
ਦਾਰਿਤ = torn; split; cut;
ਦਸ਼ਮੁਖ = ten-headed;
ਕੀਰ੍ਤਿਃ = fame;
ਪੁਰਤੋ = on the front side;
ਮਮ = mine; my;
ਭਾਤੁ = Let one shine;
ਹਨੂਮਤੋ = from Hanuman;
ਮੂਰ੍ਤਿਃ = person; embodiment;
Shloka 91 Ram

ਅਗ੍ਰਤਃ ਪਸ਼੍ਠਤਸ਼੍ਚੈਵ ਪਾਰ੍ਸ਼੍ਵਤਸ਼੍ਚ ਮਹਾਬਲੌ ।
ਆਕਰ੍ਣਪੂਰ੍ਣ ਧਨ੍ਵਾਨੌ ਰਕ੍ਸ਼ੇਤਾਂ ਰਾਮਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮਣੌ ॥ ॥

Meaning 91
Let the mighty twosome, the bow wielding Rama and LakShmaNa,
who have the bowstring stretched to the fullest upto the ears,
(who are ever-ready) protect us and save us by surrounding us from the
front, back and all sides..

%E91 Word Meanings 91;

ਅਗ੍ਰਤਃ = Before; in the front side;
ਪਸ਼੍ਠਤਃ = at or from the back;
ਚੈਵ = and like;
ਪਾਰ੍ਸ਼੍ਵਤਃ = from the sides;
ਚ = and;
ਮਹਾਬਲੌ = the twosome with great might;
ਆਕਰ੍ਣਪੂਰ੍ਣ = fully reaching upto the ears ;
ਧਨ੍ਵਾਨੌ = the two carrying bows;
ਰਕ੍ਸ਼ੇਤਾਂ = May the two protect us;
ਰਾਮਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮਣੌ = Rama and Laxmana; %Newest Additions;
Shloka 92 Rama

ਰਾਮ ਰਾਮ ਰਾਮ ਰਾਮ ਰਾਮਨਾਮਤਾਰਕਂ
ਰਾਮ ਕਸ਼੍ਣ ਵਾਸੁਦੇਵ ਭਕ੍ਤਿਮੁਕ੍ਤਿਦਾਯਕਮ੍ ।
ਸ਼ਙ੍ਕਰਾਯ ਗੀਯਮਾਨਪੁਣ੍ਯਨਾਮਕੀਰ੍ਤਨਂ
ਜਾਨਕੀਮਨੋਹਰਂ ਸ਼੍ਰੀਰਾਮਚਨ੍ਦ੍ਰਮਂ ਭਜੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 92
Ram, Ram, Ram, Ram, the name Ram with which one can cross the Ocean (of
births and deaths); Ram, Krishna, Vasudeva, the giver of devotion and
liberation; singing the holy names to Shankar I worship the enchanter
of Janaki Sri Ramachandra..

%E92 Word Meanings 92;

ਰਾਮ = Oh! Rama;
ਰਾਮ = Oh! Rama;
ਰਾਮ = Oh! Rama;
ਰਾਮ = Oh! Rama;
ਰਾਮਨਾਮਤਾਰਕਂ = the name of Rama which enables one to cross
(the sea of births and deaths);
ਰਾਮ = Oh! Rama;
ਕਸ਼੍ਣ = of Krishna; black;
ਵਾਸੁਦੇਵ = at (M.acc.) the son of `vasudeva’;
ਭਕ੍ਤਿਮੁਕ੍ਤਿਦਾਯਕਂ = the one who grants devotion and liberation or salvation;
ਸ਼ਙ੍ਕਰਾਯ = to Shankara;
ਗੀਯਮਾਨਪੁਣ੍ਯਨਾਮਕੀਰ੍ਤਨਂ = the hymn being sung having sacred names;
ਜਾਨਕੀਮਨੋਹਰਂ = the one who captures Janaki’s mind i.e. Rama;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਰਾਮਚਨ੍ਦ੍ਰਮਂ = Rama;
ਭਜੇ = I worship;
Shloka 93 Hanuman

ਮਨੋਜਵਂ ਮਾਰੁਤਤੁਲ੍ਯਵੇਗਮ੍ ।
ਜਿਤੇਨ੍ਦ੍ਰਿਯਂ ਬੁਦ੍ਧਿਮਤਾਂ ਵਰਿਸ਼੍ਠਮ੍ ।
ਵਾਤਾਤ੍ਮਜਂ ਵਾਨਰਯੂਥਮੁਖ੍ਯਮ੍ ।
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਰਾਮਦੂਤਂ ਸ਼ਰਣਂ ਪ੍ਰਪਦ੍ਯੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 93
I take refuge in the lord Hanuman who is as fast as the mind, equals his
father, the wind-God, in speed, is the master of the senses, the foremost
amongst the learned, the leader of the Monkey forces and the great messenger
of Shri Rama.

(Alternate)
This slOkam salutes HanUman as the one , who is as
fast as the mind and equalling His father ( VAyu ) in
His speed of travel. He is saluted as the MahA yOgi ,
who has conquered His IndriyAs ( senses ) and as
the foremost among the learned and as the supreme
leader of the monkey army as well as the great
messenger of Sri RAmA ..

%E93 Word Meanings 93;

ਮਨੋਜਵਂ = one equalling the speed of mind;
ਮਾਰੁਤਤੁਲ੍ਯਵੇਗਂ = one having speed equal to that of the wind;
ਜਿਤੇਨ੍ਦ੍ਰਿਯਂ = one who has conquered the senses;
ਬੁਦ੍ਧਿਮਤਾਂ = of or among the people who have the intellect;
ਵਰਿਸ਼੍ਠਂ = the best person;
ਵਾਤ = relating to wind;
ਆਤ੍ਮਜਂ = born of oneself, refers to one’s son;
ਵਾਨਰਯੂਥਮੁਖ੍ਯਂ = the chief of the monkey army;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਰਾਮਦੂਤਂ = the messenger of the venerable Rama;
ਸ਼ਰਣਂ = seeking refuge or surrender;
ਪ੍ਰਪਦ੍ਯੇ = I sing; worship;
Shloka 94 Hanuman

ਅਤੁਲਿਤਬਲਧਾਮਂ ਹੇਮਸ਼ੈਲਾਭਦੇਹਂ
ਦਨੁਜਵਨਕਸ਼ਾਨੁਂ ਜ੍ਞਾਨਿਨਾਮਗ੍ਰਗਣ੍ਯਮ੍ ।
ਸਕਲਗੁਣਨਿਧਾਨਂ ਵਾਨਰਾਣਾਮਧੀਸ਼ਂ
ਰਘੁਪਤਿਪ੍ਰਿਯਭਕ੍ਤਂ ਵਾਤਜਾਤਂ ਨਮਾਮਿ ।
ॐ ਹਂ ਹਨੁਮਤੇ ਨਮਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 94
Adorations to Lord Hanuman!
I adore Lord Hanuman, who is the abode of incomparable strength,
whose body shines like a mountain of gold, who is the fire unto
the forest of demons, who is the chief among the wise, who is the
beloved devotee of Bhagvan Rama and the son of Wind-God.

(Alternate)
He is a nava vyAkaraNa pandithan ; His body shines
like a mountain of Gold ( hemasailAbha dEham ) ;
He is in the front row of all Jn~Anis ( Jn~AninAM
agragaNyaM ) . He is the most dear bhakthA of
Sri RamA ( Raghupathi Priya Bhakthan ).

%E94 Word Meanings 94;

ਅਤੁਲਿਤਬਲਧਾਮਂ = the home of incomparable, unequalled power or might;
ਹੇਮਸ਼ੈਲਾਭਦੇਹਂ = having body resembling a golden-hued mountain;
ਦਨੁਜਵਨਕਸ਼ਾਨੁਂ = the fire `kRishAnuH of the forest of demons;
ਜ੍ਞਾਨਿਨਾਮਗ੍ਰਗਣ੍ਯਂ = reckoned as the foremost or first among the learned;
ਸਕਲਗੁਣਨਿਧਾਨਂ = the one who is a reservoir of all good qualities;
ਵਾਨਰਾਣਾਮਧੀਸ਼ਂ = the master of chief of the monkeys;
ਰਘੁਪਤਿਪ੍ਰਿਯਭਕ੍ਤਂ = the devotee of the chief of Raghus;
ਵਾਤਜਾਤਂ = born of wind-god;
ਨਮਾਮਿ = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
ॐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ਹਂ = ?? ;
ਹਨੁਮਤੇ = to Hanuman;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 95 Hanuman

ਬੁਦ੍ਧਿਰ੍ਬਲਂ ਯਸ਼ੋ ਧੈਰ੍ਯਂ ਨਿਰ੍ਭਯਤ੍ਵਮਰੋਗਤਾ ।
ਅਜਾਡ੍ਯਂ ਵਾਕ੍ਪਟੁਤ੍ਵਂ ਚ ਹਨੂਮਤ੍ਸ੍ਮਰਣਾਦ੍ਭਵੇਤ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 95
When we pray to Lord Hanuman, we will be blessed with intellect,
strength, fame, courage, fearlessness, freedom from all ailments,
wisdom and diplomacy in speech.

(Alternate)
When we pray to Him , HanumAn blesses us with
intellect , strength of body , illustrious fame , courage
in times of danger , fearlessness to take initatives in
spiritual pursuits and freedom from all bodily ailments ,
wisdom and skilled (diplomatic) speech ..

%E95 Word Meanings 95;

ਬੁਦ੍ਧਿਃ = intellect;
ਬਲਂ = might, strength;
ਯਸ਼ੋ = fame;
ਧੈਰ੍ਯਂ = courage; firmness;
ਨਿਰ੍ਭਯਤ੍ਵਂ = fearlessness;
ਅਰੋਗਤਾ = freedom from disease;
ਅਜਾਡ੍ਯਂ = opposite of jADyaM or stupidity or dullness or frigidity
or foolishness meaning bright in intellect;
ਵਾਕ੍ਪਟੁਤ੍ਵਂ = eloquence in speech;
ਚ = and;
ਹਨੂਮਤ੍ਸ੍ਮਰਣਾਦ੍ਭਵੇਤ੍ = May it happen or result from the remembrance of Hanuman;
Shloka 96 Hanuman

ਯਤ੍ਰ ਯਤ੍ਰ ਰਘੁਨਾਥ ਕੀਰ੍ਤਨਂ
ਤਤ੍ਰ ਤਤ੍ਰ ਕਤਮਸ੍ਤਕਾਞ੍ਜਲਿਮ੍ ।
ਭਾਸ਼੍ਪਵਾਰਿ ਪਰਿਪੂਰ੍ਣ ਲੋਚਨਂ
ਮਾਰੁਤਿਂ ਨਮਤ ਰਾਕ੍ਸ਼ਸਾਨ੍ਤਕਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 96
Wherever there is the song in praise of Lord Rama, there always is,
with head bowed in respect and eyes brimming with tears of joy,
Hanuman, the exterminator of rakShasas, to him are our salutations..

%E96 Word Meanings 96;

ਯਤ੍ਰ ਯਤ੍ਰ = where ever;
ਰਘੁਨਾਥ = Oh! the lord of the Raghu dynasty;
ਕੀਰ੍ਤਨਂ = eulogising or praising hymn or work;
ਤਤ੍ਰ = there;
ਤਤ੍ਰ = there;
ਕਤਮਸ੍ਤਕਾਞ੍ਜਲਿਂ = the one with the bent head and folded hands;
ਭਾਸ਼੍ਪਵਾਰਿ = raining tears (tear-drops);
ਪਰਿਪੂਰ੍ਣ = complete; perfect;
ਲੋਚਨਂ = eye;
ਮਾਰੁਤਿਂ = Hanuman;
ਨਮਤ = bow; salute;
ਰਾਕ੍ਸ਼ਸ =demons;
ਅਨ੍ਤਕਂ = exterminator ;
Shloka 97 Shiva

ਕਰਚਰਣ ਕਤਂ ਵਾਕ੍ਕਾਯਜਂ ਕਰ੍ਮਜਂ ਵਾ ।
ਸ਼੍ਰਵਣਨਯਨਜਂ ਵਾ ਮਾਨਸਂ ਵਾਪਰਾਧਂ ।
ਵਿਹਿਤਮਵਿਹਿਤਂ ਵਾ ਸਰ੍ਵਮੇਤਤ੍ਕ੍ਸ਼ਮਸ੍ਵ ।
ਜਯ ਜਯ ਕਰੁਣਾਬ੍ਧੇ ਸ਼੍ਰੀਮਹਾਦੇਵ ਸ਼ਮ੍ਭੋ ॥ ॥

Meaning 97
O Lord Shiva! Please forgive my wrong actions committed by me
knowingly or unknowingly through my hands, feet, speech, body
or through any organ of action; or through the ears, eyes (any
organ of perception) or through the mind. May you forgive all
sinful actions committed by me. O Great Shiva! Glory, Glory
to you! You are the Surging Ocean of Compassion!.

%E97 Word Meanings 97;

ਕਰਚਰਣ = by the hand and foot;
ਕਤਂ = that which has been done;
ਵਾਕ੍ਕਾਯਜਂ = born of or resulting from words and body or action;
ਕਰ੍ਮਜਂ = born of action or duty;
ਵਾ = or; also; like; either or;
ਸ਼੍ਰਵਣਨਯਨਜਂ = resuling from ears or hearing and eyes;
ਵਾ = or; also; like; either or;
ਮਾਨਸਂ = of the mind; thought;
ਵਾ = or; also; like; either or;
ਅਪਰਾਧਂ = faults, wrong deeds;
ਵਿਹਿਤਮਵਿਹਿਤਂ = knowingly or unknowingly;
ਵਾ = or; also; like; either or;
ਸਰ੍ਵਮੇਤਤ੍ਕ੍ਸ਼ਮਸ੍ਵ = Fogive all this;
ਜਯ = at (M.nom.) victory;
ਜਯ = at (M.nom.) victory;
ਕਰੁਣਾਬ੍ਧੇ = ocean of mercy;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਮਹਾਦੇਵ = Oh! great Lord Shiva;
ਸ਼ਮ੍ਭੋ = Oh! Shiva or happy person;
Shloka 98 Shiva

ਕਰ੍ਪੂਰਗੌਰਂ ਕਰੁਣਾਵਤਾਰਂ
ਸਂਸਾਰਸਾਰਂ ਭੁਜਗੇਨ੍ਦ੍ਰਹਾਰਮ੍ ।
ਸਦਾ ਵਸਨ੍ਤਂ ਹਦਯਾਰਵਿਨ੍ਦੇ
ਭਵਂ ਭਵਾਨੀਸਹਿਤਂ ਨਮਾਮਿ ॥ ॥

Meaning 98
I salute to that Ishwar along with Bhavani (Shiva and Parvati),
who is as white as camphor, an incarnation of compassion,
the essence of this world, who wears a serpant around
his neck and is ever present in the lotus abode of our hearts..

%E98 Word Meanings 98;

ਕਰ੍ਪੂਰਗੌਰਂ = ?? ;
ਕਰੁਣਾਵਤਾਰਂ = embodiment of mercy;
ਸਂਸਾਰਸਾਰਂ = the essence of worldly or familly-life;
ਭੁਜਗੇਨ੍ਦ੍ਰਹਾਰਂ = one who is having the king of snake as the garland
or necklace, Shiva;
ਸਦਾ = always; ever;
ਵਸਨ੍ਤਂ = the one who is living or dwelling or the spring season;
ਹਦਯਾਰਵਿਨ੍ਦੇ = in the lotus like heart;
ਭਵਂ = the chain or ocean of births and deaths or the one God who causes it;;
ਭਵਾਨੀਸਹਿਤਂ = one who has BhavAnI alongside;
ਨਮਾਮਿ = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
Shloka 99 Shiva

ॐ ਤ੍ਰਯਮ੍ਬਕਂ ਯਜਾਮਹੇ
ਸੁਗਨ੍ਧਿਂ ਪੁਸ਼੍ਟਿਵਰ੍ਧਨਮ੍ ।
ਉਰ੍ਵਾਰੁਕਮਿਵ ਬਨ੍ਧਨਾਨ੍
ਮਤ੍ਯੋਰ੍ਮੁਕ੍ਸ਼ੀਯ ਮਾਮਤਾਤ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 99
This is the Maha Mrityunjaya Mantra.

We worship the three-eyed One (Lord Siva) Who is fragrant and who
nourishes well all beings; may He liberate us from death for the sake
of Immortality even as the cucumber is severed from its bondage (to
the creeper)..

%E99 Word Meanings 99;

ॐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ਤ੍ਰਯਮ੍ਬਕਂ = the three-eyed one;
ਯਜਾਮਹੇ = Let us do the sacrifice;
ਸੁਗਨ੍ਧਿਂ = the one who is fragrant;
ਪੁਸ਼੍ਟਿਵਰ੍ਧਨਂ = that which increases nourishment;
ਉਰ੍ਵਾਰੁਕਮਿਵ = like the cucumber;
ਬਨ੍ਧਨਾਨ੍ = ?? ;
ਮਤ੍ਯੋਰ੍ਮੁਕ੍ਸ਼ੀਯ = ?? ;
ਮਾਮਤਾਤ੍ = ?? ;
Shloka 100 Shiva

ਨਮਸ੍ਤੇ ਰੁਦ੍ਰਮਨ੍ਯਵ ਉਤੋਤ ਇਸ਼ਵੇ ਨਮਃ ।
ਨਮਸ੍ਤੇ ਅਸ੍ਤੁ ਧਨ੍ਵਨੇ ਬਾਹੁਭ੍ਯਾ-ਮੁਤ ਤੇ ਨਮਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 100
Salutations to Shiva’s anger and to his arrow;
Salutations to His bow and also to his arms..

%E100 Word Meanings 100;

ਨਮਸ੍ਤੇ = greetings, salutations to you;
ਰੁਦ੍ਰਮਨ੍ਯਵ = to Shiva’s anger;
ਉਤੋਤ = and then;
ਇਸ਼ਵੇ = for the bow;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ਨਮਸ੍ਤੇ = greetings, salutations to you;
ਅਸ੍ਤੁ = let it be so; let there be; Amenlet there be(III
per.benedic.) May there be; So be it; Amen;
ਧਨ੍ਵਨੇ = to the bow-bearing one;
ਬਾਹੁਭ੍ਯਾ-ਮੁਤ = ?? ;
ਤੇ = to you or your (here:poss.);
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 101 Shiva

ॐ ਸ਼ਿਵ ॐ ਸ਼ਿਵ, ਪਰਾਤ੍ਪਰਾ ਸ਼ਿਵ ਓਙ੍ਕਾਰ ਸ਼ਿਵ ਤਵ ਸ਼ਰਣਮ੍ ।
ਨਮਾਮਿ ਸ਼ਙ੍ਕਰ ਭਜਾਮਿ ਸ਼ਙ੍ਕਰ ਉਮਾਮਹੇਸ਼੍ਵਰ ਤਵ ਸ਼ਰਣਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 101
Aum shiva, Aum shiva;
Shiva who is beyond the beyond, who is the sound of Aum, I take refuge
in you. I bow to Shankar, I sing the glories of Shankar, I take refuge
in Uma and Shankar..

%E101 Word Meanings 101;

ॐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ਸ਼ਿਵ = of Lord Shiva ; auspicious; favourable; propitious;
ॐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ਸ਼ਿਵ, = ?? ;
ਪਰਾਤ੍ਪਰਾ = greater than the great; the most supreme;
ਸ਼ਿਵ = of Lord Shiva ; auspicious; favourable; propitious;
ਓਙ੍ਕਾਰ = relating to the Brahman or the `OM’ mantra;
ਸ਼ਿਵ = of Lord Shiva ; auspicious; favourable; propitious;
ਤਵ = youryour;
ਸ਼ਰਣਂ = seeking refuge or surrender;
ਨਮਾਮਿ = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
ਸ਼ਙ੍ਕਰ = Oh! Shankara, Shiva lit.one who grants good or auspicious things;
ਭਜਾਮਿ = I worship;
ਸ਼ਙ੍ਕਰ = Oh! Shankara, Shiva lit.one who grants good or auspicious things;
ਉਮਾਮਹੇਸ਼੍ਵਰ = Oh! Shiva with Parvati or adj.;
ਤਵ = youryour;
ਸ਼ਰਣਂ = seeking refuge or surrender;
Shloka 102 Shiva

ਵਨ੍ਦੇ ਉਮਾਪਤਿਂ ਸੁਰਗੁਰੁਂ ਵਨ੍ਦੇ ਜਗਤ੍ਕਾਰਣਮ੍ ।
ਵਨ੍ਦੇ ਪਨ੍ਨਗਭੂਸ਼ਣਂ ਮਗਧਰਂ ਵਨ੍ਦੇ ਪਸ਼ੂਨਾਂ ਪਤਿਮ੍ ।
ਵਨ੍ਦੇ ਸੂਰ੍ਯ ਸ਼ਸ਼ਾਙ੍ਕ ਵਹ੍ਨਿਨਯਨ ਵਨ੍ਦੇ ਮੁਕੁਨ੍ਦ ਪ੍ਰਿਯਮ੍ ।
ਵਨ੍ਦੇ ਭਕ੍ਤਜਨਾਸ਼੍ਰਯਂ ਚ ਵਰਦਂ ਵਨ੍ਦੇ ਸ਼ਿਵਂ ਸ਼ਙ੍ਕਰਮ੍ ।
ॐ ਨਮਃ ਸ਼ਿਵਾਯ ॥ ॥

Meaning 102
Adorations to Bhagavan Shiva!
Adorations to the Lord of Goddess Uma, to the Preceptor of gods,
Adorations to the cause of the universe. Adorations to the one who
holds a deer in His hands (Who is the master of the mind). Adorations
to Him, who is the Lord of the Pashus (souls in bondage). Adorations
to Him who has the sun (intellect), moon (mind) and fire (knowledge)
for his eyes. Adorations to Him who is the beloved of Mukunda
(Lord Vishnu). Adorations to Him Who is the refuge of His devotees,
and who is the giver of boons. Adorations to Him who is all auspicious
and is the doer of all that is good!.

%E102 Word Meanings 102;

ਵਨ੍ਦੇ = I worship; bow;
ਉਮਾਪਤਿਂ = the lord or consort of Uma i.e.shivahusband of Uma or Paravati, Shiva;
ਸੁਰਗੁਰੁਂ = the preseptor of the gods i.e.Brihaspati;
ਵਨ੍ਦੇ = I worship; bow;
ਜਗਤ੍ਕਾਰਣਂ = the cause of the world;
ਵਨ੍ਦੇ = I worship; bow;
ਪਨ੍ਨਗਭੂਸ਼ਣਂ = the one wearing serpants as ornaments;
ਮਗਧਰਂ = ?? ;
ਵਨ੍ਦੇ = I worship; bow;
ਪਸ਼ੂਨਾਂ = the animals’;
ਪਤਿਂ = the husband; chief; lord;
ਵਨ੍ਦੇ = I worship; bow;
ਸੂਰ੍ਯ = of the sun;
ਸ਼ਸ਼ਾਙ੍ਕ = at (M.nom.) the moon; having the hare as a body part;
ਵਹ੍ਨਿਨਯਨ = with fiery eyes;
ਵਨ੍ਦੇ = I worship; bow;
ਮੁਕੁਨ੍ਦ = at (M.acc.) Mukunda(M.nom.) Mukunda, Vishnu or
Krishna(m.nom.) Mukunda (Vishnu);
ਪ੍ਰਿਯਂ = that which is agreeing well; dear; to one’s liking; darling ;;
ਵਨ੍ਦੇ = I worship; bow;
ਭਕ੍ਤਜਨਾਸ਼੍ਰਯਂ = one who grants refuge to the devotees;
ਚ = and;
ਵਰਦਂ = the one who gives boons;
ਵਨ੍ਦੇ = I worship; bow;
ਸ਼ਿਵਂ = Lord shiva;
ਸ਼ਙ੍ਕਰਂ = Shankara;
ॐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ਸ਼ਿਵਾਯ = to Shiva;
Shloka 103 Shiva

ਅਪਸਰ੍ਪਨ੍ਤੁ ਤੇ ਭੂਤਾ ਯੇ ਭੂਤਾ ਭੂਮਿਸਂਸ੍ਥਿਤਾਃ ।
ਯੇ ਭੂਤਾ ਵਿਘ੍ਨਕਰ੍ਤਾਰਸ੍ਤੇ ਗਚ੍ਛਨ੍ਤੁ ਸ਼ਿਵਾਜ੍ਞਯਾ ॥ ॥

Meaning 103
The (evil) beings who are on earth let them move away;
The (evil) beings who create obstacles let them go by the wish of Shiva..

%E103 Word Meanings 103;

ਅਪਸਰ੍ਪਨ੍ਤੁ = Let them move away or drive away;
ਤੇ = to you or your (here:poss.);
ਭੂਤਾ = one who has taken some form or come to a certain state;
ਯੇ = they who;
ਭੂਤਾ = one who has taken some form or come to a certain state;
ਭੂਮਿਸਂਸ੍ਥਿਤਾਃ = on the earth or ground;
ਯੇ = they who;
ਭੂਤਾ = one who has taken some form or come to a cerrtain state;
ਵਿਘ੍ਨਕਰ੍ਤਾਰਸ੍ਤੇ = ?? ;
ਗਚ੍ਛਨ੍ਤੁ = let them go;
ਸ਼ਿਵਾਜ੍ਞਯਾ = by Shiva’s command or orders;
Shloka 104 Shiva

ਤੀਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਣਦਂਸ਼੍ਟ੍ਰ ਮਹਾਕਾਯ ਕਲ੍ਪਾਨ੍ਤਦਹਨੋਪਮ ।
ਭੈਰਵਾਯ ਨਮਸ੍ਤੁਭ੍ਯਮਨੁਜ੍ਞਾਂ ਦਾਤੁਮਰ੍ਹਸਿ ॥ ॥

Meaning 104
Oh! The one with sharp teeth, huge body, destroyer (like fire) of
the worlds, Bhairava grant permission to offer salutations to You..

%E104 Word Meanings 104;

ਤੀਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਣਦਂਸ਼੍ਟ੍ਰ = sharp teeth;
ਮਹਾਕਾਯ = big bodied;
ਕਲ੍ਪਾਨ੍ਤਦਹਨੋਪਮ = equal to the burning at the time of the end of
the world or 4 `yuga’s;
ਭੈਰਵਾਯ = to the Bahirava i.e. Shiva;
ਨਮਸ੍ਤੁਭ੍ਯਮਨੁਜ੍ਞਾਂ = I bow to thee; permission (may be given);
ਦਾਤੁਮਰ੍ਹਸਿ = `dAtuM (inf.) and `arhasi’ (verb); you desrve (have merit) to give;
Shloka 105 Shiva

ਮਙ੍ਗਲਂ ਭਗਵਾਨ੍ ਸ਼ਂਭੁਃ ਮਙ੍ਗਲਂ ਵਸ਼ਭਧ੍ਵਜਃ ।
ਮਙ੍ਗਲਂ ਪਾਰ੍ਵਤੀਨਾਥੋ ਮਙ੍ਗਲਾਯਤਨੋ ਹਰਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 105
Auspicious is the splendent Shambhu, auspicious is Vrishabhadhwaja,
auspicious is the consort of Parvati, an abode of auspiciousness is Hara..

%E105 Word Meanings 105;

ਮਙ੍ਗਲਂ = auspiciousness; welfare; well-being; good things;
ਭਗਵਾਨ੍ = God; or a respectable person one who possesses the
bhaga -a cluster of good things including wealth and happiness;
ਸ਼ਂਭੁਃ = an epithet of Shiva;
ਮਙ੍ਗਲਂ = auspiciousness; welfare; well-being; good things;
ਵਸ਼ਭਧ੍ਵਜਃ = the one having the bull in his flag;
ਮਙ੍ਗਲਂ = auspiciousness; welfare; well-being; good things;
ਪਾਰ੍ਵਤੀਨਾਥੋ = Parvati’s consort i.e. Shiva;
ਮਙ੍ਗਲਾਯਤਨੋ = bringing good fortune or auspiciousness;
ਹਰਃ = Lord Shiva literally one who removes or steals or destroys ignorance.;
Shloka 106 Shiva

ਤਤ੍ਪੁਰੁਸ਼ਾਯ ਵਿਦ੍ਮਹੇ । ਮਹਾਦੇਵਾਯ ਧੀਮਹਿ ।
ਤਨ੍ਨੋ ਰੁਦ੍ਰਃ ਪ੍ਰਚੋਦਯਾਤ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 106
This is my offering to the the onlu purushA, Shiva .
I meditate to this Lord of Lords.
Let that fierce Lord (Shiva) inspire me..

%E106 Word Meanings 106;

ਤਤ੍ਪੁਰੁਸ਼ਾਯ = ?? ;
ਵਿਦ੍ਮਹੇ = offering;
ਮਹਾਦੇਵਾਯ = to Shiva;
ਧੀਮਹਿ = May meditate;
ਤਨ੍ਨੋ = ?? ;
ਰੁਦ੍ਰਃ = Shiva;
ਪ੍ਰਚੋਦਯਾਤ੍ = inspire; kindle; urge; induce;;
Shloka 107 Shiva

ਅਯਂ ਮੇ ਹਸ੍ਤੋ ਭਗਵਾਨਯਂ ਮੇ ਭਗਵਤ੍ਤਰਃ ।
ਅਯਂ ਮੇ ਵਿਸ਼੍ਵਭੇਸ਼ਜੋऽਯਂ ਸ਼ਿਵਾਭਿਮਰ੍ਸ਼ਨਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 107
This hand is of mine is very skilled and this hand is even more skilled;
This hand is of mine has all the medicines of the world and this hand’s
touch is most auspicious..

%E107 Word Meanings 107;

ਅਯਂ = this one;
ਮੇ = to me or my;
ਹਸ੍ਤੋ = the hand;
ਭਗਵਾਨਯਂ = ?? ;
ਮੇ = to me or my;
ਭਗਵਤ੍ਤਰਃ = one who is more godly than the other(s);
ਅਯਂ = this one;
ਮੇ = to me or my;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਵਭੇਸ਼ਜੋऽਯਂ = ?? ;
ਸ਼ਿਵਾਭਿਮਰ੍ਸ਼ਨਃ = ?? ;
Shloka 108 Shiva

ਅਸਿਤਗਿਰਿਸਮਸ੍ਯਾਤ੍ ਕਜ੍ਜਲਂ ਸਿਂਧੂਪਾਤ੍ਰੇ
ਸੁਰਤਰੁਵਰਸ਼ਾਖਾ ਲੇਖਨੀ ਪਤ੍ਰਮੂਰ੍ਵੀ ।
ਲਿਖਤਿ ਯਦਿ ਗਹਿਤ੍ਵਾ ਸ਼ਾਰਦਾ ਸਰ੍ਵਕਾਲਂ
ਤਦਪਿ ਤਵ ਗੁਣਾਨਾਮੀਸ਼ ਪਾਰਂ ਨ ਯਾਤਿ ॥ ॥

Meaning 108
Take one big mountain of eye ointment and dissolve it as black ink in
the pot made out of ocean, take a branch of the heavenly tree as the pen,
the earth (ground) as the parchment, arrange for Sharada to write all the
time with this understanding, still it would not be enough to describe
all of your Good Qualities, oh Isha!

.

%E108 Word Meanings 108;

ਅਸਿਤਗਿਰਿਸਮਸ੍ਯਾਤ੍ = like (samaM) a black (asita) mountain (giri);
ਕਜ੍ਜਲਂ = eye ointment; collyrium or black ink;
ਸਿਂਧੁਪਾਤ੍ਰੇ = in the pot (pAtra) of ocean (si.ndhu) [7];
ਸੁਰਤਰੁਵਰ = the heavenly tree;
ਸ਼ਾਖਾ = a branch;;
ਲੇਖਨੀ = writing instrument;
ਪਤ੍ਰ = leaf; page;
ਉਰ੍ਵੀ = earth;
ਲਿਖਤਿ = writes (likha);
ਯਦਿ = if;
ਗਹੀਤ੍ਵਾ = while holding;
ਸ਼ਾਰਦਾ = goddess worshipped during the autumnal season sharad as
Durga, LakShmi and Sarasvati;
ਸਰ੍ਵਕਾਲਂ = for ever;
ਤਦਪਿ = even then;
ਤਵ = your;
ਗੁਣਾਨਾਂ = of the good qualities;
ਈਸ਼ = Hey Isha[8];
ਪਾਰ = end; other side;
ਨ = no;
ਯਾਤਿ = goes;
Shloka 109 Kartikeya

ਸ਼ਡਾਨਨਂ ਕੁਙ੍ਕੁਮਰਕ੍ਤਵਰ੍ਣਂ
ਮਹਾਮਤਿਂ ਦਿਵ੍ਯਮਯੂਰਵਾਹਨਮ੍ ।
ਰੁਦ੍ਰਸ੍ਯ ਸੂਨੁਂ ਸੁਰਸੈਨ੍ਯਨਾਥਂ
ਗੁਹਂ ਸਦਾ ਸ਼ਰਣਮਹਂ ਪ੍ਰਪਦ੍ਯੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 109
I seek refuge for ever with the six-faced God of vermilion complexion, the
son of Rudra, leader of the army of gods, who possessed of great intelligence,
and mounted on a celestial peacock, ever resides in the cave of human hearts..

%E109 Word Meanings 109;

ਸ਼ਾਡਾਨਨਂ = the six-headed one Karthikeya;
ਕੁਙ੍ਕੁਮਰਕ੍ਤਵਰ੍ਣਂ = ?? ;
ਮਹਾਮਤਿਂ = the great minded one;
ਦਿਵ੍ਯਮਯੂਰਵਾਹਨਂ = the divine peacock vehicle;
ਰੁਦ੍ਰਸ੍ਯ = Rudra’s;
ਸੂਨੁਂ = the son;
ਸੁਰਸੈਨ੍ਯਨਾਥਂ = the leader of the army of the gods;
ਗੁਹਂ = guha refers to Karthikeya;
ਸਦਾ = always; ever;
ਸ਼ਰਣਮਹਂ = refuge, I;
ਪ੍ਰਪਦ੍ਯੇ = I sing; worship;
Shloka 110 Kartikeya

ਨਮੋ ਨਮਸ੍ਤੇ ਗੁਹ ਸ਼ਕ੍ਤਿਧਾਮ੍ਨੇ
ਨਮੋ ਨਮਸ੍ਤੇ ਗੁਹ ਸ਼ਕ੍ਤਿਧਰ੍ਤ੍ਰੇ ।
ਨਮੋ ਨਮਸ੍ਤੇ ਗੁਹ ਦੇਵਸੇਨਾ
ਭਰ੍ਤ੍ਰੇ ਨਮਸ੍ਤੇ ਕੁਲਭੂਸ਼ਣਾਯ ॥ ॥

Meaning 110
Salutations to the Lord Subrahmanya, who is the abode of power, who
holds the lance, who is the commander of the celestial hosts, and who
is the ornament of His divine family..

%E110 Word Meanings 110;

ਨਮੋ = bowing; salute;
ਨਮਸ੍ਤੇ = greetings, salutations to you;
ਗੁਹ = Guha refers to lord Karthikeya;
ਸ਼ਕ੍ਤਿਧਾਮ੍ਨੇ = Oh!. the seat or abode of power; might;
ਨਮੋ = bowing; salute;
ਨਮਸ੍ਤੇ = greetings, salutations to you;
ਗੁਹ = Guha refers to lord Karthikeya;
ਸ਼ਕ੍ਤਿਧਰ੍ਤ੍ਰੇ = abode of strength;
ਨਮੋ = bowing; salute;
ਨਮਸ੍ਤੇ = greetings, salutations to you;
ਗੁਹ = Guha refers to lord Karthikeya;
ਦੇਵਸੇਨਾ = a female of that name, also army of gods;
ਭਰ੍ਤ੍ਰੇ = for or to the Lord;
ਨਮਸ੍ਤੇ = greetings, salutations to you;
ਕੁਲਭੂਸ਼ਣਾਯ = ?? ;
Shloka 111 Kartikeya

ਜ੍ਞਾਨਸ਼ਕ੍ਤਿਧਰ ਸ੍ਕਨ੍ਦ ਵਲ੍ਲੀਕਲ੍ਯਾਣ ਸੁਨ੍ਦਰ ।
ਦੇਵਸੇਨਾ ਮਨਃ ਕਾਨ੍ਤ ਕਾਰ੍ਤਿਕੇਯ ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁਤੇ ।
ॐ ਸੁਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਣ੍ਯਾਯ ਨਮਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 111
Adorations to Lord Subrahmanya!
Adoratiosn to Lord Kartikeya who is known as Skanda, Who holds the
staff of wisdom, who is the beautiful beloved of Goddess VallI, Who
is the enchanter of the mind of Goddess Devasena, to that Divine Kartikeya
I offer adorations again and again!.

%E111 Word Meanings 111;

ਜ੍ਞਾਨਸ਼ਕ੍ਤਿਧਰ = bearing or wearing the power of knowledge;
ਸ੍ਕਨ੍ਦ = at (M.nom.) Karthikeya; also leaping;;
ਵਲ੍ਲੀਕਲ੍ਯਾਣ = relating to Valli’s marriage or auspicious activity;
ਸੁਨ੍ਦਰ = beautiful;
ਦੇਵਸੇਨਾ = a female of that name, also army of gods;
ਮਨਃ = mind;
ਕਾਨ੍ਤ = Oh! husband;
ਕਾਰਿਕੇਯ = ?? ;
ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁਤੇ = Salutations unto Thee;
ॐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ਸੁਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਣ੍ਯਾਯ = to Karthikeya;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 112 Kartikeya

ਮਯੂਰਾਧਿਰੂਢਂ ਮਹਾਵਾਕ੍ਯਗੂਢਂ
ਮਨੋਹਾਰਿ ਦੇਹਂ ਮਹਚ੍ਚਿਤ੍ਤਗੇਹਮ੍ ।
ਮਹੀਦੇਵਦੇਵਂ ਮਹਾਵੇਦਭਾਵਂ
ਮਹਾਦੇਵਬਾਲਂ ਭਜੇ ਲੋਕਪਾਲਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 112
I salute to the Lord (Kartikeya), who is astride a peacock, and
having the great mystic saying OM (praNava), whose body is so
attractive, and who is the repository of great intellect, who is the
lord of all lords of the earth, the knower of vedas, the son of
Lord Shiva, and the caretaker of this earth..

%E112 Word Meanings 112;

ਮਯੂਰਾਧਿਰੂਢ़ਂ = he who is astride the peacock;
ਮਹਾਵਾਕ੍ਯਗੂਢ़ਂ = he having the great mystic saying, PraNava;
ਮਨੋਹਾਰਿ = that which attracts or draws the mind;
ਦੇਹਂ = the human body;
ਮਹਚ੍ਚਿਤ੍ਤਗੇਹਂ = he, being the house or abode of great Consciousness;
ਮਹੀਦੇਵਦੇਵਂ = the lord of the lords of the earth;
ਮਹਾਵੇਦਭਾਵਂ = he, knowing the meaning of the great ‘Vedas’;
ਮਹਾਦੇਵਬਾਲਂ = the lad of Mahadeva, Shiva;
ਭਜੇ = I worship;
ਲੋਕਪਾਲਂ = caretaker of the worlds or people;
Shloka 113 Sarasvati

ਸਰਸ੍ਵਤਿ ਨਮਸ੍ਤੁਭ੍ਯਂ ਵਰਦੇ ਕਾਮਰੂਪਿਣਿ ।
ਵਿਦ੍ਯਾਰਮ੍ਭਂ ਕਰਿਸ਼੍ਯਾਮਿ ਸਿਦ੍ਧਿਰ੍ਭਵਤੁ ਮੇ ਸਦਾ ॥ ॥

Meaning 113
Oh Goddess Saraswati, my humble prostrations unto you,
who are the fulfiller of all my wishes. I am beginning
my study, let me attain perfection in that, always..

%E113 Word Meanings 113;

ਸਰਸ੍ਵਤਿ = Oh! sarasvati ; goddesss of knowledge;
ਨਮਸ੍ਤੁਭ੍ਯਂ = I bow to thee;
ਵਰਦੇ = Oh! the boon-giver;
ਕਾਮਰੂਪਿਣਿ = (fem.nom.) one who is desire-personified;
ਵਿਦ੍ਯਾਰਮ੍ਭਂ = the beginning of learning the 3 R’s;
ਕਰਿਸ਼੍ਯਾਮਿ = I shall do;
ਸਿਦ੍ਧਿਰ੍ਭਵਤੁ = May it materialise;
ਮੇ = to me or my;
ਸਦਾ = always; ever;
Shloka 114 Sarasvati

ਯਾ ਕੁਨ੍ਦੇਨ੍ਦੁ ਤੁਸ਼ਾਰ ਹਾਰ ਧਵਲਾ ਯਾ ਸ਼ੁਭ੍ਰਵਸ੍ਤ੍ਰਾਵਤਾ ।
ਯਾ ਵੀਣਾਵਰਦਁਡ ਮਁਡਿਤਕਰਾ ਯਾ ਸ਼੍ਵੇਤਪਦ੍ਮਾਸਨਾ ।
ਯਾ ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਾਚ੍ਯੁਤਸ਼ਙ੍ਕਰਪ੍ਰਭਤਿਭਿਰ੍ਦੇਵੈ ਸਦਾ ਵਂਦਿਤਾ ।
ਸਾ ਮਾਂ ਪਾਤੁ ਸਰਸ੍ਵਤੀ ਭਗਵਤੀ ਨਿਃਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਜਾਡ੍ਯਾਪਹਾ ॥ ॥

Meaning 114
White as the lily, the moon and the garland of dews,
Clad in clean and spotless garments,
Hands adorned with Vina and rosary,
Sitting on white lotus,
Always worshipped by Brahma, Vishnu and Siva,
O Goddess of Wisdom, Sarasvati,
Look after me by driving away without any trace
this illness of ignorance! %alternate
May that Goddess whose complexion is fair like the shining moon,
who wears a garland of snow-white jasmine flowers and is adorned by
a luminous white garment; whose Hands are decked by a Veena (musical
instrument) and Vara-Danda (staff of blessings); who is seated on a
white lotus; who is ever adored by Brahma (the creator), Vishnu (the
sustainer), Shiva (the destroyer) and other Gods; who destroys all
forms of inertia and dullness; may that Goddess Sarasvati protect
and sustain me..

%E114 Word Meanings 114;

ਯਾ = She who;
ਕੁਨ੍ਦੇਨ੍ਦੁ = lily and moon;
ਤੁਸ਼ਾਰ = dews, drops, spray;
ਹਾਰ = at (M.nom.) garland; also removal;
ਧਵਲਾ = white;
ਯਾ = She who;
ਸ਼ੁਭ੍ਰਵਸ੍ਤ੍ਰਾਵਤਾ = the one enrobed in white dress;
ਯਾ = She who;
ਵੀਣਾਵਰਦਁਡ = relating to Veena instrument and the boon-giving stick;
ਮਁਡਿਤਕਰਾ = decked hands;
ਯਾ = She who;
ਸ਼੍ਵੇਤਪਦ੍ਮਾਸਨਾ = the one seated on white lotus seat;
ਯਾ = She who;
ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮ = Brahma;
ਅਚ੍ਯੁਤ = Vishnu;
ਸ਼ਙ੍ਕਰ = Shiva;
ਪ੍ਰਭ੍ਰੁਤਿਭਿਰ੍ਦੇਵੈ = ?? ;
ਸਦਾ = always; ever;
ਵਂਦਿਤਾ = one who has been worshipped;
ਸਾ = she;
ਮਾਂ = me;
ਪਾਤੁ = May protect me or us;
ਸਰਸ੍ਵਤੀ = goddess of knowledge known by this name;
ਭਗਵਤੀ = Durga or other goddess or a respectable woman;
ਨਿਃਸ਼ੇਸ਼ = without any remainder; in its entirety;
ਜਾਡ੍ਯਾ = through frigidity or stupidity;
ਅਪਹਾ = take away, drive away;
Shloka 115 Sarasvati

ਧ੍ਯਾਯੇਤ੍ ਪਦ੍ਮਾਸਨਸ੍ਥਾਂ ਵਿਕਸਿਤਵਦਨਾਂ ਪਦ੍ਮਪਤ੍ਰਾਯਤਾਕ੍ਸ਼ੀਂ
ਹੇਮਾਭਾਂ ਪੀਤਵਸ੍ਤ੍ਰਾਂ ਕਰਕਲਿਤਲਸਦ੍ਧੇਮਪਦ੍ਮਾਂ ਵਰਾਙ੍ਗੀਮ੍ ।
ਸਰ੍ਵਾਲਙ੍ਕਾਰਯੁਕ੍ਤਾਂ ਸਤਤਮਭਯਦਾਂ ਭਕ੍ਤਨਮ੍ਰਾਂ ਭਵਾਨੀਂ
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਵਿਦ੍ਯਾਂ ਸ਼ਾਨ੍ਤਮੂਰ੍ਤਿਂ ਸਕਲਸੁਰਨੁਤਾਂ ਸਰ੍ਵਸਮ੍ਪਤ੍ਪ੍ਰਦਾਤ੍ਰੀਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 115
Let one meditate upon the Divine Goddess who is seated on the lotus,
pleasant faced with long eyes resembling lotus petals.
She is golden hued, and has lotus flowers in Her hand.
She dispels fear of the devotees who bow before Her.
She is the embodiment of peace, knowledge (vidyA),
is praised by
gods and grants every kind of wealth wished for..

%E115 Word Meanings 115;

ਧ੍ਯਾਯੇਤ੍ = Let us meditate;
ਪਦ੍ਮਾਸਨਸ੍ਥਾਂ = the one standing in the seat of a lotus;
ਵਿਕਸਿਤਵਦਨਾਂ = the one with a blossomed pleasant face;
ਪਦ੍ਮਪਤ੍ਰਾਯਤਾਕ੍ਸ਼ੀਂ = the one with long eyes resembling lotus leaves;
ਹੇਮਾਭਾਂ = she who is having the brightness of gold;
ਪੀਤਵਸ੍ਤ੍ਰਾਂ = Yellow clothing or dress;
ਕਰਕਲਿਤਲਸਦ੍ਧੇਮਪਦ੍ਮਾਂ = the one wearing the shining golden lotus in the hand;
ਵਰਾਙ੍ਗੀਂ = the one with a beautiful form or personality;
ਸਰ੍ਵਾਲਙ੍ਕਾਰਯੁਕ੍ਤਾਂ = the one along with all kinds of ornamentation and decoration;
ਸਤਤਮਭਯਦਾਂ = the who offers protection or refuge always;
ਭਕ੍ਤਨਮ੍ਰਾਂ = one who is soft or kind to the devotees;
ਭਵਾਨੀਂ = the female goddess bhavanI who controls or manages the creation;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਵਿਦ੍ਯਾਂ = Goddess Shrividya, one form of Goddess Shakti;
ਸ਼ਾਨ੍ਤਮੂਰ੍ਤਿਂ = peace or serenity personified ; embodiment of tranquility.;
ਸਕਲਸੁਰਨੁਤਾਂ = praised by all the gods;
ਸਰ੍ਵਸਮ੍ਪਤ੍ਪ੍ਰਦਾਤ੍ਰੀਂ = the giver of all kinds of wealth and prosperity;
Shloka 116 Sarasvati

ਜਯ ਜਯ ਦੇਵਿ ਚਰਾਚਰਸਾਰੇ ਕੁਚਯੁਗਸ਼ੋਭਿਤ ਮੁਕ੍ਤਾਹਾਰੇ ।
ਵੀਣਾਪੁਸ੍ਤਕਰਂਜਿਤਹਸ੍ਤੇ ਭਗਵਤਿ ਭਾਰਤਿ ਦੇਵਿ ਨਮਸ੍ਤੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 116
Salutations to devi sarasvati, who is the essence of the universe, who is
adorned with a garland of pearls, who holds Veena and a book, and is also
known as bhagavati and bhArati..

%E116 Word Meanings 116;

ਜਯ = at (M.nom.) victory;
ਜਯ = at (M.nom.) victory;
ਦੇਵਿ = Oh! goddess;
ਚਰਾਚਰਸਾਰੇ = Oh! the essence of the mobile and the immobile world!;
ਕੁਚਯੁਗਸ਼ੋਭਿਤ = ?? ;
ਮੁਕ੍ਤਾਹਾਰੇ = Oh! the one having a pearl necklace!;
ਵੀਣਾਪੁਸ੍ਤਕਰਂਜਿਤਹਸ੍ਤੇ = Oh! the one with the hands adorned with
the Veena instrument and the book;
ਭਗਵਤਿ = Oh goddess!;
ਭਾਰਤਿ = A name for goddess sarasvatI; one of the titles awarded to scholars;
ਦੇਵਿ = Oh! goddess;
ਨਮਸ੍ਤੇ = greetings, salutations to you;
Shloka 117 Laxmi

ਨਮਸ੍ਤੇਸ੍ਤੁ ਮਹਾਮਾਯੇ ਸ਼੍ਰੀਪੀਠੇ ਸੁਰਪੂਜਿਤੇ ।
ਸ਼ਙ੍ਖਚਕ੍ਰਗਦਾਹਸ੍ਤੇ ਮਹਾਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮਿ ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁਤੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 117
Oh. goddess of great illusory powers, the presiding deity over
Shri PITha, Oh! the one worshipped by the gods, Oh mahAlaxmi,
holding conch, disc, and mace in the hands. Salutations unto Thee..

%E117 Word Meanings 117;

ਨਮਸ੍ਤੇਸ੍ਤੁ = Salutations unto Thee;
ਮਹਾਮਾਯੇ = Oh. goddess of great illusory powers;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਪਿਠੇ = in the respected and exalted place particularly of goddess shakti;
ਸੁਰਪੂਜਿਤੇ = Oh! the one worshipped by the gods;
ਸ਼ਙ੍ਖਚਕ੍ਰਗਦਾਹਸ੍ਤੇ = One having the conch shell and the mace in the hands;
ਮਹਾਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮਿ = Oh! MahalakShmi;
ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁਤੇ = Salutations unto Thee;
Shloka 118 Laxmi

ਪਦ੍ਮਾਨਨੇ ਪਦ੍ਮਵਿਪਦ੍ਮਪਤ੍ਰੇ ਪਦ੍ਮਪ੍ਰਿਯੇ ਪਦ੍ਮਦਲਾਯਤਾਕ੍ਸ਼ਿ ।
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਵਪ੍ਰਿਯੇ ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਮਨੋऽਨੁਕੂਲੇ ਤ੍ਵਤ੍ਪਾਦਪਦ੍ਮਂ ਮਯਿ ਸਨ੍ਨਿਧਤ੍ਸ੍ਵ ॥ ॥

Meaning 118
Lotus faced, a lotus without troubles and leafless, lover of lotus,
lotus-eyed, dear to the world; Oh! delight of Sri Vishnu, place your
lotus feet in me.

(alternate)
(O LakShmi), lotus is your seat. Your limbs are delightful like the lotus
creepers of earthly and heavenly regions. You love to abide in lotus,
fond of the world you are and the world is also fond of you, you are
always agreeable to the wishes of Vishnu, (be pleased to) place your
lotus foot in me; make my house your abode..

%E118 Word Meanings 118;

ਪਦ੍ਮਾਨਨੇ = Oh! lotus-faced one;
ਪਦ੍ਮ = ?? ;
ਵਿਪਦ੍ਮਪਤ੍ਰੇ = ?? ;
ਪਦ੍ਮਪ੍ਰਿਯੇ = Oh! lotus loving one;
ਪਦ੍ਮਦਲਾਯਤਾਕ੍ਸ਼ਿ = the one having eyes resembling lotus petals;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਵਪ੍ਰਿਯੇ = Oh! the one who is dear to the Universe;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਮਨੋऽਨੁਕੂਲੇ = Oh!. the one going in tandem with Vishnu’s mind;
ਤ੍ਵਤ੍ਪਾਦਪਦ੍ਮਂ = your lotus-like feet;
ਮਯਿ = in me;
ਸਨ੍ਨਿਧਤ੍ਸ੍ਵ = Put me in the presence of;
Shloka 119 Laxmi

ਸਰ੍ਵਜ੍ਞੇ ਸਰ੍ਵਵਰਦੇ ਸਰ੍ਵਦੁਸ਼੍ਟ ਭਯਙ੍ਕਰਿ ।
ਸਰ੍ਵਦੁਃਖ ਹਰੇ ਦੇਵਿ ਮਹਾਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮਿ ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁਤੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 119
All knowing, all beneficient, all lust destroying;
remover of all sorrows, Oh Mahalxmi! we bow to you.

(alternate)
Prostrations again to you, who are omniscient, who shower boons on the
good and are a terror to all the wicked, and who removes all sorrows
of devotees..

%E119 Word Meanings 119;

ਸਰ੍ਵਜ੍ਞੇ = Oh! the knower of all;
ਸਰ੍ਵਵਰਦੇ = Oh! the giver of all boons;
ਸਰ੍ਵਦੁਸ਼੍ਟ = all kinds of bad things;
ਭਯਙ੍ਕਰਿ = Oh! one who creates terror;
ਸਰ੍ਵਦੁਃਖ = all kinds of sufferings; troubles;
ਹਰੇ = OH! hari;
ਦੇਵਿ = Oh! goddess;
ਮਹਾਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮਿ = Oh! MahalakShmi;
ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁਤੇ = Salutations unto Thee;
Shloka 120 Laxmi

ਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮੀਂ ਕ੍ਸ਼ੀਰਸਮੁਦ੍ਰਰਾਜਤਨਯਾਂ ਸ਼੍ਰੀਰਙ੍ਗਧਾਮੇਸ਼੍ਵਰੀਂ
ਦਾਸੀਭੂਤਸਮਸ੍ਤਦੇਵਵਨਿਤਾਂ ਲੋਕੈਕਦੀਪਾਙ੍ਕੁਰਾਮ੍ ।
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਮਨ੍ਮਨ੍ਦਕਟਾਕ੍ਸ਼ਲਬ੍ਧਵਿਭਵਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮੇਨ੍ਦ੍ਰਗਙ੍ਗਾਧਰਾਂ
ਤ੍ਵਾਂ ਤ੍ਰੈਲੋਕ੍ਯਕੁਟੁਮ੍ਬਿਨੀਂ ਸਰਸਿਜਾਂ ਵਨ੍ਦੇ ਮੁਕੁਨ੍ਦਪ੍ਰਿਯਾਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 120
I pray to thee O goddess LaxmI, born out of a (large) lake, daughter of
the lord of the ocean, mistress of the house of Vishnu
(the one who loves her), the one (in front of whom) all other wives
of gods are like lowly servants,
unique illuminator of the worlds, by whose passing glance (alone) the
gods Brahma, Indra and Shiva (holding Ganga) obtained their riches,
the matriarch of the three worlds, and the beloved of Mukund
(Vishnu)..

%E120 Word Meanings 120;

ਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮੀਂ = to LaxmI;
ਕ੍ਸ਼ੀਰ = water, milk;
ਸਮੁਦ੍ਰ = the ocean;
ਕ੍ਸ਼ੀਰਸਮੁਦ੍ਰ = a specific ocean or ocean in general, body of water;
ਰਾਜ = of the king;
ਤਨਯਾਂ = (to) daughter;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀ = relating to Prosperity; wealth; goddess LakShmi and ` shrIH’ is;
fem.nom.; also an honourable prefix;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਰਙ੍ਗ = Vishnu, the one who loves ShrI;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਰਙ੍ਗਧਾਮੇਸ਼੍ਵਰੀਂ = mistress of the house of ShrIranga;
ਦਾਸੀਭੂਤ = having been a female servant;
ਸਮਸ੍ਤ = the entire;
ਦੇਵਵਨਿਤਾਂ = (to) wife of a god;
ਲੋਕ = world;
ਦੀਪਾਙ੍ਕੁਰਾਂ = the tip of the flame of the lamp or the spark, wick;
ਕਟਾਕ੍ਸ਼ = glance;
ਮਨ੍ਦਕਟਾਕ੍ਸ਼ = passing glance;
ਲਬ੍ਧ = obtained, from labh to obtain;
ਵਿਭਵ = glory, splendor, riches;
ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮੇਨ੍ਦ੍ਰ = the Brahma and Indra;
ਗਙ੍ਗਾਧਰ = Shiva, bearing or wearing `gangA’;;
ਤ੍ਵਾਂ = you;
ਤ੍ਰੈਲੋਕ੍ਯ = relating to three worlds;
ਕੁਟੁਮ੍ਬਿਨੀ = wife or matriarch;
ਸਰਸਿਜ = the lake-born, lotus;
ਵਨ੍ਦੇ = I worship; bow;
ਮੁਕੁਨ੍ਦਪ੍ਰਿਯਾਂ = she who is dear to Mukunda;
Shloka 121 Laxmi

ਸ੍ਮਰਾਮਿ ਨਿਤ੍ਯਂ ਦੇਵੇਸ਼ਿ ਤ੍ਵਯਾ ਪ੍ਰੇਰਿਤ ਮਾਨਸਃ ।
ਤ੍ਵਦਾਜ੍ਞਾ ਸ਼ਿਰ ਧਤ੍ਵਾ ਭਜਾਮਿ ਪਰਮੇਸ਼੍ਵਰੀਮ੍ ।
ॐ ਮਹਾਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮ੍ਯੈ ਨਮਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 121
O Devi, I adore You always, I am ever inspired by You. Having
placed Your Command on my head (surrendering to Your Divine
Will), O Supreme Goddess, I pray to you constantly..

%E121 Word Meanings 121;

ਸ੍ਮਰਾਮਿ = I remember;
ਨਿਤ੍ਯਂ = ever; permanent;
ਦੇਵੇਸ਼ਿ = ?? ;
ਤ੍ਵਯਾ = by you;
ਪ੍ਰੇਰਿਤ = having been induced or egged on or sent;
ਮਾਨਸਃ = of the mind;
ਤ੍ਵਦਾਜ੍ਞਾ = your orders or command;
ਸ਼ਿਰ = relating to the head(adj.)head;
ਧਤ੍ਵਾ = having worn or borne;
ਭਜਾਮਿ = I worship;
ਪਰਮੇਸ਼੍ਵਰੀਂ = ?? ;
ॐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ਮਹਾ = big; large;
ਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮਯੈ = ?? ;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 122 Laxmi

ਸਿਦ੍ਧਿਬੁਦ੍ਧਿਪ੍ਰਦੇ ਦੇਵਿ ਭੁਕ੍ਤਿਮੁਕ੍ਤਿ ਪ੍ਰਦਾਯਿਨਿ ।
ਮਨ੍ਤ੍ਰਮੂਰ੍ਤੇ ਸਦਾ ਦੇਵਿ ਮਹਾਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮਿ ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁਤੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 122
Oh Goddess, you bless us with intellectual as well as material
wealth, and give us worldly enjoyments as well as liberation from
this cycle of births and deaths. I always salute you, Oh Goddess
MahalakShmi, the embodiment of all prayers..

%E122 Word Meanings 122;

ਸਿਦ੍ਧਿਬੁਦ੍ਧਿਪ੍ਰਦੇ = Oh! the giver of material objects and intellect;
ਦੇਵਿ = Oh! goddess;
ਭੁਕ੍ਤਿਮੁਕ੍ਤਿ = The worldy enjoyment and liberation from births and deaths;
ਪ੍ਰਦਾਯਿਨਿ = Oh! the giver;
ਮਨ੍ਤ੍ਰਮੂਰ੍ਤੇ = Oh! embodiment of the mantra!;
ਸਦਾ = always; ever;
ਦੇਵਿ = Oh! goddess;
ਮਹਾਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮਿ = Oh! MahalakShmi;
ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁਤੇ = Salutations unto Thee;
Shloka 123 Laxmi

ਵਨ੍ਦੇ ਪਦ੍ਮਕਰਾਂ ਪ੍ਰਸਨ੍ਨਵਦਨਾਂ ਸੌਭਾਗ੍ਯਦਾਂ ਭਾਗ੍ਯਦਾਮ੍ ।
ਹਸ੍ਤਾਭ੍ਯਾਮਭਯਪ੍ਰਦਾਂ ਮਣਿਗਣੈਰ੍ਨਾਨਾ ਵਿਧੈਰ੍ਭੂਸ਼ਿਤਾਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 123
I worship that Goddess whose hands are delicate like lotuses,
with a pleasing countenance and who grants all
auspicious things and good fortune, whose hands, which
are adorned with ornaments and beautiful gems of all kinds,
are a source of refuge to all devotees..

%E123 Word Meanings 123;

ਵਨ੍ਦੇ = I worship; bow;
ਪਦ੍ਮਕਰਾਂ = the one having lotus-like hands;
ਪ੍ਰਸਨ੍ਨਵਦਨਾਂ = the one with pleasing face;
ਸੌਭਾਗ੍ਯਦਾਂ = the one granting the good and auspicious things;
ਭਾਗ੍ਯਦਾਂ = one who grants good fortune;
ਹਸ੍ਤਾਭ੍ਯਾਮਭਯਪ੍ਰਦਾਂ = the one giving freedom from fear through the two hands;
ਮਣਿਗਣੈਃ = through groups of gems;
ਨਾਨਾ = many; several;
ਵਿਧੈਃ = by several or different ways or kinds;
ਭੂਸ਼ਿਤਾਂ = the one decorated with ornaments;
Shloka 124 Laxmi

ਭਕ੍ਤਾਭੀਸ਼੍ਟਫਲਪ੍ਰਦਾਮ੍ ਹਰਿਹਰ ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਾਦਿਭਿਃ ਸੇਵਿਤਾਮ੍ ।
ਪਾਰ੍ਸ਼੍ਵੇ ਪਙ੍ਕਜ ਸ਼ਙ੍ਖਪਦ੍ਮਨਿਧਿਭਿਰ੍ਯੁਕ੍ਤਾਮ੍ ਸਦਾ ਸ਼ਕ੍ਤਿਭਿਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 124
I salute to this Goddess who always symbolises
power and who grants all the boons
that are sought by her devotees, who has the two undiminishing
treasures in front of her, and is worshipped and served
even by the trinity of Brahma, Vishnu, Shiva and other Gods..

%E124 Word Meanings 124;

ਭਕ੍ਤਾਭੀਸ਼੍ਟਫਲਪ੍ਰਦਾਂ = fulfilling devotee’s desires;
ਹਰਿਹਰ = of Hari and Hara i.e. Vishnu and Shiva;
ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਾਦਿਭਿਃ = by Brahma and others i.e Vishnu, Shiva etc.;
ਸੇਵਿਤਾਂ = the worshipped or served one;
ਪਾਰ੍ਸ਼੍ਵੇ = in front;
ਪਙ੍ਕਜ = of the lotus;
ਸ਼ਙ੍ਖਪਦ੍ਮਨਿਧਿਭਿਰ੍ਯੁਕ੍ਤਾਂ = `sha.nkhanidhi’ and `padmanidhi’ (2 kinds of treasures);
ਸਦਾ = always; ever;
ਸ਼ਕ੍ਤਿਭਿਃ = by the power;
Shloka 125 Laxmi

ਸਰਸਿਜਨਯਨੇ ਸਰੋਜ ਹਸ੍ਤੇ ਧਵਲ਼ਤਰਾਂ ਸ਼ੁਕਗਨ੍ਧਮਾਲ੍ਯਸ਼ੋਭੇ ।
ਭਗਵਤਿ ਹਰਿਵਲ੍ਲਭੇ ਮਨੋਜ੍ਞੇ ਤ੍ਰਿਭੁਵਨਭੂਤਿਕਰਿ ਪ੍ਰਸੀਦਮਹ੍ਯਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 125
Oh! Goddess, with beautiful eyes, fairer in complexion than the lotus in you han
ds, and shining with fragrant garlands. You are indeed the darling of Lord vish
hNu and one who can know my mind. You have created these three worlds and our pr
osperity depends on you. So, be pleased and bless me..

%E125 Word Meanings 125;

ਸਰਸਿਜਨਯਨੇ = Oh! the one with lotus-like eyes;
ਸਰੋਜ = lotus;
ਹਸ੍ਤੇ = in the hand;
ਧਵਲ਼ਤਰਾਂ = the one who is whiter;
ਸ਼ੁਕਗਨ੍ਧਮਾਲ੍ਯਸ਼ੋਭੇ = Oh! the one shining with parrot, sandal paste and garland;
ਭਗਵਤਿ = Oh goddess!;
ਹਰਿਵਲ੍ਲਭੇ = Oh! the darling of Hari (Vishnu);
ਮਨੋਜ੍ਞੇ = Oh! the knower of the mind;
ਤ੍ਰਿਭੁਵਨਭੂਤਿਕਰਿ = the creator of the three worlds or the giver
of happiness and prosperity to the three worlds;
ਪ੍ਰਸੀਦਮਹ੍ਯਮ੍ = Be pleased or favourable towards me;
Shloka 126 Laxmi

ਮਾਤਰ੍ਨਮਾਮਿ ਕਮਲੇ ਕਮਲਾਯਤਾਕ੍ਸ਼ਿ
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਹਤ੍ਕਮਲ ਵਾਸਿਨਿ ਵਿਸ਼੍ਵਮਾਤਃ ।
ਕ੍ਸ਼ੀਰੋਦਜੇ ਕਮਲਕੋਮਲ ਗਰ੍ਭ ਗੌਰਿ
ਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮੀ ! ਪ੍ਰਸੀਦ ਸਤਤਂ ਨਮਤਾਂ ਸ਼ਰਣ੍ਯੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 126
Oh! mother LakShmi who is like the lotus, whose eyes are wide like the lotus, w
ho resides in the lotus heart of Lord viShNu, and who was born from the lotus
like womb of the milky ocean, you are so worthy of seeking refuge, so mother, al
ways take care of all the devotees who seek your blessing..

%E126 Word Meanings 126;

ਮਾਤਃ = mother;
ਨਮਾਮਿ = I salute;
ਕਮਲੇ = Kamala (LakShmi);
ਕਮਲਾਯਤਾਕ੍ਸ਼ਿ = Oh! the one with lotus-like long eyes;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਹਤ੍ਕਮਲ = Vishnu’s lotus-like heart;
ਵਾਸਿਨਿ = Oh! the dweller;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਵਮਾਤਃ = Oh! the mother of the Universe;
ਕ੍ਸ਼ੀਰੋਦਜੇ = Oh! the one born of the milky ocean;
ਕਮਲਕੋਮਲ = of the one as tender or delicate as the lotus;
ਗਰ੍ਭ = relating to the womb;
ਗੌਰਿ = Oh! Gauri;
ਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮੀ = Goddess LakShmi; consort of Vishnu;
ਪ੍ਰਸੀਦ = favour or bless;
ਸਤਤਂ = constant, continuos;
ਨਮਤਾਂ = of the people who bow or salute or worship;
ਸ਼ਰਣ੍ਯੇ = Oh! the one worthy for seeking refuge;
Shloka 127 Laxmi

ਮਹਾਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮੀ ਚ ਵਿਦ੍ਮਹੇ । ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਪਤ੍ਨੀ ਚ ਧੀਮਹਿ ।
ਤਨ੍ਨੋ ਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਹ੍ਮੀਃ ਪ੍ਰਚੋਦਯਾਤ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 127
This is my offering to the goddess of wealth . I meditate to this wife
of mahAviShNu. Let that Goddess lakShmI inspire me..

%E127 Word Meanings 127;

ਮਹਾਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮੀ = consort of Vishnu; goddess of wealth and prosperity;
ਚ = and;
ਵਿਦ੍ਮਹੇ = offering;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਪਤ੍ਨੀ = the consort of Vishnu i.e.LakShmi;
ਚ = and;
ਧੀਮਹਿ = May meditate;
ਤਨ੍ਨੋ = ?? ;
ਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਹ੍ਮੀਃ = Oh! LakShmi;
ਪ੍ਰਚੋਦਯਾਤ੍ = inspire; kindle; urge; induce;;
Shloka 128 Laxmi

ॐ ਹ੍ਰੀਮ੍ ਸ਼੍ਰੀਮ੍ ਕ੍ਲੀਮ੍ ਮਹਾਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮਿ ਮਹਾਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮਿ ।
ਯੇਹਿ ਯੇਹਿ ਸਰ੍ਵਸੌਭਾਗ੍ਯਮ੍ ਦੇਹਿ ਮੇ ਸ੍ਵਾਹਾ ॥ ॥

Meaning 128
OM! hrim, shrim, klim, MahalakShmi, MahalakShmi give me good fortune..

%E128 Word Meanings 128;

ॐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ਹ੍ਰੀਮ੍ = ?? ;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਮ੍ = ?? ;
ਕ੍ਲੀਮ੍ = ?? ;
ਮਹਾਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮਿ = ?? ;
ਯੇਹਿ = ?? ;
ਸਰ੍ਵਸੌਭਾਗ੍ਯਮ੍ = ?? ;
ਦੇਹਿ = ?? ;
ਮੇ = ?? ;
ਸ੍ਵਾਹਾ = ?? ;
Shloka 129 Devi

ਸਮੁਦ੍ਰਵਸਨੇ ਦੇਵਿ ਪਰ੍ਵਤਸ੍ਤਨਮਣ੍ਡਲੇ ।
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਪਤ੍ਨਿ ਨਮਸ੍ਤੁਭ੍ਯਂ ਪਾਦਸ੍ਪਰ੍ਸ਼ਂ ਕ੍ਸ਼ਮਸ੍ਵਮੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 129
O Mother Earth, spouse of Vishnu, your robes are oceans,
and your bosoms the mountains, forgive us,
your children, who walk over you every day, O kind mother!.

%E129 Word Meanings 129;

ਸਮੁਦ੍ਰਵਸਨੇ = Oh! the one having the ocean as the dress;
ਦੇਵਿ = Oh! goddess;
ਪਰ੍ਵਤਸ੍ਤਨਮਣ੍ਡਲੇ = mountains like breasts;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਪਤ੍ਨਿ = Oh! the wife of Vishnu;
ਨਮਸ੍ਤੁਭ੍ਯਂ = I bow to thee;
ਪਾਦਸ੍ਪਰ੍ਸ਼ਂ = touching of the feet;
ਕ੍ਸ਼ਮਸ੍ਵਮੇ = forgive us;
Shloka 130 Devi

ਸਰ੍ਵ ਮਙ੍ਗਲ ਮਾਙ੍ਗਲ੍ਯੇ ਸ਼ਿਵੇ ਸਰ੍ਵਾਰ੍ਥ ਸਾਧਿਕੇ ।
ਸ਼ਰਣ੍ਯੇ ਤ੍ਰ੍ਯਮ੍ਬਕੇ ਗੌਰੀ ਨਾਰਾਯਣੀ ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁਤੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 130
Salutations to the auspicious one, who gives auspiciousness,
the spouse of Shiva, who blesses us by fulfilling all our
desires, who is worthy for seeking refuge, who is the three-eyed
Goddess, Gauri and Narayani..

%E130 Word Meanings 130;

ਸਰ੍ਵ = all;
ਮਙ੍ਗਲ = at (N) auspiciousness; welfare; well-being; good things;
ਮਾਙ੍ਗਲ੍ਯੇ = Oh! the giver of auspiciouness; well-being;
ਸ਼ਿਵੇ = Oh! auspicious one; Oh! Shiva’s consort;
ਸਰ੍ਵਾਰ੍ਥ = for the attainment of all wealth or ends;
ਸਾਧਿਕੇ = Oh! the one who can get things done;
ਸ਼ਰਣ੍ਯੇ = Oh! the one worthy for seeking refuge;
ਤ੍ਰ੍ਯਮ੍ਬਕੇ = Oh! three-eyed goddess;
ਗੌਰੀ = goddess Parvati or a lady of white fair complexion;
ਨਾਰਾਯਣੀ = Narayani or Durga;
ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁਤੇ = Salutations unto Thee;
Shloka 131 Devi

ਯਾ ਦੇਵੀ ਸਰ੍ਵਭੂਤੇਸ਼ੁ ਮਾਤਰੂਪੇਣ ਸਂਸ੍ਥਿਤਾ ।
ਯਾ ਦੇਵੀ ਸਰ੍ਵਭੂਤੇਸ਼ੁ ਸ਼ਕ੍ਤਿਰੂਪੇਣ ਸਂਸ੍ਥਿਤਾ ।
ਯਾ ਦੇਵੀ ਸਰ੍ਵਭੂਤੇਸ਼ੁ ਸ਼ਾਨ੍ਤਿਰੂਪੇਣ ਸਂਸ੍ਥਿਤਾ ।
ਨਮਸ੍ਤਸ੍ਯੈ ਨਮਸ੍ਤਸ੍ਯੈ ਨਮਸ੍ਤਸ੍ਯੈ ਨਮੋ ਨਮਃ ।
ॐ ਅਮ੍ਬਾਯੈ ਨਮਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 131
Adorations to the Divine Mother!
Again and again adorations unto that Devi (Goddess) who manifests in
all living beings as the Mother. Adorations to Her!
Again and again adorations unto that Devi (Goddess) who manifests in
all living beings as Energy. Adorations to Her!
Again and again adorations unto that Devi (Goddess) who manifests in
all living beings as Peace. Adorations to Her!.

%E131 Word Meanings 131;

ਯਾ = She who;
ਦੇਵੀ = goddess;
ਸਰ੍ਵਭੂਤੇਸ਼ੁ = among all the living beings;
ਮਾਤਰੂਪੇਣ = through the form of Mother;
ਸਂਸ੍ਥਿਤਾ = well-positioned; standing well;
ਯਾ = She who;
ਦੇਵੀ = goddess;
ਸਰ੍ਵਭੂਤੇਸ਼ੁ = among all the living beings;
ਸ਼ਕ੍ਤਿਰੂਪੇਣ = in the form of strength;
ਸਂਸ੍ਥਿਤਾ = well-positioned; standing well;
ਯਾ = She who;
ਦੇਵੀ = goddess;
ਸਰ੍ਵਭੂਤੇਸ਼ੁ = among all the living beings;
ਸ਼ਾਨ੍ਤਿਰੂਪੇਣ = in the form of peace;
ਸਂਸ੍ਥਿਤਾ = well-positioned; standing well;
ਨਮਸ੍ਤਸ੍ਯੈ = salutations unto thee;
ਨਮਸ੍ਤਸ੍ਯੈ = salutations unto thee;
ਨਮਸ੍ਤਸ੍ਯੈ = salutations unto thee;
ਨਮੋ = bowing; salute;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ॐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ਅਮ੍ਬਾਯੈ = to the goddess or mother;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 132 Devi

ਅਨ੍ਨਪੂਰ੍ਣੇ ਸਦਾਪੂਰ੍ਣੇ ਸ਼ਙ੍ਕਰਃ ਪ੍ਰਾਣਵਲ੍ਲਭੇ ।
ਜ੍ਞਾਨ ਵੈਰਾਗ੍ਯ ਸਿਦ੍ਧ੍ਯਰ੍ਥਂ ਭਿਕ੍ਸ਼ਾਂ ਦੇਹਿ ਚ ਪਾਰ੍ਵਤੀ ॥ ॥

Meaning 132
O Goddess Sarasvati, Provider of food, always complete,
dear to the heart of Lord Shankar, I beg you for getting Knowledge and Renunciation.

(alternate
Replete with food, perfect at all times, beloved charmerof Shankara’s life, O
Parvati, give me alms for fulfilment of knowledge and detachment..

%E132 Word Meanings 132;

ਅਨ੍ਨਪੂਰ੍ਣੇ = Oh goddess `annapUrNA’ meaning full of food;
ਸਦਾਪੂਰ੍ਣੇ = Oh! ever-complete!;
ਸ਼ਙ੍ਕਰਃ = Shankara ; one who grants auspicious things; Shiva or
a person by that name;
ਪ੍ਰਾਣਵਲ੍ਲਭੇ = Oh! goddess you are dear to your lord as dear as life;
ਜ੍ਞਾਨ = ?? ;
ਵੈਰਾਗ੍ਯ = without passions; having overcome emotions;
ਸਿਦ੍ਧ੍ਯਰ੍ਥਂ = for the purpose of materialisation;
ਭਿਕ੍ਸ਼ਾਂ = ?? ;
ਦੇਹਿ = Give;
ਚ = and;
ਪਾਰ੍ਵਤੀ = goddess Parvati, Shiva’s consort;
Shloka 133 Devi

ਮੁਕ੍ਤਾਵਿਦ੍ਰੁਮਹੇਮ-ਨੀਲਧਵਲਚ੍ਛਾਯੈਰ੍ਮੁਖੈਸ੍ਤ੍ਰੀਕ੍ਸ਼ਣੈਃ
ਯੁਕ੍ਤਾਮਿਨ੍ਦੁਕਲਾਨਿਬਦ੍ਧਮੁਕੁਟਾਂ ਤਤ੍ਤ੍ਵਾਰ੍ਥਵਰ੍ਣਾਤ੍ਮਿਕਾਮ੍ ।
ਗਾਯਤ੍ਰੀਂ ਵਰਦਾਭਯਾਙ੍ਕੁਸ਼ਕਸ਼ਾਸ਼ੂਲਂ ਕਪਾਲਂ ਗੁਣਂ
ਸ਼ਙ੍ਖਂ ਚਕ੍ਰਮਥਾਰਵਿਨ੍ਦਯੁਗੁਲਂ ਹਸ੍ਤੈਰ੍ਵਹਨ੍ਤੀਂ ਭਜੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 133
I worship GayatrI, the goddess with faces having three eyes and
illuminations from pearls, corals, gold and sapphire,
with a crown sparkling with moonlight, with the essence of the
ultimate truth – the word Om, carrying in her hands the propitious and
assuring implements- a hook, a whip, a spear, a skull, a rope, a
conch, a circular weapon and a pair of lotuses.
.

%E133 Word Meanings 133;

ਮੁਕ੍ਤਾ = pearl;
ਵਿਦ੍ਰੁਮ = coral;
ਹੇਮ = gold;
ਨੀਲ = sapphire;
ਧਵਲ = white;
ਛਾਯਾ = shadow, reflection, lustre, hallucination;
ਈਕ੍ਸ਼ਣ = eye;
ਤ੍ਰੀਕ੍ਸ਼ਣ = the one with three eyes;
ਇਨ੍ਦੁਕਲਾ = moon light, moon phase;
ਤਤ੍ਤ੍ਵਾਰ੍ਥ੍ = the ultimate truth, Brahman;
ਗਾਯਤ੍ਰੀਂ = (to) the goddess or mantra known as `gAyatrI’;
ਵਰਦ = (a) boon-giving, propitious;
ਅਭਯ = (a) assuring;
ਅਙ੍ਕੁਸ਼ = hook, goad;
ਕਸ਼ਾ = whip;
ਸ਼ੂਲ = spear;
ਕਪਾਲ = skull;
ਗੁਣ = rope;
ਸ਼ਙ੍ਖ = the conch shell;
ਚਕ੍ਰ = wheel, disc, the famous weapon of Vishnu;
ਹਸ੍ਤੈਰ੍ਵਹਨ੍ਤੀ = carrying or bearing by the hands;
ਭਜੇ = I worship;
Shloka 134 Devi

ਨਮੋ ਦੇਵ੍ਯੈ ਮਹਾਦੇਵ੍ਯੈ ਸ਼ਿਵਾਯੈ ਸਤਤਂ ਨਮਃ ।
ਨਮਃ ਪ੍ਰਕਤ੍ਯੈ ਭਦ੍ਰਾਯੈ ਨਿਯਤਾਃ ਪ੍ਰਣਤਾਃ ਸ੍ਮ ਤਾਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 134
Salutations to the goddess who is the greatest of all Goddesses. We
always worship to this consort of Lord Shiva. Salutations to this
Goddess who takes the form of mother nature and who grants all good
happennings to us, to Her, we bow and offer our salutations..

%E134 Word Meanings 134;

ਨਮੋ = bowing; salute;
ਦੇਵ੍ਯੈ = to the goddess or god-like woman;
ਮਹਾਦੇਵ੍ਯੈ = to the great goddess;
ਸ਼ਿਵਾਯੈ = to Shiva;
ਸਤਤਂ = constant, regular;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ਪ੍ਰਕਤ੍ਯੈ = to the female aspect of God or Nature;
ਭਦ੍ਰਾਯੈ = to the one who is good or grants well-being;
ਨਿਯਤਾਃ = restrained; regulated; self-controlled; fixed; destined;
ਪ੍ਰਣਤਾਃ = the bowing persons or the worshippers;
ਸ੍ਮ = When added to present tense, past tense is indicated;
ਤਾਂ = her;
Shloka 135 Devi

ਨਾਰਾਯਣਿ ਮਹਾਮਾਯੇ ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਮਾਯੇ ਸਨਾਤਨਿ ।
ਪ੍ਰਾਣਾਧਿਦੇਵਿ ਕਸ਼੍ਣਸ੍ਯ ਮਾਮੁਦ੍ਧਰ ਭਵਾਰ੍ਣਵਾਤ੍ ।
ॐ ਕ੍ਲੀਂ ਰਾਧਾਯੈ ਨਮਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 135
Adorations to Goddess Radha!
Adorations to the beloved of Krishna! Adorations to Goddess
Narayani, The Supreme Power!.

%E135 Word Meanings 135;

ਨਾਰਾਯਣਿ = Oh! part of Narayana also of Shiva as Durga;
ਮਹਾਮਾਯੇ = Oh. goddess of great illusory powers;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਮਾਯੇ = Oh! the illusory power or Maya of Vishnu;
ਸਨਾਤਨਿ = Oh! the ancient one;
ਪ੍ਰਾਣਾਧਿਦੇਵਿ = ?? ;
ਕਸ਼੍ਣਸ੍ਯ = Krishna’s;
ਮਾਮੁਦ੍ਧਰ = ?? ;
ਭਵਾਰ੍ਣਵਾਤ੍ = from the ocean of `bhava’ births and deaths;
ॐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ਕ੍ਲੀਂ = ?? ;
ਰਾਧਾਯੈ = to Radha;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 136 Devi

ਵਿਸ਼੍ਵੇਸ਼੍ਵਰੀਂ ਜਗਦ੍ਧਾਤ੍ਰੀਂ ਸ੍ਥਿਤਿ ਸਂਹਾਰ ਕਾਰਿਣੀਮ੍ ।
ਨਿਦ੍ਰਾਂ ਭਗਵਤੀਂ ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੋਰਤੁਲਾਂ ਤੇਜਸਃ ਪ੍ਰਭੋ ॥ ॥

Meaning 136
O Goddess of the Universe! You are the sustainer, protector and
destroyer of the world. O Goddess of Sleep! You are the incomparable
effulgence of Lord Vishnu!.

%E136 Word Meanings 136;

ਵਿਸ਼੍ਵੇਸ਼੍ਵਰੀਂ = the one who is controlling the Universe;
ਜਗਦ੍ਧਾਤ੍ਰੀਂ = the one who is carrying or supporting the world;
ਸ੍ਥਿਤਿ = of existence; maintenance; establishment; position or state;
ਸਂਹਾਰ = destruction;
ਕਾਰਿਣੀਂ = the doer;
ਨਿਦ੍ਰਾਂ = sleep;
ਭਗਵਤੀਂ = the goddess;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੋਰਤੁਲਾਂ = ?? ;
ਤੇਜਸਃ = from the shine ; brilliant energy;
ਪ੍ਰਭੋ = Oh! master!;
Shloka 137 Devi

ਨਿਤ੍ਯਾਨਨ੍ਦਕਰੀ ਵਰਾਭਯਕਰੀ ਸੌਨ੍ਦਰ੍ਯ ਰਤ੍ਨਾਕਰੀ
ਨਿਰ੍ਧੂਤਾਖਿਲ ਘੋਰਪਾਵਨਕਰੀ ਪ੍ਰਤ੍ਯਕ੍ਸ਼ਮਾਹੇਸ਼੍ਵਰੀ ।
ਪ੍ਰਾਲੇਯਾਚਲਵਂਸ਼ਪਾਵਨਕਰੀ ਕਾਸ਼ੀਪੁਰਾਧੀਸ਼੍ਵਰੀ
ਭਿਕ੍ਸ਼ਾਂ ਦੇਹਿ ਕਪਾਵਲਮ੍ਬਨਕਰੀ ਮਾਤਾਨ੍ਨਪੂਰ੍ਣੇਸ਼੍ਵਰੀ ॥ ॥

Meaning 137
Oh Goddess adorned with beautiful gems, you are one who gives
eternal happiness, grants boons and gives refuge to all devotees.
Oh Supreme Goddess, who appears before my very eyes, you make even
a terrible sinner, free of his sins. You are the sanctifier of the
Himalayan dynasty and the presiding deity of the sacred city of
Kashi. You are the Goddess, who provides merciful support to all
devotees. Oh mother, in whose presence there is never a scarcity of
food, I beg you to feed me..

%E137 Word Meanings 137;

ਨਿਤ੍ਯਾਨਨ੍ਦਕਰੀ = maker of everlasting happiness or bliss;
ਵਰਾਭਯਕਰੀ = the one who grants boons and refuge;
ਸੌਨ੍ਦਰ੍ਯ = beautiful;
ਰਤ੍ਨਾਕਰੀ = the maker of gems or the sea which contains gems;
ਨਿਰ੍ਧੂਤਾਖਿਲ = all, referring to sins, shaken off;
ਘੋਰਪਾਵਨਕਰੀ = the one who makes even a terrible sinner, a sacred one;
ਪ੍ਰਤ੍ਯਕ੍ਸ਼ਮਾਹੇਸ਼੍ਵਰੀ = MAheswari who is revealing herself before one’s eyes;
ਪ੍ਰਾਲੇਯਾਚਲਵਂਸ਼ਪਾਵਨਕਰੀ = Oh! the sanctifier of the Himalaya dynasty;
ਕਾਸ਼ੀਪੁਰਾਧੀਸ਼੍ਵਰੀ = the presiding deity of Kashi city;
ਭਿਕ੍ਸ਼ਾਂ = alms given in charity;
ਦੇਹਿ = Give;
ਕਪਾਵਲਮ੍ਬਨਕਰੀ = one who provides the merciful support;
ਮਾਤਾਨ੍ਨਪੂਰ੍ਣੇਸ਼੍ਵਰੀ = ?? ;
Shloka 138 Devi

ਅਯਿ ਗਿਰਿਨਂਦਿਨਿ ਨਂਦਿਤਮੇਦਿਨਿ ਵਿਸ਼੍ਵਵਿਨੋਦਿਨਿ ਨਂਦਨੁਤੇ
ਗਿਰਿਵਰ ਵਿਂਧ੍ਯ ਸ਼ਿਰੋਧਿਨਿਵਾਸਿਨਿ ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਵਿਲਾਸਿਨਿ ਜਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਨੁਤੇ ।
ਭਗਵਤਿ ਹੇ ਸ਼ਿਤਿਕਣ੍ਠਕੁਟੁਂਬਿਨਿ ਭੂਰਿ ਕੁਟੁਂਬਿਨਿ ਭੂਰਿ ਕਤੇ
ਜਯ ਜਯ ਹੇ ਮਹਿਸ਼ਾਸੁਰਮਰ੍ਦਿਨਿ ਰਮ੍ਯਕਪਰ੍ਦਿਨਿ ਸ਼ੈਲਸੁਤੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 138
I pray to you, Oh loved daughter of the mountain (himavAn), who
is praised by the whole world and the one who entertains the
universe.You control the entire world, residing in the peak of the
great Vindhya mountain and Lord ViShNu himself, is so fond of you.
Oh! Goddess who is the mistress of the Shiva family and belonging
to Lord Shiva’s and Vishnu’s families, please bring us a lot of
good. Let there be victory to you, Oh beautiful daughter of the
mountain and slayer of the demon mahishAsura..

%E138 Word Meanings 138;

ਅਯਿ = Oh goddess! or lady!;
ਗਿਰਿਨਂਦਿਨਿ = the delighter, daughter of the mountain; refers to Parvati;
ਨਂਦਿਤਮੇਦਿਨਿ = Oh! the one praised by the world;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਵਵਿਨੋਦਿਨਿ = Oh! the one who entertains the Universe;
ਨਂਦਨੁਤੇ = Oh! the one praised by Nanda;
ਗਿਰਿਵਰ = the great mountain;
ਵਿਂਧ੍ਯ = relating to the Vindhya mountain or region;
ਸ਼ਿਰੋਧਿਨਿਵਾਸਿਨਿ = Oh! the one who lives in the head i.e controls the head;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਵਿਲਾਸਿਨਿ = Vishnu’s entertainer;
ਜਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਨੁਤੇ = Oh! the conquering one;
ਭਗਵਤਿ = Oh goddess!;
ਹੇ = vocative for addressing a male;
ਸ਼ਿਤਿਕਣ੍ਠਕੁਟੁਂਬਿਨਿ = Oh! the mistress of the Shiva family;
ਭੂਰਿ = in good measure; excessive also refers to Vishnu and Shiva;
ਕੁਟੁਂਬਿਨਿ = ?? ;
ਭੂਰਿ = in good measure; excessive also refers to Vishnu and Shiva;
ਕਤੇ = for the sake of;
ਜਯ = at (M.nom.) victory;
ਜਯ = at (M.nom.) victory;
ਹੇ = vocative for addressing a male;
ਮਹਿਸ਼ਾਸੁਰਮਰ੍ਦਿਨਿ = Oh! crusher of the Mahishasura demon;
;
ਰਮ੍ਯਕਪਰ੍ਦਿਨਿ = ?? ;
ਸ਼ੈਲਸੁਤੇ = Oh! the daughter of the mountain;
Shloka 139 Devi

ਚਤੁਰ੍ਭੁਜੇ ਚਨ੍ਦ੍ਰਕਲਾਵਤਂਸੇ
ਕੁਚੋਨ੍ਨਤੇ ਕੁਙ੍ਕੁਮਰਾਗਸ਼ੋਣੇ ।
ਪੁਣ੍ਡ੍ਰੇਕ੍ਸ਼ੁ ਪਾਸ਼ਂਙ੍ਕ੍ਸ਼ ਪੁਸ਼੍ਪਬਾਣ
ਹਸ੍ਤੇ ਨਮਸ੍ਤੇ ਜਗਦੇਕਮਾਤਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 139
I bow to thee, the one with four hands, with ornaments sparkling
like moon, with large firm breasts, reddened by the color of the saffron,
the one with eyes like a lotus, ??, aide to the God of Love,
and the unique mother of the worlds..

%E139 Word Meanings 139;

ਚਤੁਰ੍ਭੁਜ = One with four hands;
ਚਨ੍ਦ੍ਰਕਲ੍ਲਵਤਂਸ = (with) ornaments (avata.nsa) sparkling like
moonlight (cha.ndrakalA);
ਕੁਚੋਨ੍ਨਤ = one with elevated (unnata) breasts (kucha);
ਕੁਙ੍ਕੁਮਰਾਗ = color (rAga) of saffron (kumkuma);
ਸ਼ੋਣ = red;
ਪੁਣ੍ਡ੍ਰੇਕ੍ਸ਼ੁ = with eyes (Ixu) like lotus (puNDra);
ਪਾਸ਼ਂਙ੍ਕ੍ਸ਼ = ?? ;
ਪੁਸ਼੍ਪਬਾਣ = at (M.nom.) one having flowers as arrows; generally refers to Cupid;
ਨਮਸ੍ਤੇ = I salute (namaH) to you (te);
ਜਗਦੇਕਮਾਤਃ = unique mother (ekamAtaH) of the worlds (jagat);
Shloka 140 Devi

ਬ੍ਰਾਹ੍ਮੀ ਮਾਹੇਸ਼੍ਵਰੀ ਚੈਵ ਕੌਮਾਰੀ ਵੈਸ਼੍ਣਵੀ ਤਥਾ ।
ਵਾਰਾਹੀ ਚ ਤਥੇਨ੍ਦ੍ਰਾਣੀ ਚਾਮੁਣ੍ਡਾ ਸਪ੍ਤਮਾਤਰਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 140
Salutations to the seven mothers, Goddesses sarasvatI (the wife of
Lord Brahma), mAheshvarI (the wife of Lord Shiva), kaumArI,
Goddess lakShmI (the wife of Lord viShNu), Durga, IndrANi (wife
of Lord Indra) and chAmuNDi..

%E140 Word Meanings 140;

ਬ੍ਰਾਹ੍ਮੀ = relating to Brahman (godhead);
ਮਾਹੇਸ਼੍ਵਰੀ = one of the epithets of goddess like Durga;
ਚੈਵ = and like;
ਕੌਮਾਰੀ = young wife or woman; youthful; one of the epithets of goddess Durga etal;
ਵੈਸ਼੍ਣਵੀ = an epithet of the Supreme Goddess; Vishnu’s female aspect;
ਤਥਾ = like that (cf. yathA tathA);
ਵਾਰਾਹੀ = an epithet of Durga; the female aspect of Vishnu who took
the avatar of a great pig; the earth;
ਚ = and;
ਤਥੇਨ੍ਦ੍ਰਾਣੀ = ?? ;
ਚਾਮੁਣ੍ਡਾ = an epithet of goddess Durga (who killed 2 demons named
`cha.NDa’ and `mu.NDa’);
ਸਪ੍ਤਮਾਤਰਃ = the seven Mothers;
Shloka 141 Devi

ਪਥ੍ਵਿ ਤ੍ਵਯਾ ਧਤਾ ਲੋਕਾ ਦੇਵਿ ਤ੍ਵਂ ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਨਾ ਧਤਾ ।
ਤ੍ਵਂ ਚ ਧਾਰਯ ਮਾਂ ਦੇਵਿ ਪਵਿਤ੍ਰਂ ਕੁਰੁ ਚਾਸਨਮ੍ (ਸ੍ਥਣ੍ਡਿਲਮ੍)

Meaning 141
Oh! Mother earth you have held the people and Oh! Goddess (Earth) you
are held by Sri Vishnu; you hold me and purify the place I sit..

%E141 Word Meanings 141;

ਪਥ੍ਵਿ = of the world or earth;
ਤ੍ਵਯਾ = by you;
ਧਤਾ = having borne or worn; the female one who is bearing or wearing;
ਲੋਕਾ = of the worlds; the people;
ਦੇਵਿ = Oh! goddess;
ਤ੍ਵਂ = you;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਨਾ = by Vishnu;
ਧਤਾ = having borne or worn; the female one who is bearing or wearing;
ਤ੍ਵਂ = you;
ਚ = and;
ਧਾਰਯ = take the form; bear or wear;
ਮਾਂ = me;
ਦੇਵਿ = Oh! goddess;
ਪਵਿਤ੍ਰਂ = sacred one;
ਕੁਰੁ = do;
ਆਸਨਮ੍ = seat;
ਸ੍ਥਣ੍ਡਿਲਮ੍ = ?? ;
Shloka 142 Devi

ਸ਼ਰਣਾਗਤਦੀਨਾਰ੍ਤਪਰਿਤ੍ਰਾਣਪਰਾਯਣੇ ।
ਸਰ੍ਵਸ੍ਯਾਰ੍ਤਿਹਰੇ ਦੇਵਿ ਨਾਰਾਯਣਿ ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁ ਤੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 142
Oh! Goddess, who is part of Lord viShNu and Shiva(as Durga), who removes
all afflictions, and who is the saviour of all the weak and afflicted
devotees who surrender to you, I salute you..

%E142 Word Meanings 142;

ਸ਼ਰਣਾਗਤਦੀਨਾਰ੍ਤਪਰਿਤ੍ਰਾਣਪਰਾਯਣੇ = to the one dedicated to the
rescue of the surrendered, weak and afflicted (devotees);
ਸਰ੍ਵਸ੍ਯਾਰ੍ਤਿਹਰੇ = Oh! the remover of the afflictions of all;
ਦੇਵਿ = Oh! goddess;
ਨਾਰਾਯਣਿ = Oh! part of Narayana also of Shiva as Durga;
ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁ = let there be my or our bowing or salutation;
ਤੇ = to you or your (here:poss.);
Shloka 143 Devi

ਕਾਤ੍ਯਾਯਨ੍ਯੈ ਚ ਵਿਦ੍ਮਹੇ । ਕਨ੍ਯਕੁਮਾਰ੍ਯੈ ਧੀਮਹਿ ।
ਤਨ੍ਨੋ ਦੁਰ੍ਗਾ ਪ੍ਰਚੋਦਯਤ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 143
This is my offering to the goddess kAtyAyini .
I meditate to this virgin goddess.
Let that durgA, (who can be approached only by great penance) inspire me..

%E143 Word Meanings 143;

ਕਾਤ੍ਯਾਯਨ੍ਯੈ = to the goddess Katyayini;
ਚ = and;
ਵਿਦ੍ਮਹੇ = offering;
ਕਨ੍ਯਕੁਮਾਰ੍ਯੈ = to goddess Durga;
ਧੀਮਹਿ = May meditate;
ਤਨ੍ਨੋ = ?? ;
ਦੁਰ੍ਗਾ = goddess Durga (one who can be approached or realised with
great difficulty e.g. `durgaH’ meaning a fort );
ਪ੍ਰਚੋਦਯਤ੍ = induces; activates;
Shloka 144 Devi

ਦੁਰ੍ਗੇ ਸ੍ਮਤਾ ਹਰਸਿ ਭੀਤਿਮਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਜਨ੍ਤੋਃ
ਸ੍ਵਸ੍ਥ੍ਯੈ ਸ੍ਮ੍ਰਿਤਾ ਮਤਿਮਤੀਵ ਸ਼ੁਭਾਂ ਦਦਾਸਿ ।
ਦਾਰਿਦ੍ਰ੍ਯਦੁਃਖ ਭਯਹਾਰਿਣੀ ਕਾ ਤ੍ਯਦਨ੍ਯਾ
ਸਰ੍ਵੋਪਕਾਰ ਕਰਣਾਯ ਸਦਾਦ੍ਰਚਿਤ੍ਤਾ ।
ॐ ਦੁਂ ਦੁਰ੍ਗਾਯੈ ਨਮਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 144
Adorations to Goddess Durga!
O Mother Durga! Whoever remembers you during a difficult situation,
he is freed from all forms of fear. When called to mind by those who
are in a healthy condition, you grant them a pure intellect. Who is there
but you — the dispeller of poverty, pain and fear. Whose heart is ever
compassionate for doing good to everyone!.

%E144 Word Meanings 144;

ਦੁਰ੍ਗੇ = Oh! Durga!;
ਸ੍ਮਤਾ = remembered thing;
ਹਰਸਿ = You destroy;
ਭੀਤਿਮਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਜਨ੍ਤੋਃ = the entire fear of the living beings, without
leaving any remainder;
ਸ੍ਵਸ੍ਥ੍ਯੈ = to the goddess who grants well being;
ਸ੍ਮ੍ਰਿਤਾ = ?? ;
ਮਤਿਮਤੀਵ = ?? ;
ਸ਼ੁਭਾਂ = the auspicious one;
ਦਦਾਸਿ = You give;
ਦਾਰਿਦ੍ਰ੍ਯਦੁਃਖ = difficulty or unhappiness or sorrow caused by poverty;
ਭਯਹਾਰਿਣੀ = the one who removes fear;
ਕਾ = who;
ਤ੍ਯਦਨ੍ਯਾ = ?? ;
ਸਰ੍ਵੋਪਕਾਰ = helping all; in favour of all;
ਕਰਣਾਯ = for the sense organ;
ਸਦਾਦ੍ਰਚਿਤ੍ਤਾ = ?? ;
ॐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ਦੁਂ = ?? ;
ਦੁਰ੍ਗਾਯੈ = to goddess DurgA;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 145 Devi

ਸਰ੍ਵਸ੍ਵਰੂਪੇ ਸਰ੍ਵੇਸ਼ੇ ਸਰ੍ਵਸ਼ਕ੍ਤਿ ਸਮਨ੍ਵਿਤੇ ।
ਭਯੇਭ੍ਯਸ੍ਤ੍ਰਾਹਿ ਨੋ ਦੇਵਿ ਦੁਰ੍ਗੇ ਦੇਵਿ ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁਤੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 145
Oh Goddess of all Godesses, you are one who takes many forms, who
is all powerful and worshipped by all. Oh Goddess Durga, I Salute
to you and plead with you to save and protect us from all fears..

%E145 Word Meanings 145;

ਸਰ੍ਵਸ੍ਵਰੂਪੇ = Oh! the one having all forms or the one having all in one’s form;
ਸਰ੍ਵੇਸ਼ੇ = to all;
ਸਰ੍ਵਸ਼ਕ੍ਤਿ = the all powerful;
ਸਮਨ੍ਵਿਤੇ = when followed;
ਭਯੇਭ੍ਯਸ੍ਤ੍ਰਾਹਿ = Save or protect from fears;
ਨੋ = us or to us or ours;
ਦੇਵਿ = Oh! goddess;
ਦੁਰ੍ਗੇ = Oh! Durga!;
ਦੇਵਿ = Oh! goddess;
ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁਤੇ = Salutations unto Thee;
Shloka 146 Benediction

ਸਰ੍ਵੇ ਭਵਂਤੁ ਸੁਖਿਨਃ ਸਰ੍ਵੇ ਸਂਤੁ ਨਿਰਾਮਯਾਃ ।
ਸਰ੍ਵੇ ਭਦ੍ਰਾਣਿ ਪਸ਼੍ਯਂਤੁ ਮਾ ਕਸ਼੍ਚਿਦ੍ ਦੁਃਖਭਾਗ੍ਭਵੇਤ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 146
May everybody be happy, may everybody be free from disease,
may everybody see goodness, may none fall on evil days..

%E146 Word Meanings 146;

ਸਰ੍ਵੇ = all;
ਭਵਂਤੁ = May them be so or let them be so or let them happen;
ਸੁਖਿਨਃ = happy people;
ਸਰ੍ਵੇ = all;
ਸਂਤੁ = May them be so;
ਨਿਰਾਮਯਾਃ = without any illness or affliction or disease;
ਸਰ੍ਵੇ = all;
ਭਦ੍ਰਾਣਿ = good or auspicious things; those which end in happiness or welfare;
ਪਸ਼੍ਯਂਤੁ = let them see;
ਮਾ = do not;
ਕਃ = who;
ਚਿਦ੍ = thought; intelligence; consciousness part of the mind;
ਦੁਃਖਭਾਗ੍ਭਵੇਤ੍ = would become a partaker of sorrow;
Shloka 147 Benediction

ॐ ਸਹ ਨਾਵਵਤੁ । ਸਹ ਨੌਭੁਨਕ੍ਤੁ ।
ਸਹਵੀਰ੍ਯਂ ਕਰਵਾਵਹੈ ।
ਤੇਜਸ੍ਵਿ ਨਾਵਧੀਤਮਸ੍ਤੁ । ਮਾ ਵਿਦ੍ਵਿਸ਼ਾਵਹੈ ।
ॐ ਸ਼ਾਂਤਿਃ ਸ਼ਾਂਤਿਃ ਸ਼ਾਂਤਿਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 147
Om! May the Lord protect us, may he cause us to enjoy,
may we exert together, may our studies be thorough
and faithful, may we never quarrel with each other.
Om Peace Peace Peace..

%E147 Word Meanings 147;

ॐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ਸਹ = along with; together;
ਨਾਵਵਤੁ = ?? ;
ਸਹ = along with; together;
ਨੌ = ?? ;
ਭੁਨਕ੍ਤੁ = let one protect or save or nourish;
ਸਹਵੀਰ੍ਯਂ = along with strength;
ਕਰਵਾਵਹੈ = ?? ;
ਤੇਜਸ੍ਵਿ = one possessing brilliance or energy; vigour or shine;
ਨਾਵਧੀਤਮਸ੍ਤੁ = ?? ;
ਮਾ = do not;
ਵਿਦ੍ਵਿਸ਼ਾਵਹੈ = quarrel; develop enmity;
ॐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ਸ਼ਾਂਤਿਃ = Peace; tranquility;
ਸ਼ਾਂਤਿਃ = Peace; tranquility;
ਸ਼ਾਂਤਿਃ = Peace; tranquility;
Shloka 148 Benediction

ॐ ਅਸਤੋ ਮਾ ਸਦ੍ਗਮਯ । ਤਮਸੋ ਮਾ ਜ੍ਯੋਤਿਰ੍ਗਮਯ ।
ਮਤ੍ਯੋਰ੍ਮਾ ਅਮਤਂ ਗਮਯ ।
ॐ ਸ਼ਾਂਤਿਃ ਸ਼ਾਂਤਿਃ ਸ਼ਾਂਤਿਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 148
Om Lead us from untruth to truth, from darkness to light,
from death to immortality. Om Peace Peace Peace..

%E148 Word Meanings 148;

ॐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ਅਸਤੋ = from untruth;
ਮਾ = do not;
ਸਦ੍ਗਮਯ = Reach or lead me towards the good or truth or reality;
ਤਮਸੋ = from darkness;
ਮਾ = do not;
ਜ੍ਯੋਤਿਰ੍ਗਮਯ = lead into the light;
ਮਤ੍ਯੋਰ੍ਮਾ = do not to death;
ਅਮਤਂ = nectar;
ਗਮਯ = lead me to;
ॐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ਸ਼ਾਂਤਿਃ = Peace; tranquility;
ਸ਼ਾਂਤਿਃ = Peace; tranquility;
ਸ਼ਾਂਤਿਃ = Peace; tranquility;
Shloka 149 Benediction

ਗਣਨਾਥਸਰਸ੍ਵਤੀਰਵਿਸ਼ੁਕ੍ਰਬਹਸ੍ਪਤੀਨ੍ ।
ਪਂਚੈਤਾਨ੍ ਸਂਸ੍ਮਰੇਨ੍ਨਿਤ੍ਯਂ ਵੇਦਵਾਣੀਪ੍ਰਵਤ੍ਤਯੇ ।

Meaning 149
One who thinks of Ganesha, Sarasvati, SUrya, Shukra and
Brahaspati (these five) everyday, his word will be treated as
equal to the sayings of the vedas..

%E149 Word Meanings 149;

ਗਣਨਾਥਸਰਸ੍ਵਤੀਰਵਿਸ਼ੁਕ੍ਰਬਹਸ੍ਪਤੀਨ੍ = the chief of `gaNA’,
s, Sarasvathi, Sun, Venus and Jupiter;
ਪਂਚੈਤਾਨ੍ = these five;
ਸਂਸ੍ਮਰੇਨ੍ਨਿਤ੍ਯਂ = May we remember ever;
ਵੇਦਵਾਣੀਪ੍ਰਵਤ੍ਤਯੇ = ?? ;
Shloka 150 Benediction

ॐ ਭਦ੍ਰਂ ਕਰ੍ਣੇਭਿਃ ਸ਼ਣੁਯਾਮ ਦੇਵਾ ।
ਭਦ੍ਰਂ ਪਸ਼੍ਯੇਮਾਕ੍ਸ਼ਭਿਰ੍ਯਜਤ੍ਰਾਃ ।
ਸ੍ਥਿਰੈਰਙ੍ਗੈਸ੍ਤੁਸ਼੍ਟੁਵਾਂਸਸ੍ਤਨੂਭਿਃ ।
ਵ੍ਯਸ਼ੇਮ ਦੇਵਹਿਤਂ ਯਦਾਯੁਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 150
Let us hear good things through our ears, see good things through our eyes
and do good things through our bodies and please the gods whereby our life
span may be increased..

%E150 Word Meanings 150;

ॐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ਭਦ੍ਰਂ = well-being; welfare;
ਕਰ੍ਣੇਭਿਃ = through the ears;
ਸ਼ਣੁਯਾਮ = May we hear;
ਦੇਵਾਃ = gods;
ਭਦ੍ਰਂ = well-being; welfare;
ਪਸ਼੍ਯੇਮਾਕ੍ਸ਼ਭਿਰ੍ਯਜਤ੍ਰਾਃ = May we the maintainers of the sacred fire see with our eyes;
ਸ੍ਥਿਰੈਰਙ੍ਗੈਸ੍ਤੁਸ਼੍ਟੁਵਾਂਸਸ੍ਤਨੂਭਿਃ = ?? ;
ਵ੍ਯਸ਼ੇਮ = We may occupy; obtain; reach;
ਦੇਵਹਿਤਂ = that which is fit for the godsthe welfare of the gods;
ਯਦਾਯੁਃ = that life span;
Shloka 151 Benediction

ਸ੍ਵਸ੍ਤਿ ਨ ਇਨ੍ਦ੍ਰੋ ਵਦ੍ਧਸ਼੍ਰਵਾਃ ।
ਸ੍ਵਸ੍ਤਿ ਨਃ ਪੂਸ਼ਾ ਵਿਸ਼੍ਵਵੇਦਾਃ ।
ਸ੍ਵਸ੍ਤਿਨਸ੍ਤਾਰ੍ਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਯੋ ਅਰਿਸ਼੍ਟਨੇਮਿਃ ।
ਸ੍ਵਸ੍ਤਿਰ੍ਨੋ ਬਹਸ੍ਪਤਿਰ੍ਦਧਾਤੁ ॥ ॥

Meaning 151
May the gods Indra, PUsha, Garuda and Brihaspati bestow good things on us
and protect us..

%E151 Word Meanings 151;

ਸ੍ਵਸ੍ਤਿ = well being;
ਨ = NoNot; no;
ਇਨ੍ਦ੍ਰੋ = indraH, chief of demigods;
ਵਦ੍ਧਸ਼੍ਰਵਾਃ = an epithet of Indra the chief of gods;
ਸ੍ਵਸ੍ਤਿ = well being;
ਨਃ = us; to us or ours;
ਪੂਸ਼ਾ = the sun;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਵਵੇਦਾਃ = those who know the Universe;
ਸ੍ਵਸ੍ਤਿਨਸ੍ਤਾਰ੍ਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਯੋ = Let Garuda grant us well-being;
ਅਰਿਸ਼੍ਟਨੇਮਿਃ = one who has a perfect, healthy wheel or orb, Sun;
ਸ੍ਵਸ੍ਤਿਰ੍ਨੋ = ?? ;
ਬਹਸ੍ਪਤਿਰ੍ਦਧਾਤੁ = ?? ;
Shloka 152 Benediction

ॐ ਸ਼ਂ ਨੋ ਮਿਤ੍ਰਃ ਸ਼ਂ ਵਰੁਣਃ । ਸ਼ਂ ਨੋ ਭਵਤ੍ਵਰ੍ਯਮਾ ।
ਸ਼ਂ ਨ ਇਨ੍ਦ੍ਰੋ ਬਹਸ੍ਪਤਿਃ । ਸ਼ਂ ਨੋ ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਰੁਰੁਕ੍ਰਮਃ ।
ਨਮੋ ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਣੇ । ਨਮਸ੍ਤੇ ਵਾਯੋ । ਤ੍ਵਮੇਵ ਪ੍ਰਤ੍ਯਕ੍ਸ਼ਂ ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਾਸਿ ।
ਤ੍ਵਮੇ ਵਪ੍ਰਤ੍ਯਕ੍ਸ਼ਂ ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮ ਵਦਿਸ਼੍ਯਾਮਿ । ऋਤਂ ਵਦਿਸ਼੍ਯਾਮਿ ।
ਸਤ੍ਯਂ ਵਦਿਸ਼੍ਯਾਮਿ । ਤਨ੍ਮਾਮਵਤੁ । ਤਦ੍ਵਕ੍ਤਾਰਮਵਤੁ ।
ਅਵਤੁ ਮਾਮ੍ । ਅਵਤੁ ਵਕ੍ਤਾਰਮ੍ ।
ॐ ਸ਼ਾਨ੍ਤਿਃ ਸ਼ਾਨ੍ਤਿਃ ਸ਼ਾਨ੍ਤਿਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 152
Be peace to us Mitra. Be peace to us Varuna. Be peace to us
Aryaman. Be peace to us Indra and Brihaspati. May far-striding Vishnu
be peace to us. Adoration to the Eternal. Adoration to thee, O
Vayu. Thou, thou art the visible Eternal and as the visible Eternal I
will declare thee. I will declare Righteousness! I will declare Truth!
May that protect me! May that protect the speaker! Yea, may it protect
me! May it protect the speaker! Yea, may it protect me! May it protect
the speaker! OM! Peace! Peace! Peace!.

%E152 Word Meanings 152;

ॐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ਸ਼ਂ = good things, auspicious or propitious things; happinessLord
Ganesha, the son of Pashupati or Shiva;
ਨੋ = us or to us or ours;
ਮਿਤ੍ਰਃ = god Mitra;
ਸ਼ਂ = good things, auspicious or propitious things; happinessLord
Ganesha, the son of Pashupati or Shiva;
ਵਰੁਣਃ = the god of water;
ਸ਼ਂ = good things, auspicious or propitious things; happinessLord
Ganesha, the son of Pashupati or Shiva;
ਨੋ = us or to us or ours;
ਭਵਤ੍ਵਰ੍ਯਮਾ = let sun be;
ਸ਼ਂ = good things, auspicious or propitious things; happinessLord
Ganesha, the son of Pashupati or Shiva;
ਨ = NoNot; no;
ਇਨ੍ਦ੍ਰੋ = indraH, chief of demigods;
ਬਹਸ੍ਪਤਿਃ = the guru of the devAs and one of the nine grahAs i.eJupiter;
ਸ਼ਂ = good things, auspicious or propitious things; happinessLord
Ganesha, the son of Pashupati or Shiva;
ਨੋ = us or to us or ours;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਰੁਰੁਕ੍ਰਮਃ = the great steps taken by Vishnu;
ਨਮੋ = bowing; salute;
ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਣੇ = to the Brahman;
ਨਮਸ੍ਤੇ = greetings, salutations to you;
ਵਾਯੋ = wind’s;
ਤ੍ਵਮੇਵ = you alone; you only;
ਪ੍ਰਤ੍ਯਕ੍ਸ਼ਂ = directly perceivable, before one’s very eyes;
ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਾਸਿ = Brahman, you are;
ਤ੍ਵਮੇਵ = you indeed;
ਪ੍ਰਤ੍ਯਕ੍ਸ਼ਂ = directly preceivable, before one’s very eyes;
ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮ = Brahman; God;
ਵਦਿਸ਼੍ਯਾਮਿ = I shall speak ; utter;
ऋਤਂ = Vedic or divine truth; water; divine law; sun; seen objects;
ਵਦਿਸ਼੍ਯਾਮਿ = I shall speak ; utter;
ਸਤ੍ਯਂ = the truth;
ਵਦਿਸ਼੍ਯਾਮਿ = I shall speak ; utter;
ਤਨ੍ਮਾਮਵਤੁ = Let that protect me;
ਤਦ੍ਵਕ੍ਤਾਰਮਵਤੁ = Let that protect the speaker;
ਅਵਤੁ = May or let god or someone protect meprotect; save;
ਮਾਂ = me;
ਅਵਤੁ = May or let god or someone protect meprotect; save;
ਵਕ੍ਤਾਰਂ = the speaker;
ॐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ਸ਼ਾਨ੍ਤਿਃ = Peace; tranquility;
ਸ਼ਾਨ੍ਤਿਃ = Peace; tranquility;
ਸ਼ਾਨ੍ਤਿਃ = Peace; tranquility;
Shloka 153 Benediction

ਪੁਨਰਪਿ ਜਨਨਂ ਪੁਨਰਪਿ ਮਰਣਂ
ਪੁਨਰਪਿ ਜਨਨੀ ਜਠਰੇ ਸ਼ਯਨਮ੍ ।
ਇਹ ਸਂਸਾਰੇ ਬਹੁਦੁਸ੍ਤਾਰੇ
ਕਪਯਾऽਪਾਰੇ ਪਾਹਿ ਮੁਰਾਰੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 153
Born again, death again, again to stay in the mother’s womb !
It is indeed hard to cross this boundless ocean of samsAra. Oh
Murari ! Redeem me through Thy mercy..

%E153 Word Meanings 153;

ਪੁਨਰਪਿ = again and again;
ਜਨਨਂ = the birth;
ਪੁਨਰਪਿ = again and again;
ਮਰਣਂ = death;
ਪੁਨਰਪਿ = again and again;
ਜਨਨੀ = mother;
ਜਠਰੇ = in the mouth;
ਸ਼ਯਨਂ = the bed;
ਇਹ = here; in this world;
ਸਂਸਾਰੇ = in this world or worldly life;
ਬਹੁਦੁਸ੍ਤਾਰੇ = in the one which is difficult to cross;
ਕਪਯਾऽਪਾਰੇ = Oh! the one with unbounded compassion;
ਪਾਹਿ = protect; save;
ਮੁਰਾਰੇ = Oh! the enemy of Mura demon, Vishnu or Krishna;
Shloka 154 Benediction

ਆਰੋਗ੍ਯਃ ਪ੍ਰਦਦਾਤੁ ਨੋ ਦਿਨਕਰਃ ਚਨ੍ਦ੍ਰੋਯਸ਼ੋ ਨਿਰ੍ਮਲਂ
ਭੂਤਿਂ ਭੂਮਿਸੁਤਃ ਸੁਧਾਂਸ਼ੁਤਨਯਃ ਪ੍ਰਜ੍ਞਾਂ ਗੁਰੁਰ੍ਗੌਰਵਮ੍ ।
ਕਾਵ੍ਯਃ ਕੋਮਲਵਾਗ੍ਵਿਲਾਸਮਤੁਲਂ ਮਨ੍ਦੋ ਮੁਦਂ ਸਰ੍ਵਦਾ
ਰਾਹੁਰ੍ਬਾਹੁ-ਬਲਂ ਵਿਰੋਧ-ਸ਼ਮਨਂ ਕੇਤੁਃ ਕੁਲਸ੍ਯੋਨ੍ਨਤਿਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 154
Oh! May we have, health from Sun, pure glory from Moon, well-being from the son
of Earth, wisdom and glory to the teacher from the son of Moon, poetry
and uncomparable joy in soft speech from …, happiness within limits
forever from …, strength (of limbs) from RAhu, ability to overcome
opposition and the progress of the family from Ketu..

%E154 Word Meanings 154;

ਆਰੋਗ੍ਯਃ = good health;
ਪ੍ਰਦਦਾਤੁ = May give me or us;
ਨੋ = us or to us or ours;
ਦਿਨਕਰਃ = the sun, the day-maker;
ਚਨ੍ਦ੍ਰੋਯਸ਼ੋ = ?? ;
ਨਿਰ੍ਮਲਂ = without any dirt or polluted materiali.e. pure;
ਭੂਤਿਂ = well-being; welfare; prosperity;
ਭੂਮਿਸੁਤਃ = the son of the Earth;
ਸੁਧਾਂਸ਼ੁਤਨਯਃ = the son of sudhA.nshu, moon;
ਪ੍ਰਜ੍ਞਾਂ = conscipusness;
ਗੁਰੁਰ੍ਗੌਰਵਂ = felicitation of teachers;
ਕਾਵ੍ਯਃ = poem; poetry;
ਕੋਮਲਵਾਗ੍ਵਿਲਾਸਮਤੁਲਂ = ?? ;
ਮਨ੍ਦੋ = dull-witted; slow;
ਮੁਦਂ = happiness;
ਸਰ੍ਵਦਾ = ever; always;
ਰਾਹੁਰ੍ਬਾਹੁ-ਬਲਂ = ?? ;
ਵਿਰੋਧ-ਸ਼ਮਨਂ = ?? ;
ਕੇਤੁਃ = south Node;
ਕੁਲਸ੍ਯੋਨ੍ਨਤਿਂ = ?? ;
Shloka 155 Benediction

ॐ ਸਰ੍ਵੇਸ਼ਾਂ ਸ੍ਵਸ੍ਤਿਰ੍ਭਵਤੁ । ਸਰ੍ਵੇਸ਼ਾਂ ਸ਼ਾਨ੍ਤਿਰ੍ਭਵਤੁ ।
ਸਰ੍ਵੇਸ਼ਾਂ ਪੂਰ੍ਣਂ ਭਵਤੁ । ਸਰ੍ਵੇਸ਼ਾਂ ਮਙ੍ਗਲਂ ਭਵਤੁ ।
ਸਰ੍ਵੇ ਭਵਨ੍ਤੁ ਸੁਖਿਨਃ ਸਰ੍ਵੇ ਸਨ੍ਤੁ ਨਿਰਾਮਯਾਃ ।
ਸਰ੍ਵੇ ਭਦ੍ਰਾਣਿ ਪਸ਼੍ਯਨ੍ਤੁ ਮਾ ਕਸ਼੍ਚਿਦ੍ ਦੁਃਖ ਭਾਗ੍ਭਵੇਤ੍ ।
ॐ ਆਨਨ੍ਦ । ॐ ਆਨਨ੍ਦ । ॐ ਆਨਨ੍ਦ ॥ ॥

Meaning 155
May Auspiciousness be unto all!
May Peace be unto all!
May Fullness be unto all!
May Prosperity be unto all!
May all be happy! May all be free of diseases!
May all see what is good! May no one suffer from misery!
OM Bliss! Bliss! Bliss!.

%E155 Word Meanings 155;

ॐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ਸਰ੍ਵੇਸ਼ਾਂ = all people’s;
ਸ੍ਵਸ੍ਤਿਰ੍ਭਵਤੁ = Let there be well-being;
ਸਰ੍ਵੇਸ਼ਾਂ = all people’s;
ਸ਼ਾਨ੍ਤਿਰ੍ਭਵਤੁ = Let there be peace.;
ਸਰ੍ਵੇਸ਼ਾਂ = all people’s;
ਪੂਰ੍ਣਂ = full of; complete; infinite; whole; undivided;
ਭਵਤੁ = Let or may it be so; let or may it happen.;
ਸਰ੍ਵੇਸ਼ਾਂ = all people’s;
ਮਙ੍ਗਲਂ = auspiciousness; welfare; well-being; good things;
ਭਵਤੁ = Let or may it be so; let or may it happen.;
ਸਰ੍ਵੇ = all;
ਭਵਨ੍ਤੁ = Let them be so or let them happen. May they happen.;
ਸੁਖਿਨਃ = happy people;
ਸਰ੍ਵੇ = all;
ਸਨ੍ਤੁ = Let them be;
ਨਿਰਾਮਯਾਃ = without any illness or affliction or disease;
ਸਰ੍ਵੇ = all;
ਭਦ੍ਰਾਣਿ = good or auspicious things; those which end in happiness or welfare;
ਪਸ਼੍ਯਨ੍ਤੁ = let them see;
ਮਾ = do not;
ਕਃ = who;
ਚਿਦ੍ = thought; intelligence; consciousness part of the mind;
ਦੁਃਖ = sorrowful; unhappy;
ਭਾਗ੍ਭਵੇਤ੍ = Let one become a beneficiary or partaker or shareholder
of the fortune etc.;
ॐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ਆਨਨ੍ਦ = joy; delight; happiness;
ॐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ਆਨਨ੍ਦ = joy; delight; happiness;
ॐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ਆਨਨ੍ਦ = joy; delight; happiness;
Shloka 156 Benediction

ॐ ਵਿਸ਼੍ਵਾਨਿ ਦੇਵ ਸਵਿਤਰ੍ਦੁਰਿਤਾਨਿ ਪਰਾਸੁਵ ।
ਯਦ੍ ਭਦ੍ਰਂ ਤਨ੍ਨੁ ਆਸੁਵ ॥ ॥

Meaning 156
Aum! Oh Savitr (Sun)! Lord of the Universe, remove our defects;
Bring whatever is auspicious to us..

%E156 Word Meanings 156;

ॐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਵਾਨਿ = literally: the worlds or Universe;
ਦੇਵ = Oh! god Oh! God!;
ਸਵਿਤਰ੍ਦੁਰਿਤਾਨਿ = Oh! suryanarayan, the sins;
ਪਰਾਸੁਵ = bless us after removing sins;
ਯਦ੍ = That which;
ਭਦ੍ਰਂ = well-being; welfare;
ਤਨ੍ਨੁ = ?? ;
ਆਸੁਵ = grant ; bless one with;
Shloka 157 Benediction

ॐ ਤਚ੍ਚਕ੍ਸ਼ੁਰ੍ਦੇਵਹਿਤਂ ਪੁਰਸ੍ਤਾਚ੍ਛ੍ਕਮੁਚ੍ਚਰਤ੍ ।
ਪਸ਼੍ਯੇਮ ਸ਼ਰਦਃ ਸ਼ਤਂ ਜੀਵੇਮ ਸ਼ਰਦਃ ਸ਼ਤਂ
ਸ਼ਣੁਯਾਮ ਸ਼ਰਦਃ ਸ਼ਤਂ ਪ੍ਰਬ੍ਰਵਾਮ ਸ਼ਰਦਃ ਸ਼ਤਂ
ਅਦੀਨਾਃ ਸ੍ਯਾਂ ਸ਼ਰਦਃ ਸ਼ਤਂ ਭੂਯਸ਼੍ਚ ਸ਼ਰਦਃ ਸ਼ਤਾਤ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 157
OM! That bright eye (in the form of the Sun) is high in front of us.
(With that eye as our guide) Let us see (properly) for hundred years, live for
hundred years, hear (properly) for hundred years, speak (properly) for
hundred years, be independent for hundred years, and again have all
these for hundred years..

%E157 Word Meanings 157;

ॐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ਤਚ੍ਚਕ੍ਸ਼ੁਰ੍ਦੇਵਹਿਤਂ = that Sun which is like eyes overseeing the welfare of the gods;
ਪੁਰਸ੍ਤਾਚ੍ਛ੍ਕਮੁਚ੍ਚਰਤ੍ = ?? ;
ਪਸ਼੍ਯੇਮ = let us see;
ਸ਼ਰਦਃ = autumn seasons;;
ਸ਼ਤਂ = cardinal number 100;
ਜੀਵੇਮ = let us live;
ਸ਼ਰਦਃ = autumn seasons;;
ਸ਼ਤਂ = cardinal number 100;
ਸ਼ਣੁਯਾਮ = May we hear;
ਸ਼ਰਦਃ = autumn seasons;;
ਸ਼ਤਂ = cardinal number 100;
ਪ੍ਰਬ੍ਰਵਾਮ = May we be talking;
ਸ਼ਰਦਃ = autumn seasons;;
ਸ਼ਤਂ = cardinal number 100;
ਅਦੀਨਾਃ = those who are not poor or humble or in a miserable plight;
ਸ੍ਯਾਂ = ?? ;
ਸ਼ਰਦਃ = autumn seasons;;
ਸ਼ਤਂ = cardinal number 100;
ਭ੍ਰਯਃ = ?? ;
ਚ = and;
ਸ਼ਰਦਃ = autumn seasons;;
ਸ਼ਤਾਤ੍ = from 100;
Shloka 158 Benediction

ਸ੍ਵਸ੍ਤਿ ਪ੍ਰਜਾਭ੍ਯਃ ਪਰਿਪਾਲਯਨ੍ਤਾਮ੍ ।
ਨ੍ਯਾਯੇਨ ਮਾਰ੍ਗੇਣ ਮਹੀਂ ਮਹੀਸ਼ਾਮ੍ ।
ਗੋ ਬ੍ਰਾਹ੍ਮਣੇਭ੍ਯਃ ਸ਼ੁਭਮਸ੍ਤੁ ਨਿਤ੍ਯਂ ।
ਲੋਕਾਃ ਸਮਸ੍ਤਾਃ ਸੁਖਿਨੋ ਭਵਂਤੁ ॥ ॥

Meaning 158
Let the subjects be governed and nourished by the rulers, who
follow a path of justice. Let the cattle and the righteous
people (brAhmana) have goodness and let all people be happy..

%E158 Word Meanings 158;

ਸ੍ਵਸ੍ਤਿ = well being;
ਪ੍ਰਜਾਭ੍ਯਃ = all the people or subjects;
ਪਰਿਪਾਲਯਨ੍ਤਾਂ = the protectors or rulers;
ਨ੍ਯਾਯੇਨ = lawful;
ਮਾਰ੍ਗੇਣ = through the road or street or route;
ਮਹੀਂ = the earth; the world;
ਮਹੀਸ਼ਾਂ = the ruler of the world or earth;
ਗੋ = cow;
ਬ੍ਰਾਹ੍ਮਣੇਭ੍ਯਃ = Brahmins;
ਸ਼ੁਭਮਸ੍ਤੁ = Let auspiciousness be there;
ਨਿਤ੍ਯਂ = ever; permanent;
ਲੋਕਾਃ = the worlds; the people;
ਸਮਸ੍ਤਾਃ = all; the entire;
ਸੁਖਿਨੋ = happy people;
ਭਵਂਤੁ = May them be so or let them be so or let them happen;
Shloka 159 Benediction

ਕਾਲੇ ਵਰ੍ਸ਼ਨ੍ਤੁ ਪਰ੍ਜਨ੍ਯਃ ਪਥਿਵੀ ਸ਼ਸ੍ਯਸ਼ਾਲਿਨੀ ।
ਦੇਸ਼ੋਯਂ ਕ੍ਸ਼ੋਭਰਹਿਤਾਃ ਬ੍ਰਾਹ੍ਮਣਾਃ ਸਂਤੁ ਨਿਰ੍ਭਯਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 159
Let the rains shower in time, Let the earth brim with food grains,
Let this country be full of auspiciousness and be free from
agitation and affliction, let the righteous people be free from
fear..

%E159 Word Meanings 159;

ਕਾਲੇ = in time;
ਵਰ੍ਸ਼ਨ੍ਤੁ = Let them rain;
ਪਰ੍ਜਨ੍ਯਃ = rain;
ਪਥਿਵੀ = the world; the earth;
ਸਸ੍ਯਸ਼ਾਲਿਨੀ = the mistress of corn or foodgrains; may refer to earth;
ਦੇਸ਼ੋਯਂ = this country;
ਕ੍ਸ਼ੋਭਰਹਿਤਾਃ = one free from affliction or agitation;
ਬ੍ਰਾਹ੍ਮਣਾਃ = the Brahmin community; certain specified portions of the Vedas;
ਸਂਤੁ = May them be so;
ਨਿਰ੍ਭਯਃ = fearless;
Shloka 160 Benediction

ਅਪਕ੍ਰਾਮਨ੍ਤੁ ਭੂਤਾਨਿ ਪਿਸ਼ਾਚਾਃ ਸਰ੍ਵਤੋਦਿਸ਼ਮ੍ ।
ਸਰ੍ਵੇਸ਼ਾਮਵਿਰੋਧੇਨ ਯਜ੍ਞਕਰ੍ਮ ਸਮਾਰਭੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 160
Let the (evil) beings and non-beings depart in all directions,
let us begin the worship without any obstacles..

%E160 Word Meanings 160;

ਅਪਕ੍ਰਾਮਨ੍ਤੁ = May we be averse to or abhor;
ਭੂਤਾਨਿ = ?? ;
ਪਿਸ਼ਾਚਾਃ = the ogres; spirits; ghosts;
ਸਰ੍ਵਤੋਦਿਸ਼ਂ = in all directions;
ਸਰ੍ਵੇਸ਼ਾਮ੍ = ?? ;
ਅਵਿਰੋਧੇਨ = without opposition, smoothly;
ਯਜ੍ਞਕਰ੍ਮ = activity relating to sacrifice;
ਸਮਾਰਭੇ = started well;
Shloka 161 Benediction

ਅਗ੍ਨਿਂ ਪ੍ਰਜ੍ਵਾਲਿਤਂ ਵਨ੍ਦੇ ਜਾਤਵੇਦਂ ਹੁਤਾਸ਼ਨਮ੍ ।
ਹਿਰਣ੍ਯਮਨਲਂ ਵਨ੍ਦੇ ਸਮਦ੍ਧਂ ਵਿਸ਼੍ਵਤੋਮੁਖਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 161
I salute Agni–the lighted one; Agni–the knower of all;
Agni–the golden one; Agni–full of wealth and seer of the world..

%E161 Word Meanings 161;

ਅਗ੍ਨਿਂ = fire or the god of fire;
ਪ੍ਰਜ੍ਵਾਲਿਤਂ = ?? ;
ਵਨ੍ਦੇ = I worship; bow;
ਜਾਤਵੇਦਂ = the one who knows the Vedas;
ਹੁਤਾਸ਼ਨਂ = the fire-god;
ਹਿਰਣ੍ਯਮਨਲਂ = the golden-hued fire;
ਵਨ੍ਦੇ = I worship; bow;
ਸਮਦ੍ਧਂ = the one with riches or prosperity;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਵਤੋਮੁਖਂ = having the face on all sides of the Universe;
Shloka 162 Benediction

ਸ਼੍ਰਦ੍ਧਾਂ ਮੇਧਾਂ ਯਸ਼ਃ ਪ੍ਰਜ੍ਞਾਂ ਵਿਦ੍ਯਾਂ ਬੁਦ੍ਧਿਂ ਸ਼੍ਰਿਯਂ ਬਲਮ੍ ।
ਆਯੁਸ਼੍ਯਂ ਤੇਜ ਆਰੋਗ੍ਯਂ ਦੇਹਿ ਮੇ ਹਵ੍ਯਵਾਹਨ ॥ ॥

Meaning 162
Oh! Messenger (Agni) give me faith, wisdom, glory, understanding,
learning, intellect, wealth, power, longetivity, lusture, and health..

%E162 Word Meanings 162;

ਸ਼੍ਰਦ੍ਧਾਂ = faith; dedication; belief;
ਮੇਧਾਂ = intellect; intelligence; also Sarasvati the goddess of learning;
ਯਸ਼ਃ = fame; reputation;
ਪ੍ਰਜ੍ਞਾਂ = conscipusness;
ਵਿਦ੍ਯਾਂ = knowledge;
ਬੁਦ੍ਧਿਂ = intellect; intelligence;
ਸ਼੍ਰਿਯਂ = Goddess LakShmi; wealth; prosperity;
ਬਲਂ = A lad or son;
ਆਯੁਸ਼੍ਯਂ = promoting longevity;
ਤੇਜ = power; strength; body’s lustre or shine; firepower; sharpness;
ਆਰੋਗ੍ਯਂ = good health;
ਦੇਹਿ = Give;
ਮੇ = to me or my;
ਹਵ੍ਯਵਾਹਨ = ?? ;
ॐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ਨਮ = mine; my;
ਇਤਿ = thusthus;
Shloka 163 Navagraha

ਆਦਿਤ੍ਯਾਯ ਸੋਮਾਯ ਮਙ੍ਗਲਾਯ ਬੁਧਾਯ ਚ ।
ਗੁਰੁ ਸ਼ੁਕ੍ਰ ਸ਼ਨਿਭ੍ਯਸ਼੍ਚ ਰਾਹਵੇਕੇਤਵੇ ਨਮਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 163
Salutations to the navagrahAs, the Sun, Moon, Mars, Mercury,
Jupiter, Venus, Saturn, Rahu, and Ketu..

%E163 Word Meanings 163;

ਆਦਿਤ੍ਯਾਯ = to the sun;
ਸੋਮਾਯ = to the god soma;
ਮਙ੍ਗਲਾਯ = for good; welfare; well-being or for the planet Mangal;
ਬੁਧਾਯ = by Budha;
ਚ = and;
ਗੁਰੁ = teacher (refers to spiritual teacher), the preceptor;
ਸ਼ੁਕ੍ਰ = bright; radiant; white; of Venus;
ਸ਼ਨਿਭ੍ਯਃ = to Shani and others;
ਚ = and;
ਰਾਹਵੇ = to rAhU, north Node;
ਕੇਤਵੇ = to ketu, south Node;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 164 Sun

ॐ ਧ੍ਯੇਯਃ ਸਦਾ ਸਵਿਤਮਣ੍ਡਲ ਮਧ੍ਯਵਰ੍ਤਿ ।
ਨਾਰਾਯਣਃ ਸਰਸਿਜਾਸਨ੍ਸਂਨਿਵਿਸ਼੍ਟਃ ।
ਕੇਯੂਰਵਾਨ ਮਕਰਕੁਣ੍ਡਲਵਾਨ ਕਿਰੀਟੀ ।
ਹਾਰੀ ਹਿਰਣ੍ਮਯਵਪੁਰ੍ਧਤਸ਼ਙ੍ਖਚਕ੍ਰਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 164
OM! meditate always on the centre of the solar orb, the (seat of) Narayan with
the lotus, with a bracelet, a crocodile-earring, a crown, an
attractive golden body and a chakra..

%E164 Word Meanings 164;

ॐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and u;
and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ਧ੍ਯੇਯਃ = the one worthy of meditation;
ਸਦਾ = always; ever;
ਸਵਿਤਮਣ੍ਡਲ = the orb of the sun;
ਮਧ੍ਯਵਰ੍ਤਿ = that which is present in the middle;
ਨਾਰਾਯਣਃ = Vishnu;
ਸਰਸਿਜਾਸਨ੍ਸਂਇਵਿਸ਼੍ਟਃ = ?? ;
ਕੇਯੂਰਵਾਨ = ?? ;
ਮਕਰਕੁਣ੍ਡਲਵਾਨ = ?? ;
ਕਿਰੀਟੀ = ?? ;
ਹਾਰੀ = that which attracts;
ਹਿਰਣ੍ਮਯਵਪੁਰ੍ਧਤਸ਼ਙ੍ਖਚਕ੍ਰਃ = ?? ;
Shloka 165 Sun

ॐ ਮਿਤ੍ਰਾਯ ਨਮਃ ।
ॐ ਰਵਯੇ ਨਮਃ ।
ॐ ਸੂਰ੍ਯਾਯ ਨਮਃ ।
ॐ ਭਾਨਵੇ ਨਮਃ ।
ॐ ਖਗਾਯ ਨਮਃ ।
ॐ ਪੂਸ਼੍ਣੇ ਨਮਃ ।
ॐ ਹਿਰਣ੍ਯਗਰ੍ਭਾਯ ਨਮਃ ।
ॐ ਮਰੀਚਯੇ ਨਮਃ ।
ॐ ਆਦਿਤ੍ਯਾਯ ਨਮਃ ।
ॐ ਸਵਿਤ੍ਰੇ ਨਮਃ ।
ॐ ਅਰ੍ਕਾਯ ਨਮਃ ।
ॐ ਭਾਸ੍ਕਰਾਯ ਨਮਃ ।
ॐ ਸ਼੍ਰੀਸਵਿਤਸੂਰ੍ਯਨਾਰਾਯਣਾਯ ਨਮਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 165
OM! Salutations to Mitra; OM! Salutations to Ravi; OM! Salutations to
Surya; OM! Salutations to Bhanu; OM! Salutations to Khaga; OM!
Salutations to Pushana; OM! Salutations to Hiranyagarbha; OM!
Salutations to Marichi; OM! Salutations to Aditya; OM! Salutations to
Savitri; OM! Salutations to Arka; OM! Salutations to Bhaskar; OM!
Salutations to Savitri-Suryanarayana..

%E165 Word Meanings 165;

ॐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ਮਿਤ੍ਰਾਯ = to Mitra or a friend;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ॐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ਰਵਯੇ = to the sun;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ॐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ਸੂਰ੍ਯਾਯ = to Surya;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ॐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ਭਾਨਵੇ = to the sun;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ॐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ਖਗਾਯ = ?? ;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ॐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ਪੂਸ਼੍ਣੇ = to the Sun, the nourisher;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ॐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ਹਿਰਣ੍ਯਗਰ੍ਭਾਯ = to the one having a golden womb, Sun or Vishnu;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ॐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ਮਰੀਚਯੇ = to Marichi;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ॐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ਆਦਿਤ੍ਯਾਯ = to the sun;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ॐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ਸਵਿਤ੍ਰੇ = Oh! suryanarayan!;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ॐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ਅਰ੍ਕਾਯ = to sun god;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ॐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ਭਾਸ੍ਕਰਾਯ = to the sun;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ॐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਸਵਿਤਸੂਰ੍ਯਨਾਰਾਯਣਾਯ = to the venerable sun thro’ whom the Trinity manifests;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 166 Sun

ਆਦਿਤ੍ਯਸ੍ਯ ਨਮਸ੍ਕਾਰਾਨ੍ ਯੇ ਕੁਰ੍ਵਨ੍ਤਿ ਦਿਨੇ ਦਿਨੇ ।
ਜਨ੍ਮਾਨ੍ਤਰਸਹਸ੍ਰੇਸ਼ੁ ਦਾਰਿਦ੍ਰ੍ਯਂ ਦੋਸ਼ ਨਾਸ਼ਤੇ ।
ਅਕਾਲਮਤ੍ਯੁ ਹਰਣਂ ਸਰ੍ਵਵ੍ਯਾਧਿ ਵਿਨਾਸ਼ਨਮ੍ ।
ਸੂਰ੍ਯਪਾਦੋਦਕਂ ਤੀਰ੍ਥਂ ਜਠਰੇ ਧਾਰਯਾਮ੍ਯਹਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 166
Who do Surya-namaskar (the yogic Sun asana) everyday, their defect of
poverty is destroyed for a hundred births. I hold in my mouth the holy
water which removes all diseases and untimely death..

%E166 Word Meanings 166;

ਆਦਿਤ੍ਯਸ੍ਯ = ?? ;
ਨਮਸ੍ਕਾਰਾਨ੍ = bowing; respects;
ਯੇ = they who;
ਕੁਰ੍ਵਨ੍ਤਿ = do;
ਦਿਨੇ = during the day;
ਦਿਨੇ = during the day;
ਜਨ੍ਮਾਨ੍ਤਰਸਹਸ੍ਰੇਸ਼ੁ = in the thousands of previous births;
ਦਾਰਿਦ੍ਰ੍ਯਂ = poverty;
ਦੋਸ਼ = defective; sinful;
ਨਾਸ਼ਤੇ = destroys;
ਅਕਾਲਮਤ੍ਯੁ = at (M.nom.) untimely death;
ਹਰਣਂ = the act of removal or destruction;
ਸਰ੍ਵਵ੍ਯਾਧਿ = all kinds of diseases and illnesses;
ਵਿਨਾਸ਼ਨਂ = the one who destroys;
ਸੂਰ੍ਯਪਾਦੋਦਕਂ = the water offered at the feet of the sun;
ਤੀਰ੍ਥਂ = water; water body;
ਜਠਰੇ = in the mouth;
ਧਾਰਯਾਮ੍ਯਹਂ = I wear or bear;
Shloka 167 Sun

ਭਾਸ੍ਕਰਾਯ ਵਿਦ੍ਮਹੇ । ਮਹਦ੍ਦ੍ਯੁਤਿਕਰਾਯ ਧੀਮਹਿ ।
ਤਨ੍ਨੋ ਆਦਿਤ੍ਯਃ ਪ੍ਰਚੋਦਯਾਤ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 167
This is my offering to the Sun .
I meditate to the one who illumines greatly.
Let that Sun God inspire me..

%E167 Word Meanings 167;

ਭਾਸ੍ਕਰਾਯ = to the sun;
ਵਿਦ੍ਮਹੇ = offering;
ਮਹਦ੍ਦ੍ਯੁਤਿਕਰਾਯ = to the one who illumines greatly;
ਧੀਮਹਿ = May meditate;
ਤਨ੍ਨੋ = ?? ;
ਆਦਿਤ੍ਯਃ = ?? ;
ਪ੍ਰਚੋਦਯਾਤ੍ = inspire; kindle; urge; induce;;
Shloka 168 Ganga

ਗਙ੍ਗੇਚ ਯਮੁਨੇ ਚੈਵ ਗੋਦਾਵਰੀ ਸਰਸ੍ਵਤੀ ।
ਨਰ੍ਮਦਾ ਸਿਂਧੁ ਕਾਵੇਰੀ ਜਲੇऽਸ੍ਮਿਨ੍ ਸਨ੍ਨਿਧਂ ਕੁਰੁ ॥ ॥

Meaning 168
Oh! (holy rivers) Ganga, Yamuna, Godavari, Sarasvati, Narmada, Sindhu,
and Kaveri, please be present in this water..

%E168 Word Meanings 168;

ਗਙ੍ਗੇ = Oh! the Ganges river (as goddess);
ਯਮੁਨੇ = Oh! the Yamuna river (as goddess);
ਚੈਵ = and like;
ਗੋਦਾਵਰੀ = river godavari (as goddess);
ਸਰਸ੍ਵਤੀ = goddess of knowledge known by this name (as goddess);
ਨਰ੍ਮਦਾ = river Narmada (as goddess);
ਸਿਂਧੁ = of the sea;
ਕਾਵੇਰੀ = river kaveri (as goddess);
ਜਲੇऽਸ੍ਮਿਨ੍ = in this water;
ਸਨ੍ਨਿਧਂ = near, close or in the presence;
ਕੁਰੁ = do;
Shloka 169 Ganga

ਨਮਾਮਿ ਗਙ੍ਗੇ ਤਵ ਪਾਦਪਙ੍ਕਜਂ
ਸੁਰਾਸੁਰੈਰ੍ਵਨ੍ਦਿਤਦਿਵ੍ਯਰੂਪਮ੍ ।
ਭੁਕ੍ਤਿਂ ਚ ਮੁਕ੍ਤਿਂ ਚ ਦਦਾਸਿ ਨਿਤ੍ਯਂ
ਭਾਵਾਨੁਸਾਰੇਣ ਸਦਾ ਨਰਾਣਾਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 169
Salutations to the lotus feet of Ganga. Your divine form is worshipped
by Suras and Asuras. You give objects of enjoyment and salvation everyday
depending on the level of devotion and attitude of men..

%E169 Word Meanings 169;

ਨਮਾਮਿ = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
ਗਙ੍ਗੇ = Oh! gangA!;
ਤਵ = your;
ਪਾਦਪਙ੍ਕਜਂ = the lotus feet;
ਸੁਰਾਸੁਰੈਰ੍ਵਨ੍ਦਿਤਦਿਵ੍ਯਰੂਪਂ = the divine form worshipped by the gods and demons;
ਭੁਕ੍ਤਿਂ = Eating and worldy enjoyments;
ਚ = and;
ਮੁਕ੍ਤਿਂ = liberation;
ਚ = and;
ਦਦਾਸਿ = You give;
ਨਿਤ੍ਯਂ = ever; permanent;
ਭਾਵਾਨੁਸਾਰੇਣ = acoording to one’s attitude or thought;
ਸਦਾ = always; ever;
ਨਰਾਣਾਂ = men’s;
Shloka 170 Ganga

ਗਙ੍ਗਾ ਗਙ੍ਗੇਤਿ ਯੋ ਬ੍ਰੂਯਾਤ੍ ਯੋਜਨਾਨਾ ਸ਼ਤੈਰਪਿ ।
ਮੁਚ੍ਯਤੇ ਸਰ੍ਵਪਾਪੇਭ੍ਯੋ ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਲੋਕਂ ਸਗਚ੍ਛਤਿ ॥ ॥

Meaning 170
One who utters ‘Ganga, Gange’ one hundred times will be rid of all sins
and reach the lotus feet of the Lord..

%E170 Word Meanings 170;

ਗਙ੍ਗਾ = the river Ganges;
ਗਙ੍ਗੇਤਿ = uttering thus:’gange!’;
ਯੋ = He who;
ਬ੍ਰੂਯਾਤ੍ = Let it be said; let us say;
ਯੋਜਨਾਨਾ = at (N.poss.pl.) of various counts of Yojana approximately 8-9 miles;
ਸ਼ਤੈਰਪਿ = even after 100;
ਮੁਚ੍ਯਤੇ = is liberated or freed;
ਸਰ੍ਵਪਾਪੇਭ੍ਯੋ = from all the sins;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਲੋਕਂ = Vishnu’s abode or world;
ਸਗਚ੍ਛਤਿ = He goes;
Shloka 171 Morning

ਕਰਾਗ੍ਰੇ ਵਸਤੇ ਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮੀਃ ਕਰਮਧ੍ਯੇ ਸਰਸ੍ਵਤੀ । ਕਰਮੂਲੇ ਸ੍ਥਿਰਾ ਗੌਰੀ
ਕਰਮੂਲੇ ਤੁ ਗੋਵਿਨ੍ਦਃ ਪ੍ਰਭਾਤੇ ਕਰਦਰ੍ਸ਼ਨਮ੍ ॥ ॥ ਮਙ੍ਗਲਂ ਜ੍ਕਰਦਰ੍ਸ਼ਨਮ੍

Meaning 171
Goddess LakShmI dwells at the beginning of the hand.
In the center of the palm resides Sarasvati, the Goddess
of wisdom. At the base of the palm is Govinda, the
Lord of the universe. Hence, one should look and meditate on
the hand early in the morning..

%E171 Word Meanings 171;

ਕਰਾਗ੍ਰੇ = at the beginning of the hand;
ਵਸਤੇ = one lives; dwells;
ਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮੀਃ = Goddess Laxmi;
ਕਰਮਧ੍ਯੇ = in the middle of the hand;
ਸਰਸ੍ਵਤੀ = Oh! sarasvati ; goddesss of knowledge;
ਕਰਮੂਲੇ = at the root of the hand;
ਤੁ = but; on the other hand;
ਗੋਵਿਨ੍ਦਃ = the cowherd boy Krishna;
ਪ੍ਰਭਾਤੇ = in the early morning;
ਕਰਦਰ੍ਸ਼ਨਂ = the sight of the hand; looking at the hand;
Shloka 172 Morning

ਅਹਲ੍ਯਾ ਦ੍ਰੌਪਦੀ ਸੀਤਾ ਤਾਰਾ ਮਨ੍ਦੋਦਰੀ ਤਥਾ ।
ਪਂਚਕਨ੍ਯਾ ਸ੍ਮਰੇਨ੍ਨਿਤ੍ਯਂ ਮਹਾਪਾਤਕਨਾਸ਼ਨਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 172
Let us remember the five ladies (daughters)
ahalyA, draupadI, sItA, tArA, mandodarI
regularly as their character can provide strength
to get rid of sins and ill feelings..

%E172 Word Meanings 172;

ਅਹਲ੍ਯਾ = Sage Gautama’s wife or name of a female who layed
dormant/inactive till Ram motivated her by his divine touch;
ਦ੍ਰੌਪਦੀ = wife of the `PaNDavAs’;;
ਸੀਤਾ = Rama’s wife;
ਤਾਰਾ = wife of Vali, Devi (Tantric);
ਮਨ੍ਦੋਦਰੀ = wife of Ravana;
ਤਥਾ = like that (cf. yathA tathA);
ਪਂਚਕਨ੍ਯਾ = five girls;
ਸ੍ਮਰੇਤ੍ = remember;
ਨਿਤ੍ਯਂ = always, constant;
ਮਹਾਪਾਤਕਨਾਸ਼ਨਂ = that which destroys great sins;
Shloka 173 Morning

ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਾਮੁਰਾਰਿਸ੍ਤ੍ਰਿਪੁਰਾਂਤਕਾਰੀ
ਭਾਨੁਸ਼ਸ਼ੀ ਭੂਮਿਸੁਤੋ ਬੁਧਸ਼੍ਚ ।
ਗੁਰੁਸ਼੍ਚ ਸ਼ੁਕ੍ਰਸ਼੍ਚ ਸ਼ਨਿ ਰਾਹੁ ਕੇਤਵਃ
ਕੁਰ੍ਵਂਤੁ ਸਰ੍ਵੇ ਮਮ ਸੁਪ੍ਰਭਾਤਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 173
Brahma, Murari, Shiva, Sun, Moon, Mangal , Budha, Guru, Shukra,
Shani, Rahu and Ketu – may all of them make mine a good morning..

%E173 Word Meanings 173;

ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਾਮੁਰਾਰਿਸ੍ਤ੍ਰਿਪੁਰਾਂਤਕਾਰੀ = The Trinity of gods i.e. Brahma,
Mura’s enemyi.e Vishnu and the destroyer of the three cities i.e. Shiva;
ਭਾਨੁਸ਼ਸ਼ੀ = the sun and the moon;
ਭੂਮਿਸੁਤੋ = same as bhUmisutaH i.e the son of the Earth;
ਬੁਧਃ = god or planet Mercury or enlightened person;
ਚ = and;
ਗੁਰੁਃ = teacher (refers to spiritual teacher), the preceptor;
ਚ = and;
ਸ਼ੁਕ੍ਰਃ = the bright or white one; also refers to the planet Venus
and Shukracharya, the demons’ preceptor;
ਚ = and;
ਸ਼ਨਿ = Planet Saturn; one of the 9 Grahas; Saturday;
ਰਾਹੁ = one of the Navagrahas `Rahu’;
ਕੇਤਵਃ = Ketu, south Node;
ਕੁਰ੍ਵਂਤੁ = ?? ;
ਸਰ੍ਵੇ = all;
ਮਮ = mine; mymy; mine;
ਸੁਪ੍ਰਭਾਤਂ = good morning;
Shloka 174 Morning

ਉਤ੍ਤਿਸ਼੍ਠੋਤ੍ਤਿਸ਼੍ਠ ਗੋਵਿਂਦ ਉਤ੍ਤਿਸ਼੍ਠ ਗਰੁਡਧ੍ਵਜ ।
ਉਤ੍ਤਿਸ਼੍ਠ ਕਮਲਾਕਾਨ੍ਤ ਤ੍ਰੈਲੋਕ੍ਯਂ ਮਙ੍ਗਲਂ ਕੁਰੁ ॥ ॥

Meaning 174
Awake Awake, O Govinda, Awake, the One with the flag with Garuda ensign,
Awake the beloved of LakShmi, Bless for the welfare of the three worlds..

%E174 Word Meanings 174;

ਉਤ੍ਤਿਸ਼੍ਠੋਤ੍ਤਿਸ਼੍ਠ = Arise! Arise!;
ਗੋਵਿਂਦ = A name of kRiShNa, Govinda, the cowherd boy;
ਉਤ੍ਤਿਸ਼੍ਠ = Arise; rise or get up;
ਗਰੁਡਧ੍ਵਜ = Oh! the one having `GaruDa’ eagle-like bird as the Flag Emblem;
ਉਤ੍ਤਿਸ਼੍ਠ = Arise; rise or get up;
ਕਮਲਾਕਾਨ੍ਤ = oh! consort of kamala or LakShmi;
ਤ੍ਰੈਲੋਕ੍ਯਂ = belonging to the three worlds;
ਮਙ੍ਗਲਂ = auspiciousness; welfare; well-being; good things;
ਕੁਰੁ = do;
Shloka 175 Morning

ਪ੍ਰਾਤਃ ਸ੍ਮਰਾਮਿ ਹਦਿ ਸਂਸ੍ਫੁਰਦਾਤ੍ਮਤਤ੍ਤ੍ਵਂ
ਸਚ੍ਚਿਤ੍ਸੁਖਂ ਪਰਮਹਂਸਗਤਿਂ ਤੁਰੀਯਮ੍ ।
ਯਤ੍ਸ੍ਵਪਨਜਾਗਰਸੁਸ਼ੁਪ੍ਤਮਵੈਤਿ ਨਿਤ੍ਯਂ
ਤਦ੍ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮ ਨਿਸ਼੍ਕਲਮਹਂ ਨ ਚ ਭੂਤਸਙ੍ਘਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 175
Early in the morning, I meditate upon the intrinsic principle —
the Self that shines in the heart; Who is Existence, Knowledge and
Bliss Absolute; Who is attained by Paramahansas (those who follow
the path of renunciation). Who is the fourth (transcending the
three states), Who is the Eternal Knower of the three states —
waking, dream and deep sleep; That taintless Brahman I am. I am
not this physical body composed of elements..

%E175 Word Meanings 175;

ਪ੍ਰਾਤਃ = in the morning;
ਸ੍ਮਰਾਮਿ = I remember;
ਹਦਿ = in the heart;
ਸਂਸ੍ਫੁਰਦ੍ = throbbing;
ਆਤ੍ਮਤਤ੍ਤ੍ਵਂ = the truth or essence of the soul or self or spirit;
ਸਚ੍ਚਿਤ੍ਸੁਖਂ = Existence, Consciousness and Happiness;
ਪਰਮਹਂਸਗਤਿਂ = the goal or end or way where one attains bliss;
ਤੁਰੀਯਂ = the 4th state;
ਯਤ੍ਸ੍ਵਪਨਜਾਗਰਸੁਸ਼ੁਪ੍ਤਮਵੈਤਿ = that which knows one’s dreaming,
wakeful and sleeping states;
ਨਿਤ੍ਯਂ = ever; permanent;
ਤਦ੍ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮ = that Bahman;
ਨਿਸ਼੍ਕਲਮਹਂ = ?? ;
ਨ = NoNot; no;
ਚ = and;
ਭੂਤਸਙ੍ਘਃ = one who has the company of the ogres Shiva’s attendants;
Shloka 176 Morning

ਪ੍ਰਾਤਰ੍ਭਜਾਮਿ ਮਨਸਾ ਵਚਸਾਮਗਮ੍ਯਂ
ਵਾਚੋ ਵਿਭਾਨ੍ਤਿ ਨਿਖਿਲਾ ਯਦਨੁਗ੍ਰਹੇਣ ।
ਯਨ੍ਨੇਤਿਨੇਤਿਵਚਨੈਨਿਰ੍ਗਮਾ ਅਵੋਚੁਸ੍ਤਂ
ਦੇਵ ਦੇਵਮਜਂ ਅਚ੍ਯੁਤਂ ਆਹੁਰਗ੍ਰਯਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 176
Early in the morning, I worship the Divinity who is beyond the reach
of the mind and senses, by whose grace speech manifests in its entirety.
Who is taught in scriptures as Neti (not this), not this (by a series
of negations); Who is called the Purusha (the Self), the unborn, God
of Gods, the Immutable Self, the Primeval being!.

%E176 Word Meanings 176;

ਪ੍ਰਾਤਰ੍ਭਜਾਮਿ = I shall worship in the morning;
ਮਨਸਾ = through the mind;
ਵਚਸਾਮਗਮ੍ਯਂ = the unreachable through words;
ਵਾਚੋ = words; expression;
ਵਿਭਾਨ੍ਤਿ = shine;
ਨਿਖਿਲਾ = all; entire;
ਯਦਨੁਗ੍ਰਹੇਣ = with the grace or blessings of that;
ਯਨ੍ਨੇਤਿਨੇਤਿਵਚਨੈਨਿਰ੍ਗਮਾ = that which emerges from the elimination
process of `not this, not this’;
ਨਿਗਮਾ = veda;
ਅਵੋਚੁਸ੍ਤਂ = told him;
ਦੇਵ = Oh! god Oh! God!;
ਦੇਵਮਜਂ = the unborn God;
ਅਚ੍ਯੁਤਂ = God `achyuta’ meaning one who does not slip or glide away;
ਆਹੁਰਗ੍ਰਯਂ = ?? ;
Shloka 177 Morning

ਪ੍ਰਾਤਰ੍ਨਮਾਮਿ ਤਮਸਃ ਪਰਮਰ੍ਕਵਰ੍ਣਂ
ਪੂਰ੍ਣ ਸਨਾਤਨ ਪਦਂ ਪੁਰੁਸ਼ੋਤ੍ਤਮਾਖ੍ਯਮ੍ ।
ਯਸ੍ਮਿਨ੍ਨਿਦਂ ਜਗਦਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਂ ਅਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਭੂਤਂ
ਰਜ੍ਜ੍ਵਾਂ ਭੁਜਙ੍ਗਂ ਇਵ ਪ੍ਰਤਿਭਾਸਿਤਂ ਵੈ ॥ ॥

Meaning 177
Early in the morning, I adore the Supreme Self, who is beyond ignorance,
bright as the sun, in whom this entire world is superimposed like a
snake in the rope; Who is the Eternal Abode, ever full, known as
Purushottama — the best of souls..

%E177 Word Meanings 177;

ਪ੍ਰਾਤਰ੍ਨਮਾਮਿ = I shall bow down in the morning;
ਤਮਸਃ = from darkness;
ਪਰਮਰ੍ਕਵਰ੍ਣਂ = ?? ;
ਪੂਰ੍ਣ = full; completely filled; infinite;
ਸਨਾਤਨ = the ancient;
ਪਦਂ = step ; leg; word;
ਪੁਰੁਸ਼ੋਤ੍ਤਮਾਖ੍ਯਂ = said to be or known as purushottama i.e. the best among men;
ਯਸ੍ਮਿਨ੍ਨਿਦਂ = in whom, this;
ਜਗਦਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਂ = the world without any remainder;
ਅਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਭੂਤਂ = one who existed without any remainder or without the
`seSha’ serpant god;
ਰਜ੍ਜ੍ਵਾਂ = the rope or the one with a rope;
ਭੁਜਙ੍ਗਂ = the serpant;
ਇਵ = like; similar to; as it were;
ਪ੍ਰਤਿਭਾਸਿਤਂ = reflected one;
ਵੈ = indeed; surely;
Shloka 178 Evening

ਸ਼ੁਭਂ ਕਰੋਤਿ ਕਲ੍ਯਾਣਮਾਰੋਗ੍ਯਂ ਧਨਸਮ੍ਪਦਾ ।
ਸ਼ਤ੍ਰੁਬੁਦ੍ਧਿਵਿਨਾਸ਼ਾਯ ਦੀਪਜ੍ਯੋਤਿਰ੍ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁਤੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 178
I prostrate to that lamp-light, which brings good, auspicious,
health, wealth and possessions, and destroys bad intellect..

%E178 Word Meanings 178;

ਸ਼ੁਭਂ = auspiciousness; good endings;
ਕਰੋਤਿ = does;
ਕਲ੍ਯਾਣਮਾਰੋਗ੍ਯਂ = that which is good and healthy;
ਧਨਸਮ੍ਪਦਾ = wealth-giver;
ਸ਼ਤ੍ਰੁਬੁਦ੍ਧਿਵਿਨਾਸ਼ਾਯ = for the removal of inimical feelings;
ਦੀਪਜ੍ਯੋਤਿਰ੍ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁਤੇ = Oh! the lamp flame; Let there be our bowing to you;
Shloka 179 Evening

ਦੀਪਜ੍ਯੋਤਿਃ ਪਰਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮ ਦੀਪਜ੍ਯੋਤਿਰ੍ਜਨਾਰ੍ਦਨਃ ।
ਦੀਪੋ ਹਰਤੁ ਮੇ ਪਾਪਂ ਦੀਪਜ੍ਯੋਤਿਰ੍ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁਤੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 179
The light of the lamp is the great Brahman – the Creator.
The light of the lamp is Vishnu – the sustainer. Let the
light destroy my sins, I salute the light of the Lamp..

%E179 Word Meanings 179;

ਦੀਪਜ੍ਯੋਤਿਃ = the flame of the lamp;
ਪਰਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮ = the great Brahman;
ਦੀਪਜ੍ਯੋਤਿਃ = the flame of the lamp;
ਜਨਾਰ੍ਦਨਃ = Vishnu;
ਦੀਪੋ = lamp;
ਹਰਤੁ = May remove or destroy;
ਮੇ = to me or my;
ਪਾਪਂ = sin;
ਦੀਪਜ੍ਯੋਤਿਰ੍ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁਤੇ = Oh! flame of the lamp! Let there be our bowing to you;
Shloka 180 Misc

ਰਾਮਸ੍ਕਂਦਂ ਹਨੂਮਂਤਂ ਵੈਨਤੇਯਂ ਵਕੋਦਰਮ੍ ।
ਸ਼ਯਨੇ ਸ੍ਮਰਣੇ ਨਿਤ੍ਯਂ ਦੁਃਸ੍ਵਪ੍ਨਂ ਤਸ੍ਯਨਸ਼੍ਯਤਿ ॥ ॥

Meaning 180
At the time of sleep, the bad dreams are driven away
by constant remembrance of Rama, Subramanya, Hanuman,
Garuda, and Bheema..

%E180 Word Meanings 180;

ਰਾਮਸ੍ਕਂਦਂ = Rama and Skandaor the leaping Rama;
ਰਾਮ = Rama;
ਸ੍ਕਂਦਮ੍ = Muruga or SubramanyaM;
ਹਨੂਮਂਤਂ = Hanuman;
ਵੈਨਤੇਯਂ = the eagle Garuda, the vehicle of Vishnu lit.:the son of VinatA;
ਵਕੋਦਰਂ = the long-bellyed one, Bheema;
ਸ਼ਯਨੇ = in the bed;
ਸ੍ਮਰਣੇ = while remembering;
ਨਿਤ੍ਯਂ = ever; permanent;
ਦੁਃਸ੍ਵਪ੍ਨਂ = bad dream;
ਤਸ੍ਯ = that person’s;
ਨਸ਼੍ਯਤਿ = gets destrroyed; dies; loses;becomes destroyed; expires;
Shloka 181 Misc

ॐ ਪੂਰ੍ਣਮਦਃ ਪੂਰ੍ਣਮਿਦਁ ਪੂਰ੍ਣਾਤ੍ ਪੂਰ੍ਣਮੁਦਚ੍ਯਤੇ ।
ਪੂਰ੍ਣਸ੍ਯ ਪੂਰ੍ਣਮਾਦਾਯ ਪੂਰ੍ਣਮੇਵਾਵਸ਼ਿਸ਼੍ਯਤੇ ।
ॐ ਸ਼ਾਨ੍ਤਿਃ ਸ਼ਾਨ੍ਤਿਃ ਸ਼ਾਨ੍ਤਿਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 181
Om. That (supreme Brahman) is infinite, complete, and this
(conditioned Brahman) is infinite. The infinite proceeds from the infinite,
supreme Brahman. Through knowledge, taking the infinite from the
infinite, conditioned Brahman, it remains as the infinite unconditioned
Brahman alone. Om Peace, Peace, Peace! %alternate meaning

(Alternate)
OM! That is Full. This is Full. From that Full, this Full has come; when
this Full is taken from that Full It always remains Full!
Om Peace, Peace, Peace!.

%E181 Word Meanings 181;

ॐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ਪੂਰ੍ਣਮਦਃ = complete, that;
ਪੂਰ੍ਣਮਿਦਁ = complete, this;
ਪੂਰ੍ਣਾਤ੍ = from the whole or infinite;
ਪੂਰ੍ਣਮੁਦਚ੍ਯਤੇ = complete, is produced;
ਪੂਰ੍ਣਸ੍ਯ = of the whole;
ਪੂਰ੍ਣਮਾਦਾਯ = having taken the whole; the entire thing;
ਪੂਰ੍ਣਮੇਵਾਵਸ਼ਿਸ਼੍ਯਤੇ = the whole thing itself remains;
ॐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ਸ਼ਾਨ੍ਤਿਃ = Peace; tranquility;
ਸ਼ਾਨ੍ਤਿਃ = Peace; tranquility;
ਸ਼ਾਨ੍ਤਿਃ = Peace; tranquility;
Shloka 182 Misc

ਤ੍ਵਮੇਵ ਮਾਤਾ ਚ ਪਿਤਾ ਤ੍ਵਮੇਵ ।
ਤ੍ਵਮੇਵ ਬਂਧੁਸ਼੍ਚ ਸਖਾ ਤ੍ਵਮੇਵ ।
ਤ੍ਵਮੇਵ ਵਿਦ੍ਯਾ ਦ੍ਰਵਿਣਂ ਤ੍ਵਮੇਵ ।
ਤ੍ਵਮੇਵ ਸਰ੍ਵਂ ਮਮ ਦੇਵਦੇਵ ॥ ॥

Meaning 182
Oh God of all Gods! You alone are my mother, father, kinsman,
friend, knowledge and wealth. You are my everything..

%E182 Word Meanings 182;

ਤ੍ਵਮੇਵ = you alone; you only;
ਮਾਤਾ = Mother;
ਚ = and;
ਪਿਤਾ = father;
ਤ੍ਵਮੇਵ = you alone; you only;
ਤ੍ਵਮੇਵ = you alone; you only;
ਬਂਧੁਃ = a relative;
ਚ = and;
ਸਖਾ = friend;
ਤ੍ਵਮੇਵ = you alone; you only;
ਤ੍ਵਮੇਵ = you alone; you only;
ਵਿਦ੍ਯਾ = knowledge; learning;
ਦ੍ਰਵਿਣਂ = money;
ਤ੍ਵਮੇਵ = you alone; you only;
ਤ੍ਵਮੇਵ = you alone; you only;
ਸਰ੍ਵਂ = all;
ਮਮ = mine; mymy; mine;
ਦੇਵਦੇਵ = Oh! god of the gods;
Shloka 183 Misc

ॐ ਣਮੋ ਅਰਿਹਂਤਾਣਂ
ॐ ਣਮੋ ਸਿਦ੍ਧਾਣਂ
ॐ ਣਮੋ ਆਯਰਿਯਾਣਂ
ॐ ਣਮੋ ਉਵਜ੍ਝਾਯਾਣਂ
ॐ ਣਮੋ ਲੋਏ ਸਵ੍ਵਸਾਹੁਣਂ
ਏਸੋ ਪਂਚ ਣਮੋਕਾਰੋ
ਸਵ੍ਵ ਪਾਵਪਣਾਸਣੋ
ਮਙ੍ਗਲਾਣਂ ਚ ਸਵ੍ਵੇਸਿਂ
ਪਢਮਂ ਹਵਈ ਮਙ੍ਗਲਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 183
Obeisance to the Arihantas – perfect souls – Godmen, I bow down to
those who have reached omniscience in the flesh and teach the road to
everlasting life in the liberated state.
Obeisance to Siddhas – liberated bodiless souls, I bow down to those
who have attained perfect knowledge and liberated their souls of all
karma.
Obeisance to the masters – heads of congreagations, I bow down to those
who have experienced self-realization of their souls through self-control
and self-sacrifice.
Obeisance to the Teachers – ascetic teachers, I bow down to those who
understand the true nature of the soul and teach the importance of the
spiritual over the material.
Obeisance to all the ascetic aspirants in the universe, I bow down to
those who strictly follow the five great vows of conduct and inspire
us to live a virtuous life.
This five fold obeisance mantra, to these five types of great souls
I offer my praise.
Destroys all demerits. Such praise will diminish my sins.
And is the first and foremost of all, Giving this praise
is most auspicious.
Auspicious recitations, So auspicious as to bring happiness
and blessings..

%E183 Word Meanings 183;

Shloka 184 Misc

ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਾਰ੍ਪਣਂ ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮ ਹਵਿਃ ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਾਗ੍ਨੌ ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਣਾ ਹੁਤਮ੍ ।
ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮੈਵ ਤੇਨ ਗਨ੍ਤਵ੍ਯਂ ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਕਰ੍ਮਸਮਾਧਿਨਾ ॥ ॥

Meaning 184
Brahman is the oblation. Brahman is the clarified butter. The
oblation is poured by Brahman into the fire of Brahman. Brahman
shall be realized by the one who considers everything as (a
manifestation or) an act of Brahman..

%E184 Word Meanings 184;

ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਾਰ੍ਪਣਂ = offered or dedicted to the Brahman;
ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮ = Brahman; God;
ਹਵਿਃ = the object or thing offered as sacrifice;
ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਾਗ੍ਨੌ = in the Brahma which is in the form of a fire;
ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਣਾ = By Brahman;
ਹੁਤਂ = that which has been offered as the sacrifice;
ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮੈਵ = Like Brahman;
ਤੇਨ = by him or that;
ਗਨ੍ਤਵ੍ਯਂ = that which should be reached;
ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਕਰ੍ਮਸਮਾਧਿਨਾ = through the meditation-state becoming like Brahman;
Shloka 185 Misc

ਕਰ੍ਮਣ੍ਯੇਵਾਧਿਕਾਰਸ੍ਤੇ ਮਾ ਫਲੇਸ਼ੁ ਕਦਾਚਨ ।
ਮਾ ਕਰ੍ਮਫਲਹੇਤੁਰ੍ਭਿਃ ਮਾ ਤੇ ਸਙ੍ਗੋਸ੍ਤ੍ਵ ਕਰ੍ਮਣਿ ॥ ॥

Meaning 185
You have right over your respective duty only, but no control
or claim over the results. The fruits of work should not be your
motive. You should never be inactive..

%E185 Word Meanings 185;

ਕਰ੍ਮਣ੍ਯੇਵਾਧਿਕਾਰਸ੍ਤੇ = Your right is only for doing your duty;
ਮਾ = do not;
ਫਲੇਸ਼ੁ = in or among the fruits;
ਕਦਾਚਨ = some time or other; once,;
ਮਾ = do not;
ਕਰ੍ਮਫਲਹੇਤੁਰ੍ਭਿਃ = fruits of work as a motive;
ਕਰ੍ਮ = duty or work;
ਫਲ = fruit;
ਹੇਤੂ = motive;
ਮਾ = do not;
ਤੇ = to you or your (here:poss.);
ਸਙ੍ਗੋਸ੍ਤੁ = ?? ;
ਅਕਰ੍ਮਣਿ = without the action or duty;
Shloka 186 Krishna

ਯਤ੍ਰ ਯੋਗੇਸ਼੍ਵਰਃ ਕਸ਼੍ਣੋ ਯਤ੍ਰ ਪਾਰ੍ਥੋ ਧਨੁਰ੍ਧਰਃ ।
ਤਤ੍ਰ ਸ਼੍ਰੀਰ੍ਵਿਜਯੋ ਭੂਤਿਰ੍ਧ੍ਰੁਵਾ ਨੀਤਿਰ੍ਮਤਿਰ੍ਮਮ ॥ ॥

Meaning 186
Where there is the king of yoga Sri Krishna and where there is the
archer Arujna there lies prosperity and victory such is my opinion..

%E186 Word Meanings 186;

ਯਤ੍ਰ = the place where;
ਯੋਗੇਸ਼੍ਵਰਃ = the master of Yoga science;
ਕਸ਼੍ਣੋ = Krishna;
ਯਤ੍ਰ = the place where;
ਪਾਰ੍ਥੋ = Partha; Arjuna;
ਧਨੁਰ੍ਧਰਃ = the one wearing a bow;
ਤਤ੍ਰ = there;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਰ੍ਵਿਜਯੋ = the glorified victory;
ਭੂਤਿਰ੍ਧ੍ਰੁਵਾ = ?? ;
ਨੀਤਿਰ੍ਮਤਿਰ੍ਮਮ = ?? ;
Shloka 187 Misc

ਪਾਰ੍ਥਾਯ ਪ੍ਰਤਿਬੋਧਿਤਾਂ ਭਗਵਤਾ ਨਾਰਾਯਣੇਨ ਸ੍ਵਯਮ੍
ਵ੍ਯਾਸੇਨਗ੍ਰਥਿਤਾਂ ਪੁਰਾਣਮੁਨਿਨਾ ਮਧ੍ਯੇ ਮਹਾਭਾਰਤੇ ।
ਅਦ੍ਵੈਤਾਮਤਵਰ੍ਸ਼ਿਣੀਂ ਭਗਵਤੀਮਸ਼੍ਟਾਦਸ਼ਾਧ੍ਯਾਯਿਨੀਮ੍
ਅਮ੍ਬ ਤ੍ਵਾਮਨੁਸਨ੍ਦਧਾਮਿ ਭਗਵਦ੍ਗੀਤੇ ਭਵੇਦ੍ਵੇਸ਼ਿਣੀਮ੍ ।
ਇਤਿ ਗੀਤਾਸ੍ਤਵ ॥ ॥

Meaning 187
O Bhagvad Gita with which PArtha was enlightened by Lord
NArAyaNa himself and which was incorporated in Mahabharata
by the ancient sage Vyasa – the blessed Mother, the destroyer
of rebirth, showering down the nectar of Advaita, and consisting
of eighteen chapters – upon Thee, O Bhagvad Gita! O loving Mother!
I meditate..

%E187 Word Meanings 187;

ਪਾਰ੍ਥਾਯ = to Partha, Arjuna;
ਪ੍ਰਤਿਬੋਧਿਤਾਂ = the awakened; the enlightened one; the taught one;
ਭਗਵਤਾ = by the bhagavAn;
ਨਾਰਾਯਣੇਨ = by Narayana;
ਸ੍ਵਯਂ = by oneself ; by one’s own efforts;
ਵ੍ਯਾਸੇਨਗ੍ਰਥਿਤਾਂ = the one written by Vyasa;
ਪੁਰਾਣਮੁਨਿਨਾ = by the ancient sage;
ਮਧ੍ਯੇ = in the midddle;
ਮਹਾਭਾਰਤੇ = in the mahabarata epic;
ਅਦ੍ਵੈਤਾਮਤਵਰ੍ਸ਼ਿਣੀਂ = the goddess who rains the nectar or the non-dual philosophy;
ਭਗਵਤੀਮਸ਼੍ਟਾਦਸ਼ਾਧ੍ਯਾਯਿਨੀਂ = the goddess who is contemplated in 18 chapters or ways;
ਅਮ੍ਬ = Oh Goddess! or mother!;
ਤ੍ਵਾਮਨੁਸਨ੍ਦਧਾਮਿ = I shall follow or obey you;
ਭਗਵਦ੍ਗੀਤੇ = in the book `bhagavatgita’ meaning the song of the Lord;
ਭਵੇਦ੍ਵੇਸ਼ਿਣੀਂ = ?? ;
ਇਤਿ = thusthus;
ਗੀਤਾਸ੍ਤਵ = at (M.nom.) the hymn praising Gita;
Shloka 188 Misc

ਸਰ੍ਵੋਪਨਿਸ਼ਦੋ ਗਾਵੋ ਦੋਗ੍ਧਾ ਗੋਪਾਲਨਨ੍ਦਨਃ ।
ਪਾਰ੍ਥੋ ਵਤ੍ਸਃ ਸੁਧੀਰ੍ਭੋਕ੍ਤਾ ਦੁਗ੍ਧਂ ਗੀਤਾਮਤਂ ਮਹਤ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 188
All the UpaniShads are the cows, the son of the cowherd (Krishna)
is the milker, Partha (Arjuna) is teh calf, men of purified
intellect are the drinkers and the supreme nectar Gita is the
milk..

%E188 Word Meanings 188;

ਸਰ੍ਵੋਪਨਿਸ਼ਦੋ = all the `upanishad’s or Vedanta;
ਗਾਵੋ = cows;
ਦੋਗ੍ਧਾ = the milking man;
ਗੋਪਾਲਨਨ੍ਦਨਃ = the delightful protector of cows; refers to Krishna;
ਪਾਰ੍ਥੋ = Partha; Arjuna;
ਵਤ੍ਸਃ = child; the young one;
ਸੁਧੀਰ੍ਭੋਕ੍ਤਾ = the intellect is the eater or enjoyer;
ਦੁਗ੍ਧਂ = milk;
ਗੀਤਾਮਤਂ = nectar-like gita;
ਮਹਤ੍ = great; big;
Shloka 189 Misc

ਸ਼੍ਰੀਮਨ੍ਮਹਾਗਣਾਧਿਪਤਯੇ ਨਮਃ ।
ਸ਼੍ਰੀ ਸਰਸ੍ਵਤ੍ਯੈ ਨਮਃ । ਸ਼੍ਰੀਗੁਰਵੇ ਨਮਃ ।
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਮਾਤਾਪਿਤਭ੍ਯਾਂ ਨਮਃ ।
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮੀਨਾਰਾਯਣਾਭ੍ਯਾਂ ਨਮਃ ।
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਉਮਾਮਹੇਸ਼੍ਵਰਾਭ੍ਯਾਂ ਨਮਃ ।
ਇਸ਼੍ਟਦੇਵਤਾਭ੍ਯੋ ਨਮਃ । ਕੁਲਦੇਵਤਾਭ੍ਯੋ ਨਮਃ ।
ਸ੍ਥਾਨਦੇਵਤਾਭ੍ਯੋ ਨਮਃ । ਵਾਸ੍ਤੁਦੇਵਤਾਭ੍ਯਾਂ ਨਮਃ ।
ਸਰ੍ਵੇਭ੍ਯੋ ਦੇਵੇਭ੍ਯੋ ਨਮੋ ਨਮਃ । ਅਵਿਘ੍ਨਮਸ੍ਤੁ ।
ਦੇਵਤਾਵਂਦਨਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 189
Salutations to Lors Ganesha.
Salutations to Goddess Sarasvati.
Salutations to Guru..

%E189 Word Meanings 189;

ਸ਼੍ਰੀਮਨ੍ਮਹਾਗਣਾਧਿਪਤਯੇ = to the venerable and great chief of the
`ganNA’s, attendants of Shiva i.e.Ganesha;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀ = relating to Prosperity; wealth; goddess LakShmi and ` shrIH’
is fem.nom.; also an honourable prefix;
ਸਰਸ੍ਵਤ੍ਯੈ = to Sarasvati;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਗੁਰਵੇ = to the respected teacher;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਮਾਤਾਪਿਤਭ੍ਯਾਂ = to the respectable mother and father;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮੀਨਾਰਾਯਣਾਭ੍ਯਾਂ = to the respectable LakShmi and Narayana;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ਸ਼੍ਰੀਉਮਾਮਹੇਸ਼੍ਵਰਾਭ੍ਯਾਂ = to the venerable Uma and Mahesvara;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ਇਸ਼੍ਟਦੇਵਤਾਭ੍ਯੋ = for the favoured gods;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ਕੁਲਦੇਵਤਾਭ੍ਯੋ = to the deity of the ancestors;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ਸ੍ਥਾਨਦੇਵਤਾਭ੍ਯੋ = to the gods who have been assigned different positions;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ਵਾਸ੍ਤੁਦੇਵਤਾਭ੍ਯਾਂ = to the gods who govern construction of house,
temple, etc. architecture;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ਸਰੇਵੇਭ੍ਯੋ = to everyone;
ਦੇਵੇਭ੍ਯੋ = to the gods;
ਨਮੋ = bowing; salute;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ਅਵਿਘ੍ਨਮਸ੍ਤੁ = let there be no obstacles or hurdles;
ਦੇਵਤਾਵਂਦਨਂ = bowing to or worship of the gods;
Shloka 190 Misc

ਹਰੇ ਰਾਮ ਹਰੇ ਰਾਮ ਰਾਮ ਰਾਮ ਹਰੇ ਹਰੇ ।
ਹਰੇ ਕਸ਼੍ਣ ਹਰੇ ਕਸ਼੍ਣ ਕਸ਼੍ਣ ਕਸ਼੍ਣ ਹਰੇ ਹਰੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 190
This is also known as the ‘Maha Mantra’.
This is just a chanting of the names Ram and Krishna together with Hari
which is the principle name of Vishnu whose incarnations are these..

%E190 Word Meanings 190;

ਹਰੇ = OH! hari;
ਰਾਮ = Lord Rama;
ਹਰੇ = OH! hari;
ਰਾਮ = Lord Rama;
ਰਾਮ = Lord Rama;
ਰਾਮ = Lord Rama;
ਹਰੇ = OH! hari;
ਹਰੇ = OH! hari;
ਹਰੇ = OH! hari;
ਕਸ਼੍ਣ = of Krishna; black;
ਹਰੇ = OH! hari;
ਕਸ਼੍ਣ = of Krishna; black;
ਕਸ਼੍ਣ = of Krishna; black;
ਕਸ਼੍ਣ = of Krishna; black;
ਹਰੇ = OH! hari;
ਹਰੇ = OH! hari;
Shloka 191 Misc

ਯੋਗੇਨ ਚਿਤ੍ਤਸ੍ਯ ਪਦੇਨ ਵਾਚਃ ਮਲਂ ਸ਼ਰੀਰਸ੍ਯ ਚ ਵੈਦ੍ਯਕੇਨ ।
ਯੋਪਾਕਰੋਤ੍ਤਂ ਪ੍ਰਵਰਂ ਮੁਨੀਨਾਂ ਪਤਂਜਲਿਂ
ਪ੍ਰਾਂਜਲਿਰਾਨਤੋऽਸ੍ਮਿ ॥ ॥

Meaning 191
With joined hands, I stay bowed to Patanjali-the pereminent among the
sages, who removed the
impurities of the mind by (explaining) yoga, of the speech by
(commenting on) grammar and of the body by (expounding) medicine.
.

%E191 Word Meanings 191;

ਯੋਗੇਨ = through yoga or meditation;
ਚਿਤ੍ਤਸ੍ਯ = of the consciousness or mind;
ਪਦੇਨ = through a step or word or leg;
ਵਾਚਃ = of speech;
ਮਲ = impurity; dirt; excreta;
ਸ਼ਰੀਰਸ੍ਯ = of the body;
ਚ = and;
ਵੈਦ੍ਯ = the science of medicine;
ਯੋਪਾਕਰੋਤ੍ = (yaH) who (apAkarot) removed; repelled;
ਪ੍ਰਵਰ = the chief; the great; the preeminent;
ਮੁਨੀਨਾਂ = of the sages;
ਪ੍ਰਾਂਜਲਿਃ = with joined hands;
ਆਨਤੋऽਸ੍ਮਿ = am (asmi) bowed, prostrated (AnataH);
Shloka 192 Misc

ਵਿਨਾਯਕਂ ਗੁਰੁਂ ਭਾਨੁਂ ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਾਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਮਹੇਸ਼੍ਵਰਾਨ੍ ।
ਸਰਸ੍ਵਤੀਂ ਪ੍ਰਣਮ੍ਯਾਦੌ ਸਰ੍ਵਕਾਰ੍ਯਾਰ੍ਥਸਿਦ੍ਧਯੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 192
Having first saluted, to ensure the success in all desired goals,
the various deities VinAyaka, Guru, BhAnu,the triad of Brahma,
Vishnu and Shiva as well as SarasvatI;.

%E192 Word Meanings 192;

ਗੁਰੁ = teacher (refers to spiritual teacher), the preceptor;
ਭਾਨੁ = the sun;
ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਾਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਮਹੇਸ਼੍ਵਰਾਃ = trimUrtI (three gods) Brahma, Vishnu;
and Shiva;
ਪ੍ਰਣਮ੍ਯ = having saluted (pra+nama);
ਆਦੌ = first;
ਸਰ੍ਵ = all;
ਕਾਰ੍ਯਾਰ੍ਥ = goals (artha) of deeds (kArya);
ਸਿਦ੍ਧਯੇ = for success or completion (siddhi);
Shloka 193 Misc

ਨਾਰਾਯਣਂ ਨਮਸ੍ਕਤ੍ਯ ਨਰਂਚੈਵ ਨਰੋਤ੍ਤਮਮ੍ ।
ਦੇਵੀਂ ਸਰਸ੍ਵਤਿਂ ਵ੍ਯਾਸ ਤਤੋ ਜਯ ਮੁਦੀਰਯੇਤ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 193
Saluting Narayana, the human and the best of humans, Devi Sarasvati,
and Vyas from which the victory will originate..

%E193 Word Meanings 193;

ਨਾਰਾਯਣਂ = Vishnu;
ਨਮਸ੍ਕਤ੍ਯ = having bowed or saluted;
ਨਰਨ੍ = human, man;
ਚ = also;
ਏਵ = alone; only; here it would mean `indeed’;
ਨਰੋਤ੍ਤਮਂ = most high or best man;
ਦੇਵੀਂ = goddess;
ਸਰਸ੍ਵਤਿਂ = Goddess Sarasvati;
ਵ੍ਯਾਸ = relating to the sage Vyasa;
ਤਤੋ = then;
ਜਯ = at (M.nom.) victory;
ਮੁਦੀਰਯੇਤ੍ = ?? ;
Shloka 194 Misc

ਭੀਸ਼੍ਮਦ੍ਰੋਣਤਟਾ ਜਯਦ੍ਰਥਜਲਾ ਗਾਨ੍ਧਾਰਨੀਲੋਤ੍ਪਲਾ
ਸ਼ਲ੍ਯਗ੍ਰਾਹਵਤੀ ਕਪੇਣ ਵਹਨੀ ਕਰ੍ਣੇਨ ਵੇਲਾਕੁਲਾ ।
ਅਸ਼੍ਵਤ੍ਥਾਮਵਿਕਰ੍ਣਘੋਰਮਕਰਾ ਦੁਰ੍ਯੋਧਨਾਵਰ੍ਤਿਨੀ
ਸੋਤ੍ਤੀਰ੍ਣਾ ਖਲੁ ਪਾਣ੍ਡਵੈ ਰਣਨਦੀ ਕੈਵਰ੍ਤਕਃ ਕੇਸ਼ਵਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 194
With Bhishma and Drona as its banks, Jayadratha as its water, Gandhar
as the blue lilies in it, Shalya as the crocodile, Kripa as its mighty
flow, Karna as the turbulent waves, Ashvatthama and Vikarna as sharks,
and Duryodhana as vortices in it, the river of the Mahabharata war was
crossed (won) by the Pandavas, indeed due to the able boatman Krishna..

%E194 Word Meanings 194;

ਰਣਨਦੀ = river as a metaphor for the mahAbhArata war;
ਭੀਸ਼੍ਮਦ੍ਰੋਣਤਟਾ = whose banks are bhIShma and droNa;
ਜਯਦ੍ਰਥਜਲਾ = with jayadratha as water;
ਗਾਨ੍ਧਾਰਨੀਲੋਤ੍ਪਲਾ = with gAndhAr as blue lily;
ਸ਼ਲ੍ਯਗ੍ਰਾਹਵਤੀ = having shalya as a crocodile/shark;
ਕਪੇਣ ਵਹਨੀ = with kR’ipA as the river flow;
ਕਰ੍ਣੇਨ ਵੇਲਾਕੁਲਾ = and karNa as its breakers;
ਅਸ਼੍ਵਤ੍ਥਾਮਵਿਕਰ੍ਣਘੋਰਮਕਰਾ = ashvatthAmA and vikarNa as fearsome sharks;
ਦੁਰ੍ਯੋਧਨ ਆਵਰ੍ਤਿਨੀ= duryodhana as whirlpools;
ਸ = that (fem) (river);
ਉਤ੍ਤੀਰ੍ਣਾ = crossed over;
ਖਲੁ = indeed;
ਪਾਣ੍ਡਵੈਃ = by the pANDavas;
ਕੈਵਰ੍ਤਕਃ = the boatman;
ਕੇਸ਼ਵਃ = kR’iShNa;
Shloka 195 Misc

ਗੀਤਾ ਸੁਗੀਤਾ ਕਰ੍ਤਵ੍ਯਾ ਕਿਮਨ੍ਯੈਃ ਸ਼ਾਸ੍ਤ੍ਰਵਿਸ੍ਤਰੈਃ ।
ਯਾ ਸ੍ਵਯਂ ਪਦ੍ਮਨਾਭਸ੍ਯ ਮੁਖਪਦ੍ਮਾਦ੍ਵਿਨਿਃਸਤਾ ॥ ॥

Meaning 195
What other shastras are required for those who read the beautiful / Divine Gita
since they have heard it from the Lord himself..

%E195 Word Meanings 195;

ਗੀਤਾ = the book bhagavatgita;
ਸੁਗੀਤਾ = well sung one;
ਕਰ੍ਤਵ੍ਯਾ = needed, required;
ਕਿਮਨ੍ਯੈਃ = what other;
ਸ਼ਾਸ੍ਤ੍ਰਵਿਸ੍ਤਰੈਃ = by the details of the bookish knowledge;
ਯਾ = She who;
ਸ੍ਵਯਂ = by oneself ; by one’s own efforts;
ਪਦ੍ਮਨਾਭਸ੍ਯ = Padmanabha’s;
ਮੁਖਪਦ੍ਮਾਦ੍ਵਿਨਿਃਸਤਾ = emanating from the lotus mouth of;
Shloka 196 Misc

ॐ ਈਸ਼ਾਵਾਸ੍ਯਮਿਦ੍ਁ ਸਰ੍ਵਂ ਯਤ੍ਕਿਞ੍ਚ ਜਗਤ੍ਯਾਂ ਜਗਤ੍ ।
ਤੇਨ ਤ੍ਯਕ੍ਤੇਨ ਭੁਞ੍ਜੀਥਾ ਮਾ ਗਧਃ ਕਸ੍ਯਸ੍ਵਿਦ੍ਧਨਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 196
All this is for habitation by the Lord, whatsoever is individual
universe of movement in the universe of motion. By that renounced thou
shouldst enjoy; lust not after any man’s possission..

%E196 Word Meanings 196;

ॐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ਈਸ਼ਾਵਾਸ੍ਯਮਿਦ੍ਁ = the world is manifested by the Lord or controlled by Him;
ਸਰ੍ਵਂ = all;
ਯਤ੍ਕਿਞ੍ਚ = whatever little;
ਜਗਤ੍ਯਾਂ = in the world;
ਜਗਤ੍ = the world;
ਤੇਨ = by him or that;
ਤ੍ਯਕ੍ਤੇਨ = by the one who has abandoned or sacrificed;
ਭੁਞ੍ਜੀਥਾ = ?? ;
ਮਾ = do not;
ਗਧਃ = ?? ;
ਕਸ੍ਯਸ੍ਵਿਦ੍ਧਨਂ = ?? ;
Shloka 197 Misc

ਹਯਗ੍ਰੀਵ ਹਯਗ੍ਰੀਵ ਹਯਗ੍ਰੀਵੇਤਿ ਵਾਦਿਨਮ੍ ।
ਨਰਂ ਮੁਂਚਨ੍ਤਿ ਪਾਪਾਨਿ ਦਰਿਦ੍ਰਮਿਵ ਯੋਸ਼ਿਤਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 197
Keep repeating / chanting the name of HayagrIva. It frees men of their
sins and removes their poverty..

%E197 Word Meanings 197;

ਹਯਗ੍ਰੀਵ = Oh! Hayagriva one of the gods having the neck or head of a horse;
ਹਯਗ੍ਰੀਵ = Oh! Hayagriva one of the gods having the neck or head of a horse;
ਹਯਗ੍ਰੀਵੇਤਿ = hayagrIva and iti;
ਵਾਦਿਨਂ = speaker; disputant, plaintiff;
ਨਰਂ = man;
ਮੁਂਚਨ੍ਤਿ = release; untie;
ਪਾਪਾਨਿ = sins;
ਦਰਿਦ੍ਰਮਿਵ = like a poor person;
ਯੋਸ਼ਿਤਃ = women;
Shloka 198 Misc

ਹਯਗ੍ਰੀਵ ਹਯਗ੍ਰੀਵ ਹਯਗ੍ਰੀਵੇਤਿ ਯੋ ਵਦੇਤ੍ ।
ਤਸ੍ਯ ਨਿਸ੍ਸਰਤੇ ਵਾਣੀ ਜਹ੍ਨੁਕਨ੍ਯਾ ਪ੍ਰਵਾਹਵਤ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 198
He who says HayagrIva, his speech will flow like the river Ganges in spate..

%E198 Word Meanings 198;

ਹਯਗ੍ਰੀਵ = Oh! Hayagriva one of the gods having the neck or head of a horse;
ਹਯਗ੍ਰੀਵ = Oh! Hayagriva one of the gods having the neck or head of a horse;
ਹਯਗ੍ਰੀਵੇਤਿ = hayagrIva and iti;
ਯੋ = He who;
ਵਦੇਤ੍ = May one speak or utter;
ਤਸ੍ਯ = his;
ਨਿਸ੍ਸਰਤੇ = emanates;
ਵਾਣੀ = Goddess Sarasvati; or speech;
ਜਹ੍ਨੁਕਨ੍ਯਾ = the daughter of the sage Jahnu; refers to the river ganga;
ਪ੍ਰਵਾਹਵਤ੍ = just as a flood;
Shloka 199 Misc

ਹਯਗ੍ਰੀਵ ਹਯਗ੍ਰੀਵ ਹਯਗ੍ਰੀਵੇਤਿ ਯੋ ਧ੍ਵਨਿਃ ।
ਵਿਸ਼ੋਭਤੇ ਸ ਵੈਕੁਣ੍ਠ ਕਵਾਟੋਦ੍ਘਾਟਨਕ੍ਸ਼ਮਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 199
The sound of the name HayagrIva will cause the doors of VaikuNTha to
open for him..

%E199 Word Meanings 199;

ਹਯਗ੍ਰੀਵ = Oh! Hayagriva one of the gods having the neck or head of a horse;
ਹਯਗ੍ਰੀਵ = Oh! Hayagriva one of the gods having the neck or head of a horse;
ਹਯਗ੍ਰੀਵੇਤਿ = hayagrIva and iti;
ਯੋ = He who;
ਧ੍ਵਨਿਃ = sound;
ਵਿਸ਼ੋਭਤੇ = shines; goes well;
ਸ = a prefix meaning `together’; `with’;
ਵੈਕੁਣ੍ਠ = the abode of Vishnu;
ਕਵਾਟੋਦ੍ਘਾਟਨਕ੍ਸ਼ਮਃ = ?? ;
Shloka 200 Misc

ਸਰ੍ਵੇਸ਼੍ਵਾਰਬ੍ਧਕਾਰ੍ਯੇਸ਼ੁ ਤ੍ਰਯਸ੍ਤ੍ਰਿਭੁਵਨੇਸ਼੍ਵਰਾਃ ।
ਦੇਵਾ ਦਿਸ਼ਨ੍ਤੁ ਨਃ ਸਿਦ੍ਧਿਂ ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮੇਸ਼ਾਨਜਨਾਰ੍ਦਨਾਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 200
Oh! the Lord of three worlds, Brahma, Shiva, and Vishnu;
show us success in all the works we start..

%E200 Word Meanings 200;

ਸਰ੍ਵੇਸ਼੍ਵਾਰਬ੍ਧਕਾਰ੍ਯੇਸ਼ੁ = in all the works that have been begun;
ਤ੍ਰਯਸ੍ਤ੍ਰਿਭੁਵਨੇਸ਼੍ਵਰਾਃ = ?? ;
ਦੇਵਾ = of gods;
ਦਿਸ਼ਨ੍ਤੁ = May give or grant or bestow; show;
ਨਃ = us; to us or ours;
ਸਿਦ੍ਧਿਂ = achievement; materialisation;
ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮੇਸ਼ਾਨਜਨਾਰ੍ਦਨਾਃ = Brahma, Shiva and Vishnu;
Shloka 201 Misc

ਯਾਨਿ ਕਾਨਿ ਚ ਪਾਪਾਨਿ ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਹਤ੍ਯਾਸਮਾਨਿ ਚ ।
ਤਾਨਿ ਤਾਨਿ ਵਿਨਸ਼੍ਯਨ੍ਤਿ ਪ੍ਰਦਕ੍ਸ਼ਿਣ ਪਦੇ ਪਦੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 201
Oh! Lord, I have committed many sins all my life, even those as
evil as killing a righteous person.I beseech you to destroy them at
every step that I take around you..

%E201 Word Meanings 201;

ਯਾਨਿ = They which;
ਕਾਨਿ = how many;
ਚ = and;
ਪਾਪਾਨਿ = sins;
ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਹਤ੍ਯਾਸਮਾਨਿ = deeds which are equivalent to the killing of a BrahmaN.;
ਚ = and;
ਤਾਨਿ = they;
ਤਾਨਿ = they;
ਵਿਨਸ਼੍ਯਨ੍ਤਿ = dissipate; get destroyed; die out;
ਪ੍ਰਦਕ੍ਸ਼ਿਣ = going in rounds from left to right (clock-wise);
ਪਦੇ = at or in the step or word;
ਪਦੇ = at or in the step or word;
Shloka 202 Misc

ਮਨ੍ਤ੍ਰਹੀਨਂ ਕ੍ਰਿਯਾਹੀਨਂ ਭਕ੍ਤਿਹੀਨਂ ਸੁਰੇਸ਼੍ਵਰ
ਯਤ੍ਪੂਜਿਤਂ ਮਯਾਦੇਵ ਪਰਿਪੂਰ੍ਣਂ ਤਦਸ੍ਤੁ ਮੇ ।
ਅਪਰਾਧ ਸਹਸ੍ਰਾਣਿ ਕ੍ਰਿਯਨ੍ਤੇऽਹਰ੍ਨਿਸ਼ਂ ਮਯਾ
ਦਾਸੋऽਯਂ ਇਤਿ ਮਾਂ ਮਤ੍ਵਾ ਕ੍ਸ਼ਮਸ੍ਵ ਪੁਰੁਸ਼ੋਤ੍ਤਮ ॥ ॥

Meaning 202
Oh Lord of Lords, whatever shortcomings that may be there in the
mantras chanted by me, or in the actions and puja, or even in my
devotion itself, let them be overcome and be made complete when I
worship you with devotion.
Oh Lord, there may be thousands of mistakes committed by me day and
night. Please consider me as your humble servant and forgive these
Oh Supreme Lord..

%E202 Word Meanings 202;

ਮਨ੍ਤ੍ਰਹੀਨਂ = one who does not know the mantra or who is without the mantra;
ਕ੍ਰਿਯਾਹੀਨਂ = devoid of any actions;
ਭਕ੍ਤਿਹੀਨਂ = one who is bereft of devotion;
ਸੁਰੇਸ਼੍ਵਰ = Oh! master of the gods or adj.;
ਯਤ੍ਪੂਜਿਤਂ = that worshipped;
ਮਯਾ = by me;
ਦੇਵ = god;
ਪਰਿਪੂਰ੍ਣਂ = the most complete;
ਤਦਸ੍ਤੁ = let that be;
ਮੇ = to me or my;
ਅਪਰਾਧ = at (M.acc.) offence; guilt; defect; mistake;
misdeed;(M.nom.) offence; crime; guilt; sin;
ਸਹਸ੍ਰਾਣਿ = thousands;
ਕ੍ਰਿਯਨ੍ਤੇऽਹਰ੍ਨਿਸ਼ਂ = are (being) done day and night;
ਮਯਾ = by me;
ਦਾਸੋऽਯਂ = this servant;
ਇਤਿ = thusthus;
ਮਾਂ = me;
ਮਤ੍ਵਾ = having thought or considered;
ਕ੍ਸ਼ਮਸ੍ਵ = Excuse (me or us);
ਪੁਰੁਸ਼ੋਤ੍ਤਮ = Oh! the best person;
Shloka 203 Misc

ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਾਣਂ ਸ਼ਙ੍ਕਰਂ ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਂ ਯਮਂ ਰਾਮਂ ਦਨੁਂ ਬਲਿਮ੍ ।
ਸਪ੍ਤੈਤਾਨ੍ ਯਃਸ੍ਮਰੇਨ੍ਨਿਤ੍ਯਂ ਦੁਃਸ੍ਵਪਨ੍ਸ੍ਤਸ੍ਯ ਨਸ਼੍ਯਤਿ ॥ ॥

Meaning 203
That person who remembers the seven Gods, Lord Brahma, Shiva,
ViShNu, Yama, RAma, dhanu and bali, always, will have all bad
dreams destroyed..

%E203 Word Meanings 203;

ਬ੍ਰਹ੍ਮਾਣਂ = the Lord Brahman;
ਸ਼ਙ੍ਕਰਂ = Shankara;
ਵਿਸ਼੍ਣੁਂ = Vishnu;
ਯਮਂ = the lord of death;
ਰਾਮਂ = Rama;
ਦਨੁਂ = name of a female person called `danuH’ daughter of ‘daxa and wife of KaShyapa;
ਬਲਿਂ = sacrificial offering;
ਸਪ੍ਤੈਤਾਨ੍ = these seven;
ਯਃਸ੍ਮਰੇਨ੍ਨਿਤ੍ਯਂ = He who remembers daily or always;
ਦੁਃਸ੍ਵਪਨ੍ਸ੍ਤਸ੍ਯ = of a man who is having bad dreams;
ਨਸ਼੍ਯਤਿ = gets destrroyed; dies; loses;becomes destroyed; expires;
Shloka 204 Misc

ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁ ਰਾਮਾਯ ਸਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮਣਾਯ ਦੇਵ੍ਯੈ ਚ ਤਸ੍ਯੈ ਜਨਕਾਤ੍ਮਜਾਯੈ ।
ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁ ਰੁਦ੍ਰੇਨ੍ਦ੍ਰ ਯਮਨਿਲੇਭ੍ਯੋ ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁ ਚਨ੍ਦ੍ਰਾਗ੍ਨਿ ਮਰੁਤ੍ਗਣੇਭ੍ਯਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 204
(prayer to multiple gods for removal of obstacles)
Grief stricken Lord Hanuman unable to find Sita in Ashoka garden prays
for a solution:
Salutations to Lord Ram accompanied by Laxman and to Janaka’s daughter
goddess Sita. Salutations to Shiva, group of gods Rudras,
to Indra, the Lord of gods, to Yama, the Lord of death, and to Wind God.
Salutations to the Moon, Sun, and other deities..

%E204 Word Meanings 204;

ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁ = let there be my or our bowing or salutation;
ਰਾਮਾਯ = to Rama;
ਸਲਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਮਣਾਯ = to the one with LakShmana i.e. Rama;
ਦੇਵ੍ਯੈ = to the goddess or god-like woman;
ਚ = and;
ਤਸ੍ਯੈ = to her;
ਜਨਕਾਤ੍ਮਜਾਯੈ = to the daughter of Janaka i.e to Sita;
ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁ = let there be my or our bowing or salutation;
ਰੁਦ੍ਰੇਨ੍ਦ੍ਰ = the chief or best of the Rudras;
ਯਮਨਿਲੇਭ੍ਯੋ = to or from Yama, Vayu and others;
ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁ = let there be my or our bowing or salutation;
ਚਨ੍ਦ੍ਰਾਗ੍ਨਿ = the moon and the Fire-god;
ਮਰੁਤ੍ਗਣੇਭ੍ਯਃ = ?? ;
Shloka 205 Misc

ਨਰ੍ਮਦਾਯੈ ਨਮਃ ਪ੍ਰਾਤਃ ਨਰ੍ਮਦਾਯੈ ਨਮੋ ਨਿਸ਼ਿ ।
ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁ ਨਰ੍ਮਦੇ ਤੁਭ੍ਯਂ ਤ੍ਰਾਹਿ ਮਾਂ ਵਿਸ਼ਸਰ੍ਪਦਃ ।
ਜਰਤ੍ਕਾਰ੍ਵੋਰ੍ਜਰਤ੍ਕਰ੍ਵਾਂ ਸਮੁਤ੍ਪਨ੍ਨ ਮਹਾਯਸ਼ਾਃ ।
ਅਸ੍ਤੀਕ ਸਤ੍ਯਸਨ੍ਧੋ ਮਾਂ ਪਨ੍ਨਗੇਭ੍ਯੋ ਅਭਿਰਕ੍ਸ਼ਤੁ ॥ ॥

Meaning 205
(prayer to Narmada river as well as for protection from snake-bite)
(1) Prayer to Narmada river
Salutation to Narmada, the River Goddess in the morning. Salutation to
Narmada in the evening. O, Narmada, I salute you. Please protect me from
venomous serpents.
(2) Prayer for protection from snake-bite.
The great Epic MahAbhArata tells the story of an ascetic named
jaratkAru. He saw some men suspended over a deep pit with their heads
down on a rope of fiber which was being gradually gnawed by a rat. He
learnt that they were his ancestors brought to this state by his not
having a son to perform certain prescribed rites and if he remained
childless, the rope will break and they would fall into the pit.
jaratkAru agreed to give up the life of the ascetic and to marry on
condition that the bride should have his name. Vesuki, the king of
serpents, offered his sister jaratkAru whom the ascetic married. They
had a son named astika. he was the protector of serpents who hence would
respect him.
Now here is the prayer:
May the renowned and truthful astika, born of jaratkAru and his wife
jaratkAru, protect me from serpents..

%E205 Word Meanings 205;

ਨਰ੍ਮਦਾਯੈ = to Goddess (river) Narmada;
ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ਪ੍ਰਾਤਃ = in the morning;
ਨਰ੍ਮਦਾਯੈ = to Goddess (river) Narmada;
ਨਮੋ = bowing; salute;
ਨਿਸ਼ਿ = during the night;
ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁ = let there be my or our bowing or salutation;
ਨਰ੍ਮਦੇ = Oh! Narmada river;
ਤੁਭ੍ਯਂ = to you;
ਤ੍ਰਾਹਿ = save; protect;
ਮਾਂ = me;
ਵਿਸ਼ਸਰ੍ਪਦਃ = from the poisonous snakes;
ਜਰਤ੍ਕਾਰ੍ਵੋਰ੍ਜਰਤ੍ਕਰ੍ਵਾਂ = jaratkArvA the wife of;
ਸਮੁਤ੍ਪਨ੍ਨ = ?? ;
ਮਹਾਯਸ਼ਾਃ = people of great renown;
ਅਸ੍ਤੀਕ = of the sage Astika;
ਸਤ੍ਯਸਨ੍ਧੋ = One bound to speak or defend the truth.;
ਮਾਂ = me;
ਪਨ੍ਨਗੇਭ੍ਯੋ = to or fom serpants or snakes;
ਅਭਿਰਕ੍ਸ਼ਤੁ = Let one protect me or us;
Shloka 206 Misc

?? ਅਤ੍
ਆਵਾਹਨਂ ਨ ਜਾਨਾਮਿ ਨ ਜਾਨਾਮਿ ਵਿਸਰ੍ਜਨਂ ।
ਤਸ੍ਮਾਤ੍ਕਾਰੁਣ੍ਯ ਭਾਵੇਨ ਕ੍ਸ਼ਮਸ੍ਵ ਪਰਮੇਸ਼੍ਵਰ ॥ ॥

Meaning 206
(pUjAvidhi)
I do not know how to invoke God, nor do I know how to bid farewell to
the invoked God. Hence O Supreme God ! Please forgive me with
compassion..

%E206 Word Meanings 206;

ਆਵਾਹਨਂ = invocation or calling one to be present;
ਨ = NoNot; no;
ਜਾਨਾਮਿ = I know;
ਨ = NoNot; no;
ਜਾਨਾਮਿ = I know;
ਵਿਸਰ੍ਜਨਂ = the ending way or leave taking after having invoked
the deity; emission; quitting; abandoning;
ਤਸ੍ਮਾਤ੍ਕਾਰੁਣ੍ਯ = from that compassion;
ਭਾਵੇਨ = with emotions (heart);
ਕ੍ਸ਼ਮਸ੍ਵ = excuse; forgive;
ਪਰਮੇਸ਼੍ਵਰ = (m) supreme being, supreme god;
ਰਘੁਨਨ੍ਦਨ = the son (best) of Rashu dynasty;
ਪਰਮੇਸ਼੍ਵਰਿ = (f) supreme being, supreme goddess; % From Vishnu SahsranAma + TR Chari’s site;
Shloka 207 Misc

ਯਦਕ੍ਸ਼ਰ ਪਦਭ੍ਰਸ਼੍ਟਂ ਮਾਤ੍ਰਾ ਹੀਨਨ੍ਤੁ ਯਦ੍ਭਵੇਤ੍ ।
ਤਤ੍ਸਰ੍ਵਂ ਕ੍ਸ਼ਮ੍ਯਤਾਂ ਦੇਵ ਨਾਰਾਯਣ ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁਤੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 207
This is used to request the Lord to oversee any mistakes in chanting any puja or Slokas.
Oh! nArAyaNa, I salute to you and I request you to pardon me for any mistakes
I might have committed in uttering any letter, phrase and any syllables
that I might have missed..

%E207 Word Meanings 207;

ਯਦਕ੍ਸ਼ਰ = that letter;
ਪਦਭ੍ਰਸ਼੍ਟਂ = a slipped or missed word;
ਮਾਤ੍ਰਾ = a unit of measurement; as far as; as little as, etc.;
ਹੀਨਨ੍ਤੁ = ?? ;
ਯਦ੍ਭਵੇਤ੍ = ?? ;
ਤਤ੍ਸਰ੍ਵਂ = all that;
ਕ੍ਸ਼ਮ੍ਯਤਾਂ = let one or me or us be forgiven;
ਦੇਵ = Oh! god Oh! God!;
ਨਾਰਾਯਣ = O! Narayana;
ਨਮੋऽਸ੍ਤੁਤੇ = Salutations unto Thee;
Shloka 208 Misc

ਕਾਰ੍ਪਣ੍ਯ ਦੋਸ਼ੋਪਹਤ ਸ੍ਵਭਾਵਃ
ਪਚ੍ਛਾਮਿ ਤ੍ਵਾਂ ਧਰ੍ਮ ਸਮ੍ਮੂਢਚੇਤਾਃ ।
ਯਚ੍ਛ੍ਰੇਯਸ੍ਯਾਨ੍ਨਿਸ਼੍ਚਿਤਂ ਬ੍ਰੂਹਿ ਤਨ੍ਮੇ
ਸ਼ਿਸ਼੍ਯਸ੍ਤੇऽਹਂ ਸ਼ਾਧਿ ਮਾਂ ਤ੍ਵਾਂ ਪ੍ਰਪਨ੍ਨਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 208
With my nature overwhelmed by mistaken pity, my mind deluded
about my duty, I beseech you to tell me with certainity
what is the supreme good. I seek refuge in you, so please treat
me as your disciple and texh me..

%E208 Word Meanings 208;

ਕਾਰ੍ਪਣ੍ਯ = pity; compassion; poverty; wretchedness;
ਦੋਸ਼ੋਪਹਤ = the defect or mistake having been removed; or the
defect or mistake which has removed or destroyed something;
ਸ੍ਵਭਾਵਃ = one’s normal nature or tendency;
ਪਚ੍ਛਾਮਿ = I ask;
ਤ੍ਵਾਂ = you;
ਧਰ੍ਮ = religious; of duty or good conduct;
ਸਮ੍ਮੂਢਚੇਤਾਃ = persons with perplexed or stupified mind;
ਯਚ੍ਛ੍ਰੇਯਸ੍ਯਾਨ੍ਨਿਃ = ?? ;
ਚਿਤਂ = ?? ;
ਬ੍ਰੂਹਿ = tell; speak; utter;
ਤਨ੍ਮੇ = ?? ;
ਸ਼ਿਸ਼੍ਯਸ੍ਤੇऽਹਂ = I am your disciple;
ਸ਼ਾਧਿ = Teach; instruct; order; rule over;
ਮਾਂ = me;
ਤ੍ਵਾਂ = you;
ਪ੍ਰਪਨ੍ਨਂ = the one who has arrived or reached or surrendered;
Shloka 209 Misc

ਨਮਃ ਸਰ੍ਵਹਿਤਾਰ੍ਥਾਯ ਜਗਦਾਧਾਰਹੇਤਵੇ ।
ਸਾਸ਼੍ਟਾਙ੍ਗੋऽਯਂ ਪ੍ਰਣਾਮਸ੍ਤੇ ਪ੍ਰਯਤ੍ਨੇਨ ਮਯਾ ਕਤਃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 209
My Salutations to you, Oh Lord, who is responsible for the welfare of
all beings and who supports this world, which you have created. I fully
prostrate to you
and request your help for success in my efforts..

%E209 Word Meanings 209;

ਨਮਃ = bowing; salutation;
ਸਰ੍ਵਹਿਤਾਰ੍ਥਾਯ = for the welfare of all;
ਜਗਦਾਧਾਰਹੇਤਵੇ = to the one who is the cause for the support or basis of the world;
ਸਾਸ਼੍ਟਾਙ੍ਗੋऽਯਂ = ?? ;
ਪ੍ਰਣਾਮਸ੍ਤੇ = ?? ;
ਪ੍ਰਯਤ੍ਨੇਨ = bu the efforts;
ਮਯਾ = by me;
ਕਤਃ = the Supreme Being;
Shloka 210 Misc

ਉਰਸਾ ਸ਼ਿਰਸਾ ਦਸ਼੍ਟ੍ਯਾ ਮਨਸਾ ਵਚਸਾ ਤਥਾ ।
ਪਦ੍ਭ੍ਯਾਂ ਕਰਾਭ੍ਯਾਂ ਜਾਨੁਭ੍ਯਾਂ ਪ੍ਰਣਾਮੋऽਸ਼੍ਟਾਙ੍ਗ ਉਚ੍ਯਤੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 210
The bowing with the chest, head, eyes, mind, speech, feet, and knees,
is called the eight-fold salution..

%E210 Word Meanings 210;

ਉਰਸਾ = by the chest;
ਸ਼ਿਰਸਾ = by the head;
ਦਸ਼੍ਟ੍ਯਾ = through sight (F.instr.);
ਮਨਸਾ = through the mind;
ਵਚਸਾ = through words;
ਤਥਾ = like that (cf. yathA tathA);
ਪਦ੍ਭ੍ਯਾਂ = through the or to the or from the two feet;
ਕਰਾਭ੍ਯਾਂ = through the or to the or from the 2 hands;
ਜਾਨੁਭ੍ਯਾਂ = through the or to the or from the two knees;
ਪ੍ਰਣਮੋऽਸ਼੍ਟਾਙ੍ਗ = bowing by 8 parts of the body (touching the ground);
ਉਚ੍ਯਤੇ = ?? ;
Shloka 211 Misc

ਯਾਨਿ ਕਾਨਿ ਚ ਪਾਪਾਨਿ ਜਨ੍ਮਾਨ੍ਤਰਕਤਾਨਿ ਚ ।
ਤਾਨਿ ਤਾਨਿ ਵਿਨਸ਼੍ਯਨ੍ਤਿ ਪ੍ਰਦਕ੍ਸ਼ਿਣਪਦੇ ਪਦੇ ॥ ॥

Meaning 211
Oh! Lord, I have committed many sins all my life, right from my
birth. I beseech you to destroy them at every step of my pradakShina
(going around God).

%E211 Word Meanings 211;

ਯਾਨਿ = They which;
ਕਾਨਿ = how many;
ਚ = and;
ਪਾਪਾਨਿ = sins;
ਜਨ੍ਮਾਨ੍ਤਰਕਤਾਨਿ = ?? ;
ਚ = and;
ਤਾਨਿ = they;
ਤਾਨਿ = they;
ਵਿਨਸ਼੍ਯਨ੍ਤਿ = dissipate; get destroyed; die out;
ਪ੍ਰਦਕ੍ਸ਼੍ਹਿਣ = circumbulation, (going around God);
ਪਦੇ = at or in the step or word;
ਪਦੇ = at or in the step or word;
Shloka 212 Misc

ਗਤਂ ਪਾਪਂ ਗਤਂ ਦੁਃਖਂ ਗਤਂ ਦਾਰਿਦ੍ਰ੍ਯਮੇਵ ਚ ।
ਆਗਤਾ ਸੁਖਸਮ੍ਪਤ੍ਤਿਃ ਪੁਣ੍ਯਾਚ੍ਚ ਤਵ ਦਰ੍ਸ਼ਨਾਤ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 212
When we see you Oh Lord, all our sins, sorrows and abject poverty
disappear instantly and immediately, we get happiness, wealth and
virtues..

%E212 Word Meanings 212;

ਗਤਂ = goes;
ਪਾਪਂ = sin;
ਗਤਂ = goes;
ਦੁਃਖਂ = sorrow; unhappiness;
ਗਤਂ = goes;
ਦਾਰਿਦ੍ਰ੍ਯਮੇਵ = poverty alone;
ਚ = and;
ਆਗਤਾ = having come; the one female who has come;
ਸੁਖਸਮ੍ਪਤ੍ਤਿਃ = wealth in the form of happiness;
ਪੁਣ੍ਯਾਚ੍ਚ = ?? ;
ਤਵ = youryour;
ਦਰ੍ਸ਼ਨਾਤ੍ = from the sight of; from seeing;
Shloka 213 Misc

ਅਨ੍ਯਥਾ ਸ਼ਰਣਂ ਨਾਸ੍ਤਿ ਤ੍ਵਮੇਵ ਸ਼ਰਣਂ ਮਮ ।
ਤਸ੍ਮਾਤ੍ਕਾਰੁਣ੍ਯਭਾਵੇਨ ਰਕ੍ਸ਼ਸ੍ਵ ਪਰਮੇਸ਼੍ਵਰ ॥ ॥

Meaning 213
There is no refuge for me other than you, Oh Lord! and I seek
refuge in you alone. Therefore, Supreme God, please show
compassion and protect me..

%E213 Word Meanings 213;

ਅਨ੍ਯਥਾ = otherwise or other ways;
ਸ਼ਰਣਂ = seeking refuge or surrender;
ਨਾਸ੍ਤਿ = no one is therenot there;
ਤ੍ਵਮੇਵ = you alone; you only;
ਸ਼ਰਣਂ = seeking refuge or surrender;
ਮਮ = mine; mymy; mine;
ਤਸ੍ਮਾਤ੍ = ?? ;
ਕਾਰੁਣ੍ਯ = ?? ;
ਭਾਵੇਨ = ?? ;
ਰਕ੍ਸ਼ਸ੍ਵ = protect or save;
ਪਰਮੇਸ਼੍ਵਰ = supreme god;
ਪਰਮੇਸ਼੍ਵਰਿ = supreme goddess;
Shloka 214 Misc

ਅਪਰਾਧਸਹਸ੍ਰਾਣਿ ਕ੍ਰਿਯਨ੍ਤੇऽਹਰ੍ਨਿਸ਼ਂ ਮਯਾ ।
ਦਾਸੋऽਯਮਿਤਿ ਮਾਂ ਮਤ੍ਵਾ ਕ੍ਸ਼ਮਸ੍ਵ ਪਰਮੇਸ਼੍ਵਰ ॥ ॥

Meaning 214
There are thousands of faults, misdeeds, offences that are done by me
day and night. Please consider that I am your humble servant and forgive
me Oh! Supreme Lord..

%E214 Word Meanings 214;

ਅਪਰਾਧਸਹਸ੍ਰਾਣਿ = 1000 misdeeds or offences;
ਕ੍ਰਿਯਨ੍ਤੇऽਹਰ੍ਨਿਸ਼ਂ = are (being) done day and night;
ਮਯਾ = by me;
ਦਾਸੋऽਯਮਿਤਿ = ?? ;
ਮਾਂ = me;
ਮਤ੍ਵਾ = having thought or considered;
ਕ੍ਸ਼ਮਸ੍ਵ = excuse; forgive;
ਪਰਮੇਸ਼੍ਵਰ = supreme god;
ਪਰਮੇਸ਼੍ਵਰਿ = supreme goddess;
Shloka 215 Misc

ਗਾਙ੍ਗਂ ਵਾਰਿ ਮਨੋਹਾਰਿ ਮੁਰਾਰਿਚਰਣਚ੍ਯੁਤਂ ।
ਤ੍ਰਿਪੁਰਾਰਿਸ਼ਿਰਸ਼੍ਚਾਰਿ ਪਾਪਹਾਰਿ ਪੁਨਾਤੁ ਮਾਂ ॥ ॥

Meaning 215
The water of the river ga.ngA, the pleasing water, the water born at
the feet of murArI (Vishnu), the water that moves about on the head
of tripurArI (Shiva), the water that cleanses sins; may it purify
me!.

%E215 Word Meanings 215;

ਗਾਙ੍ਗਂ = of the river ga.ngA;
ਵਾਰਿ = water;
ਮਨੋਹਾਰਿ = pleasing;
ਮੁਰਾਰਿਚਰਣਚ੍ਯੁਤਂ = born at the feet of murArI;
ਤ੍ਰਿਪੁਰਾਰਿਸ਼ਿਰਸ਼੍ਚਾਰਿ = moves about on the head of tripurArI;
ਪਾਪਹਾਰਿ = cleanses sins;
ਪੁਨਾਤੁ = may it purify;
ਮਾਂ = me;
Shloka 216 Shiva

ਅਸਿਤਗਿਰਿਸਮਸ੍ਯਾਤ੍ ਕਜ੍ਜਲਂ ਸਿਂਧੂਪਾਤ੍ਰੇ
ਸੁਰਤਰੁਵਰਸ਼ਾਖਾ ਲੇਖਨੀ ਪਤ੍ਰਮੂਰ੍ਵੀ ।
ਲਿਖਤਿ ਯਦਿ ਗਹਿਤ੍ਵਾ ਸ਼ਾਰਦਾ ਸਰ੍ਵਕਾਲਂ
ਤਦਪਿ ਤਵ ਗੁਣਾਨਾਮੀਸ਼ ਪਾਰਂ ਨ ਯਾਤਿ ॥ ॥

Meaning 216
Take one big mountain of eye ointment and dissolve it as black ink in
the pot made out of ocean, take a branch of the heavenly tree as the pen,
the earth (ground) as the parchment, arrange for Sharada to write all the
time with this understanding, still it would not be enough to describe
all of your Good Qualities, oh Isha!

.

%E216 Word Meanings 216;

ਅਸਿਤਗਿਰਿਸਮਸ੍ਯਾਤ੍ = like (samaM) a black (asita) mountain (giri);
ਕਜ੍ਜਲਂ = eye ointment; collyrium or black ink;
ਸਿਂਧੁਪਾਤ੍ਰੇ = in the pot (pAtra) of ocean (si.ndhu) [7];
ਸੁਰਤਰੁਵਰ = the heavenly tree;
ਸ਼ਾਖਾ = a branch;;
ਲੇਖਨੀ = writing instrument;
ਪਤ੍ਰ = leaf; page;
ਉਰ੍ਵੀ = earth;
ਲਿਖਤਿ = writes (likha);
ਯਦਿ = if;
ਗਹੀਤ੍ਵਾ = while holding;
ਸ਼ਾਰਦਾ = goddess worshipped during the autumnal season sharad as
Durga, LakShmi and Sarasvati;
ਸਰ੍ਵਕਾਲਂ = for ever;
ਤਦਪਿ = even then;
ਤਵ = your;
ਗੁਣਾਨਾਂ = of the good qualities;
ਈਸ਼ = Hey Isha[8];
ਪਾਰ = end; other side;
ਨ = no;
ਯਾਤਿ = goes;
Shloka 217 Shiva

ਸ਼ਿਵਂ ਸ਼ਿਵਕਰਂ ਸ਼ਾਨ੍ਤਂ ਸ਼ਿਵਾਤ੍ਮਾਨਂ ਸ਼ਿਵੋਤ੍ਤਮਮ੍ ।
ਸ਼ਿਵਮਾਰ੍ਗ ਪ੍ਰਣੇਧਰਮ੍ ਪ੍ਰਣਤੋਸ੍ਮਿ ਸਦਾਸ਼ਿਵਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 217
Salutations to Sadashiva, the ever auspicious;
The leader of all auspicious paths;
Sacred, purifier, embodiment of peace;
Excelling the best, the auspicious Self Itself..

%E217 Word Meanings 217;

ਸ਼ਿਵਂ = to the auspicious One;;
ਸ਼ਿਵਕਰਂ = to the One who provides auspiciousness;
ਸ਼ਾਂਤਂ = to the embodiment of Peace;
ਸ਼ਿਵਾਤ੍ਮਾਨਂ = to the One who is the auspicious Self Itself;
ਸ਼ਿਵੋਤ੍ਤਮਮ੍ = to the One who is best of all auspicious beings;
ਸ਼ਿਵਮਾਰ੍ਗ = the auspicious approach;
ਪ੍ਰਣੇਧਾਰਂ = bowing humbly;
ਪ੍ਰਣਤੋਸ੍ਮਿ = I offer obeisance;
ਸਦਾਸ਼ਿਵਮ੍ = to the eternally auspicious One.;
Shloka 218 Vishnu

ਨਮਾਮਿ ਨਾਰਾਯਣ ਪਾਦਪਙ੍ਕਜਂ
ਕਰੋਮਿ ਨਾਰਾਯਣ ਪੂਜਨਂ ਸਦਾ ।
ਜਪਾਮਿ ਨਾਰਾਯਣ ਨਾਮ ਨਿਰ੍ਮਲਂ
ਸ੍ਮਰਾਮਿ ਨਾਰਾਯਣ ਤਤ੍ਤ੍ਵਮਵ੍ਯਯਮ੍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 218
I salute the lotus-feet of NArAyaNa, propitiate Narayana,
speak of the pure name of Narayana and bear in mind the
immutable factuality of Narayana..

%E218 Word Meanings 218;

?? ;
?? ;
Shloka 219 Rama

ਰਾਮਨਾਮ ਸਦਾ ਪ੍ਰੇਰਣਾ ਸਂਸ੍ਮਰਾਮਿ ਜਗਦ੍ਗੁਰੁਮ੍ ।
ਕ੍ਸ਼ਣਂ ਵਿਸ੍ਮਤਿਂ ਯਾਤਿ ਸਤ੍ਯਂ ਸਤ੍ਯਂ ਵਚੋ ਮਮ ॥ ॥

Meaning 219
I remember the ever inspiring name of the world-teacher Ram;
Even a moment of forgetfullness brings …; true is my word..

%E219 Word Meanings 219;

ਰਾਮ = Oh! Rama;
ਨਾਮ = name;
ਸਦਾ = always; ever;
ਪ੍ਰੇਰਣਾ = inducement; urge; encouragement; prompting;
ਸਂਸ੍ਮਰਾਮਿ = I remember well;
ਜਗਦ੍ਗੁਰੁਂ = the preceptor of the world;
ਕ੍ਸ਼ਣਂ = moment;
ਵਿਸ੍ਮਤਿਂ = forget;
ਯਾਤਿ = goes; attains;
ਸਤ੍ਯਂ = the truth;
ਸਤ੍ਯਂ = the truth;
ਵਚੋ = word;
ਮਮ = mine; my;
Shloka 9999 %

ॐ ਸ਼ਾਂਤਿਃ ਸ਼ਾਂਤਿਃ ਸ਼ਾਂਤਿਃ ।

Meaning 9999
OM Peace, Peace, Peace!.

%E9999 Word Meanings 219;

ॐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ਸ਼ਾਂਤਿਃ = Peace; tranquility;
ਸ਼ਾਂਤਿਃ = Peace; tranquility;
ਸ਼ਾਂਤਿਃ = Peace; tranquility;

Also Read Collection of Commonly Recited Shlokas:

Collection of Commonly Recited Shlokas in Hindi with Meanings in Hindi | English | Bengali | Gujarati | Punjabi | Kannada | Malayalam | Oriya | Telugu | Tamil

Add Comment

Click here to post a comment